NIA Design Manual For Diversion Dams PDF

DESIGN MANUAl
for
DIVERSION DAMS
Copyright 1987
,(Under Process)
by the
NATIONAL IRRIGATION ADMINISTRATION
No part of this manual may be repro-

ducer] by any mec11anical, photograph 'c. or
electronic process, or in the form of a
phonographic or tape rec•>l'rl.n<>:, n · r '"'11'' i:
be restored in a reh·'eval sy3tem. t;·a:os-
mit.ted or othenu'se copied fer n:·: i·· ''l'
p1·i\·ate use, Y.'i'!:ont VvTi~trn p;: --:· :: 7 --,
f:·-··a1 the N:-~ :~~:;:.:1. h··-~.r:-~1tf--n 1\d --~ ·.= ~">
RIEPUBUC OiF THE PHIUPPUNES

NATiONAl IRRIGATION ADMINiSTRATiON
...~ :.. >..::..._c:: .. u\ce 1nanual which ern!Jv• • •
C<H:J; ..• ac!Oll current design c ,-.
uf
design practices and procedures will·
Nat!onal Iniga~ion Adminisirati,, ..
adopted from intemationally acc0, .. .-
teria and modified to suit the Agenc:/:' .
Edited by the
DESIGN HES!':ArtCH SECT•GN

DESIGN AND SPECIFICATION DroP:·. T
NATIONAL l!UUGATION MJ:,! :. 'f
in consult:tti0:1 "'.-·1 ,_
WATEI: & 1'0'"'

(' .
MANUAL ON DIVERSION DAMS
CONTENTS
Para No. Description Page No.
Chapter 1 - INTRODUCTION
1.0 Introduction 1
1.1 Scope 1
Chapter 2 - PLANNING AND INVESTIGATION
2.0 General 2
2.1 Extent of Studies 2
2.2 Stages of Investigations 2
2.2.1 Reconnaissance Stage 3
2.2.2 Preliminary Investigation 3
2.2.2.1 Study of Available Maps 3
2.2.2.2 Regional and Site Geology 3
2.2.2.3 Study of Foundation Strata 3
2.2.2.4 Study of Available Run off and Flood Flow Data 3
2.2.2.5 Water Studies 4
2.2.2.6 Availability of Construction Material 4
2.2.2.7 Communication to the Site of Work 4
2.2.2.8 Finalisation of Alternative Sites 4
2.2.3 Detailed Investigations 4
2.2.3.1 Field Survey 4
2.2.3.2 Hydrological Data 5
2.2.3.3 Sediment Studies 5
2.2.3.4 Surface and Sub-surface Investigation 6
2.2.3.5 Diversion Requirements 7
2,2.3.6 Construction Materials 7
2.2.3.7 Communication System 8
2.2.3.8 Other Miscellaneous Studies 8
Chapter 3 - ALIGNMENT AND LAYOUT
3.0 Function of Diversion Works 9

3.1 Location 9
3.1.1 Location Versus River Stages 9
3.1.2 Advantages 10
3.1.3 Disadvantages 10
3.2 Layout 10
3.2.1 to
3.2.6 General Requirements 10
3.2.7 Misc. Requirements 11
3.3 Alignment 11
3.4 Layout of Training Wall 12
-3.5 Guide Banks
12
3.6 River Diversion Scheme 13
iii
Chapter 4 -TYPES OF DIVERSION WEIRS
4.0 Introduction 15
4.1 Diversion Dams 15
4.Ll Classification According to Crest Shape 15
4.1.1-1 Vertical Drop Type 16
4.1.1.2 Glacis Type 16
4.1.1.3 Ogee Type 16
4.1.2 Vertical Drop versus Sloping Type 17
4-1.3 Classification by Material 17
4.2 Barrages 17
4.3 Gated Weirs 17
Chapter 5 - DAMS ON PERVIOUS FOUNDATION
5.1 Introduction 21
5.2 Different Theories 21
5.3 Methods Based on Creep Theory 23
5.3.1 Creep Theory 23
5.3.2 Bligh Theory 23
5.3.2.1 Example 24
5.3.3 Lane's Weighted Creep Theory 26
5.3.3.1 Rationale 26
5.3.3.2 Example 28
5.4 Potential Flow Theory 29
5.4-2 Method of Solution 29
5.5 Theory of Seepage Flow 33
5.6 Exit Gradient as Related to Dam Design 33
5.7 Khosla's Theory of Independent Variables 38
5.7-1 Correction for Mutual Interference of Piles 38
5.7.2 Correction for Floor Thickness 40
5.7.3 Correction for the Slope of Floor 40
5.7.4 Exit Gradient 42
5.7.5 Example Illustrating Use of Khosla Curves 42
5.8 Structures on Permeable Foundation of Finite Depth 47
Chapter 6 - COMPONENTS OF DIVERSION WORKS
6.1 Layout of Diver~ion Works

48
6.2 Overflow Dam
48
6.3 Sluiceways
48
6.3.1 Functions
6.3.2 Discharge Capacity
48
48
iv
6.4 Training Wall 52

6.4.1 Functions and Elements of Training Wall 52
6.4.2 Hydraulic Requirements 52
6.4.3 Role of Upstream Training Wall 52
6.4.4 Width of Pocket and Model Studies 52
6.4.5 Length of Training Wall 54
6.4.6 Top Level of Training Wall 54
6.4.7 Conclusions 54
6.5 Fish ladder 55
6.5.1 Necessity 55
6.5.2 Location 55
6.5.3 Investigations and Data 55
6.5.4 Design Requirements 55
6.6 Intake Work 57
6.6.1 Location and Layout 57
6.6.2 Type of Structure 57
6.6.3 Crest Level and Waterway 57
6.6.3.1 General 57
6.6.3.2 Necessity of Breast Wall 60
6.7 River Training Works 60
Chapter 7 - HYDRAULIC DESIGN
7.1 Design Data 61

7.2 Field Data 61
7.2.1 Topographical Data 61
7.2.2 Soil Foundation Data 61
7.2.3 Hydrological Data 62
7.2.4 Miscellaneous Data 62
7.3 Design Parameters - Terminology 62
7.3.1 Design Flood 63
7.3.1.1 General 63
7.3.1.2 Status of Design Flood 63
7.3.1.3 Determination of Design Flood 63
7.3.1.4 Selection of Design Flood 66
7.3.2 Maximum Permissible Afflux 66
7.3.3 Scour and Silt Factor 66
7.3.3.2 Extent of Scour 68
7.3.4 Safe Exit Gradient 68
7.3.5 Roughness Coefficient 68
7.3.6 Retrogression of Levels 70
7.3.7 Coefficient of Discharge 70
7.3.7.1 General 70
7.3.7.2 Nappe·Shaped Crest
7.3.7.3 72
Broad Crest
75
7.3.8 Pond Level
77
v
7.4 Hydraulic Design of Spillway and Sluiceway 77
7.4.1 Economic Design 77

7.4.2 Waterway 80
7.4.3 Shape of Crests 82
7.4.3.1 Ogce Crest Profile 82
7.4.4 Crest and Floor Elevations of Spillway and Sluiceway 85
7.1.4.1 Spillway 85
7 .4.4 .2 Sluiceway 85
7 .4.5 Width of Under Sluiceway 86
7.4.6 Length and Level of Downstream F'loor 86
7.5 Energy Dissipators 86
7.5.2 Horizon tal Type 87
7.5.3 Hydraulic Jump with Sloping Apron 87
7.5.4 Design Criteria 89
7.5.4.1 General 89
7 .5.4.2 Terminology 89
7 .5.4.3 Stilling Basin Parameters 89
7.5.5 Stilling Basin Type I 92
7.5.6 Stilling Basin Type II 92
7.5.7 Stilling Basin Type III 93
7.5.8 Stilling Basin Type IV 94
7.6 Total length of Floor 98
7.7 Depth of Cut-off 98
7.8 Floor Thickness 98
7.9 Protection Works 101
7.9.1 Upstream Block Protection 101
7.9.2 Downstream Block Protection 101
7.9.3 Design of Graded Filter 103
7.9.4 Loose Stone Protection 103
7.9.4.1 General Hcquircmcnts 103
7.9.4.2 Velocity VS Size of Stone 103
7.9.4.3 Slope of Launched Apron 105
7.9.4.4 Thickness and Length of Material 105
7.9.5 Protection Around Divide Wall 105
7.10 Free Board 105
7.10.1 Free Board in Abutment 105
7.10.2 Free Board in Stilling Basin 107
7.10.3 Free Board in Piers 107
7.11 Design Procedure in Brief 107
Chapter 8 - STRUCTURAL DESIGN
A - Spillway Section
8.1 General 115
vi
Page No.
Para No. Description
- - - - - - -----· ·---
115
8.2 Requirement of Stability
115
8.3 Loads and Forces
115
8.3.1 Forces for Design 116
8.3.2 Forces Inducing Stability and Instability
116
8.3.3 Design Assumptions
116
8.4 Load Combinations
117
8.5 Design Criteria
117
8.5.1 Dead Load 117
8.5.2 Live Load 117
8.5.3 Pressure of Pond Water, Tail Water
117
8.5.4 Earth and Silt Pressures
117
8.5.4.1 General 118
8.5.4.2 Criteria
118
8.5.5 Uplift Pressure
118
8.5.5.1 General 118
8.5.5.2 Effect of Earthquake
118
8.5.6 Earthquake Forces
118
8.5.6.1 General 120
8.5.6.2 Inertia Forces
120
8.5.7 Hydrodynamic Forces •
123
8.5.8 H.caction of Foundation
123
8.5.8.1 Assumptions 123
8.5.8.2 General Procedure
123
8.6 Safety Criteria
123
8.6.1 Sliding Resistance
Resistance Against Overturning
126
8.6.2 127
8.6.3 Safety Against Foundation Failure
128
8.6.4 Safety Against Failure of Material
128
8.7 Contraction Joint
128
8.7.1 Longitudinal Joint
128
8.7.2 Transverse Joint
B - Sluiceway
General 129
8.8
Design Criteria 129
8.9
8.9.1 Cutoff 129
8.9.2 Impervious Floor 129
8.9.2.1 General Requirements 129

8.9.2.2 Design Cri tcria 130'
8.9.3 Abutments 130
8.9.3.1 General 130
8.9.3.2 Top Width 131
8.9.3.3 Design Criteria 131
8.9.3.4 Safety Criteria 131
8.9.3.5 Value of Friction 132
vii
8.9.4 Piers 132

8.9.4.1 General 132
8.9.4.2 Thickness of Piers 132
8.9.4.3 Length of Pier 132
8.9.4.4 Height of Pier 132
8.9.4.5 Design Criteria 133
8.9.5 Loading Combination 133

8.9.6 Evaluation of Forces 134
8.9.7 Effect of Earthquake on Earth Pressure 135
8.9.7.1 Active Pressure Without Surcharge 135
8.9.7.2 Passive Pressure Without Surcharge 136
8.9.7.3 Active Pressure Due to Uniform Surcharge 136
8.9.7.4 Passive Pressure Due to Uniform Surcharge 138
8.9.7.5 Effect of Earthquake in Sub soil Water 138
8.9.8 Hydrostatic Pressure 139
8.9.9 Force Due to Water Current 139
8.9.10 Longitudinal Forces in Road Bridge 139
8.9.1::>.1 Due to Braking Effect 139
8.9.19.2 Due to reactions 140
8.10 Miscellaneous Details 140
8.10.1 Longitudinal Joints 140
8.10.2 Transverse Contraction Joints 140
8.10.3 Weep Holes 140
8.10.4 Backfill Material 140
8.10.5 Backfill Drainage 141
C - Divide Wall
8.11 General 142

8.11.1 Location 142
8.11.2 Position, Length and Height 142
8.12 Design Criteria 142
8.12.1 Load Combination 142
8.12.2 Evaluation of Loads and Forces 142
8.12.3 Wave Pressure 144
8.12.4 Foundation Design 144
Chapter 9 - INTAKE WORK
9.1 General
145
9.2 Layout
145
9.3 T ypas of Structure
145
9.4 Hydraulic Oasign
147
9.4.1 Pond Level
9.4.2 147
Water way and Sill Level
147
viii
9.5 Open Type Structure 147

9.5.1 Water Way 148
9.5.2 Width and Shape of Sill 149
9.5.3 Shape of Approaches and Other Component Parts 150
9.5.3.1 Upstream Transition 150
9.5.3.2 Downstream Transition 150
9.5.4 Design Criteria from Surface, Flow Consideration 150
9.5.4.1 Depth of Upstream Cut Off 150
9.5.4.2 Stilling Basin Dimensions and Appurtenances 150
9.5.4.3 Thickness of Floor VS Hydraulic Jump 150
9.5.4.4 Downstream Protection 151
9.5.5 Design Criteria from Sub Surface Flow Consideration 151
9.5.5.1 Exit Gradient at the End 151
9.5.5.2 Length of Impervious Floor 151
9.5.5.3 Floor Pressure 151
9.5.6 Structural Design 152
9.5.7 Hoist Bridge 152
9.5.8 Free Board 152
9.6 Barrel Type Structure 152
9.6.1 General 152
9.6.2 Evaluation of Losses 152
9.6.2.1 Transition Losses 152
9.6.2.2 Friction Losses 155
9.6.2.3 Bend Losses 156
9.6.2.4 Loss in Change of Direction 156
9.6.3 Contraction and Expansion 159
9.6.4 Calculation of Waterway 159
9.7 Energy Dissipation 159
9.8 Trashracks 161
Chapter 10- SILT EXCLUDER
10.1 General
164
10.2 Location and Alignment 164
10.3 Design Criteria
10.3.1 164
Number and Size of Tunnels 164
10.3.2 Spacing and Shape
166
10.3.3 Roof and Bed of Tunnels
10.3.4 166
Exit and Exit Channel
10.3.5 166
Transition
166
10.4 Escapage Discharge and Minimum Head
166
10.5 Losses in Tunnels
167
10.6 Structural Design
167
10.7 Control Structures & Misc. Factors
168
10.7.1 Control Structure
10.7.2 168
Miscellaneous Factors
168
ix
--------~·---·-·-----~------------~---~··--~~----------~---
Description Page No.

Para No. --~~---~
--~--~------··-······-----------
Efficiency of Silt Excluder 168

10.8
Field Study Based on Model Experiments 168
10.9
Chapter 11 ~RIVER TRAINING WORKS
General
173
11.1
Types of Training Works 173
11.2
Guidebanks 173
11.3
Classification 174
11.3.1
Form in Plan 174
11.3.1.1
Geometrical Shape 174
11.3.1.2
11.3.2 Layout of Guidebanks 174
Length of Guidcbanks 174
11.3.3
Approach Embankments 177
11.4
Afflux Embankments 177
11.5
Design of Guidebanks 177
11.6
11.6.1 Section 179
11.6.1.1 Top Width 179

11.6.1.2 F'rec Board 179
11.6.1.3 Side Slope & Protection 179
11.6.2 Thickness of Pitching 179

11.6.3 Fillers 179
11.6.4 Loose Stone Apron 181
11.6.4.1 Size of Stone 181

11.6.4.2 Depth of Scour 181
11.6.4.3 Thickness of Launched Apron 181
11.6.4.4 Slope of Launched Apron 181
11.7 Design of Approach Embankments 182

11.7.1 Top Width 182
11.7.2 Sedion 184
11.7 .3 Size of Stone 184
11.7.4 Thickness of Pitching 184
11.7 .5 Filter 184
11.7.6 Launching Apron 184
11.8 Design of Afflux Embankment 184
11.8.1 Top Width 184
11.8.2 Slope and Protection VI orks 184
11.9 General Behaviour of Launching Aprons 184
11.10 Other Training Works 185
Chapter 12 ~ INSTRUMENTATION
12.1 General 186

12.2 Objects of Instrumentation 186
X
12.3 Instrumentation for Structures on Permeable Foundation 186

12.4 Uplift Pressure Pipes 186
12.5
12.5.1)
I Numbers and Location 187
12.5.2)
12.6 Design of Pressure Pipes 187
12.6.1 Filter Points 187
12.7 Installations 190
12.8 Precausions 190
12.9 Maintenance 190
12.10 Observations 191
12.10.1 General 191
12.10.2 Record of Observation 191
12.10.3 Time Lag 191
12.10.4 Frequency of Observations 191
12.11 Presentation & Analysis of Data 192
Chapter 13- DAMS ON IMPERVIOUS FOUNDATIONS
13.1 General 194

13.2 Design Analysis 194
13.3 Safety Criteria 195
13.4 Internal or Uplift Pressu-re 195
13.4.1 Criteria for Design 195
13.5 Foundation 196
13.5.1 Structural Competency 196
13.6 Foundation Treatment 196
13.6.1 General 196
13.6.2 Methods of Treatment 196
13.6.2.1 Surfn.ce Preparation 196
13.6.3 Procedure for Grouting 197
13.6.3.1 General
197
13.6.3.2 Type of Grouting
197
13.6.4 Drainage
197
13.7 Waterway - Crest Length
197
13.8 Stilling Basin - Floor Thickness
198
13.9 Protection Works
198
Chapter 14 - OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
14.1 General
199
XI
:,
·>--..,"'!\!"'!\!2=.--!!lif=:tm-r.;,..tll!@li:·Ol'\im"o"l®rn·=m=M=i::!limJR~~~~.gq:z:JJJJL _!£#!'&, CW . mxt®&liiiliiiiliii£&9 o
14.2 Hydro - Mechanical Installation 199

14.2.1 Operation of Gates 199
14.2.2 Maintenance 200
14.2.2.1 Gates 200
14.2.2.2 Gate Groove and Seals 200
14.2.2.3 Steel Wire Ropes 200
14.2.2.4 Winches and Hoists 201
14.2.2.5 Lighting and Other Arrangement 201
14.3 Civil Work 201
14.3.1 Aprons 202
14.3.2 Impervious Floors 202
14.3.3 Sediment Excluder 202
14.3.4 Intake Work 202
14.3.5 Instrumentation Data 202
14.3.6 Other Observations 203
14.3.6.1 Pressure Release Pipes 203
14.3.6.2 Standing Wave Profile 203
14.3.6.3 Sediment Observation, 203
14.3.6.4 Aggradation of River Bed 203
14.3.6.5 Retrogression 203
14.3.6.6 Settlement 204
14.3.7 Hiver Training Works 204
14.4 Regulation and Operation 204
14.4.2 Operation - Periods 204
14.4.2.1 Pre Monsoon Operation 204
14.1.2.2 Monsoon Operation 204
14.4.2.3 Post Monsoon Operation 205
14.5 History of Diversion Works 205
Chapter 15 - DESIGN OF DIVERSION DAM
15.1 General 206

15.2 Illustrative Example 206
15.2.1 Mag-Asawang Tuhig Diversion Dam (Location) 206
15.2.2 Geology 206
15.2.3 Afflux & Crest Levels 206
15.3 Hydraulic Design 207
15.3.1 Design Data 207
15.3.2 Determination of Waterway, afflux elevation, d/s basin
elevation & dis floor length under different flow conditions 207
A. Water way 207
L Looseness factor 207
2. Width of sluiceway & ogee portion 213
3. Length - ogee portion 214
xii
Page No.
Para No. Description
B. Determination of afflux Elevation, Downstream

Basin Elevation and Downstream Floor Length 214
I First Condition - High Flood condition,
214
spillway not silted up
a. Spillway Portion 214
b. Sluiceway Portion 216
C. Length and Level of basin floor 218

II Second Condition - High Flood with dam
silted up to crest level 222

III Third Condition - Medium flood Condition
Water level on upstream is just 0.30 m. (one foot)
above the ogee crest 230
IV Fourth Condition - Low flood condition
Water flowing in the sluice way is just 1.00 m. above the
sluiceway crest 238
15.3.3 Governing Values 241

15.3.3.4 Sluiceway Portion 241
15.3.3.5 Spillway Portion 242
D. Crest Shape 242
Table 15.1 (Sluiceway Portion) 244
Table 15.2 (Spillway Portion) 245
E, Depth of cut off 242
i) Upstream cutoff 242
ii) Downstream cutoff 246
I) Upstream cutoff 246
li) Downstream cutoff 247
F. Length of work & exit gradient 247
a. Spill way Portion 247
G. Protection Works 249
1. UiS block protection 249
2. UiS launching apron 250
3. DiS block protection 251
4. DiS launching apron 251
xiii
'Y( j - :::;:p
Para No.

1. UIS block protection 254
2. UIS launching apron 254
3. DIS block protection 256
1. DIS launching apron 256
H. Training Wall 258
a. Hydraulic design 258
b. Protection Works 260
15.4 Structural Design 261

I. Pressure calculations 261
a. Spillway portion 261
i) U/S pile line 262
ii) Intermediate pile line 263
iii) Downstream pile line 264
b. Sluicev·.ray portion 266
i) Upstream pile line 266
ii) Downstream pile line 267
J. Floor thickness 268
1. Hydraulic gradient and jump profile 268
2. Uplift pressure under static head 268
Hydraulic gradient line elevations under
different flow conditions 268
Table J -1 271
Table ,J- 2 272
Table J -· 3 273
3. Uplift due to hydraulic jump 268
Jump Profiles 274
Table J -4 274
Table J --5 275
Table J -6 276
1. Floor thickness 277
a. Spilhvay Portion 277
K. Stability Analysis 283
Load Combination A - Dam completed but no
water in pond & no tail water 285
Load Combination C - Maximum flood with
dam silted up to crest level 288
Load Combination E - Water level on upstream
at crest level, normal dry weather tailwater, full
uplift, silt deposit up to crest level with earthquake 290
L. Design of Guide Banks 295
a. Layout 295
b. Protection Works 296
xiv
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Description Page No.
Chapter 3- ALIGNMENT AND LAYOUT
3.1 Layout. of a Typical Diversion Works 14

Chapter 4 -TYPES OF DIVERSION WEIRS
4.1 V ert.ical Drop Diversion Dams 18

4.2 Sloping Glacis Diversion Dam 19
4.3 Ogec Diversion Dam 20
Chapter 5- DAMS ON PERVIOUS FOUNDATION
5.1}
5.2 Effect of Seepage 22
5.3
5.4)
5.5J Bligh Method 25
5.6 The Flow Net 34
5.7 Standard Forms - Khosla's Method of Independent Variables 37
5.8 Mutual Interference of Piles -- Definition Sketch 37
5.9 Percentage Pressure Curves 39
5.10 Khosla's Safe l~xit Gradient Curve 41
5.11 Design Example 43
Chapter 6- COMPONENTS OF DIVERSION WORKS
6.1 Components of Dam 49

6.2 Effect of Pocket Width on Flow Conditions 53
6.3 Divide Wall 56
Chapter 7 - HYDRAULIC DESIGN
7.1 Discharge Coefficients for vertical faced ogee crest 73

7.2 I\atio of head on crest to design head 73
7.3 Coefficient of discharge for ogee-shaped crest with sloping upstream face 74
7.4 Coefficient with respect to position of downstream apron 76
7.5 Ratio of discharge coefficient due to apron effect 78
7.6 Ratio of discharge Coefficient due to tail water effect 79
7.7 Broad crested weir ~ relative coefficients 81
7.8 Ogee crest - downstream profile 83
7.9 Ogee crest - upstream profile 84
7.10 Tail Water Conditions Classification 88
XV
Page No.
Description
Figure
90
7.11 Definitions and Notations
91
7.11A Length of jump & ratio · of conjugate depth
95
7.12 Curve for determination of sequent depth
96
7.13 Froude number and dimension sketch for Basin 1.
A&B
97
7.14 Recommended length of Basin II
97
A&B Appurtenances for Basin II
99
7.15 Energy loss in Hydraulic jump
100
7.16 Uplift pressure on floor
104
7.17 Protection of Works
a) Launching Apron
b) Upstream protection works
c) Downstream protection works.
Maximum stone size in rip rap mixture
106
7.18
108
7.19 Step wise procedure
7.20 Head losses in pipe bends
(Structure Design)
Chapter 8 - STRUCTURAL DESIGN
Map of Philippines showing Seismic Zones 119

8.1
Base and maximum pressure for constant sloping faces 121
8.2
Coefficients of pressure distribution for constant sloping faces 122
8.3
Water pressure and uplift pressures 124
8.4
Earth pressure due to earthquake 137
8.5
Distribution of ratio Dynamic increment 137
8.6
Vertical effective pressure
Wind pressure and Wave diagram 143
8.7
Chapter 9- INTAKE WORK
9.1 Layout of Canal Head Regulator 146
9.2. A & B Open Type Intake Works 153-154
9.3. A & B Barrel-Tupe Intake Works 157-158
Chapter 10- SILT EXCLUDER
10.1 Silt Excluder - Plant & Section 165

A- 1 Narora Silt Excluder
(Plan & Sections) 170
xvi
·---····---·-----·------·--·--·-------- Page No.
Description
Figure
-----··----·--·-------·
A- 2 Narora Silt Excluder 172

(a field study & its efficiency)
Chapter 11 --RIVER TRAINING WORKS

145
Guide Banks - F'orm in Plan
11.1 176
GcomeLrical Shape of Guide Banks
11.2 178
Typical Layout of River Tr<~.ining Works
11.3
180
11.4 Size of Pitching Vs. Velocity
183
11.5 Details of Guide Bank
Chapter 12- INSTRUMENTATION

188
12.1 Dam on Permeable Foundation
189
12.2 Location of Pressure Tapping Points
208
15.1 Location Plan
209
15.2 River bed profile of Hivcr "A"
209
15.3 River bed profile of River "B"
210
15.4 River bed profile of !bolo River
Cross·section @Dam axis (facing upstream) 211
15.5
212
15.6 Tailwater Rating Curve
243
15.7 Crest Profile
269
15.8 Energy of flow curves
270
15.9 Relation between the length & the height of jump Structural Design
279
15.10 Hydraulic jump and uplift pressures (Spillway)
280
15.11 Hydraulic jump and uplift pressures (sluiceway)
Chapter 16- DESIGN OF INTAKE WORK

298
L Canal Section
298
1.1 For canal maintenance
300
1.2 For land soaking
301
2. Design of Intake Structures
301
A. Design Data
301
B. Sill level of Intake
302
c. \Vaterway
xvii
m:aw
Figure
····---···---~------------~
Determination of basin level & length 303

D.
a. Pond at crest. level 303
b. \Vater at crest. level 305
c. During maximum flQ:Od 306
Depth of cutoff 307
E.
F. Total length of floor 308
G. Analysis for percentage of pressure 309
H. Floor thickness 311
Notes 312
LIST OF PLATES
Plate 1 Development Plan

Plate 2 General Plan
Plate 3 Section Sho\ving right and left sluiceway
Plate 4 Ogce sedion & appurtenant details
Plate 5 Right & left sluiceway showing training wall
Plate 6 Hight intake structure
Plate 7 Left intake structure
Plate 8 Position of Pressure Pipes in ogee
Plate 9 Pressure observation pipes - Left Sluiceway
Plate 10 Details of eonstruct.ion joint
APPENDIX
The Gumbel method 114
9A ~ 1 Head Losses in Pipe Bends 16Cl
!2A Hcgister of Uplift Pressure Pipe Observations 193
A 1 Introduction 169
A 2 Efficiency of Excluder 171
A 3 Discussion on Test Results & Conclusions 171
xviii
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
•
Water flowing in natural streams and rivers is the wealth of a nation. This wealth can be utilized only
if rivers are properly harn(~sscd and controlled. \Vith the development of agriculture through irrigation,
rivers have served as the principal sources of water for the production of crops.
The Philippines has immense water resources, most of which still remain to be utilb;ed to beneficial use
for purposes of irrigation and power generation. This can be achieved by constructing storage dams in
the upper reaches of rivPrs and diversion dams in the lower reaches. By building a series of dams, basin
wide control of the rivers in a val!ey ean be ::tchieved.
Building of dams and diversion of river \Vater as an art is as old as the recorded history of mankind.
In the early days of civilization, earth dams were constructed, later on rubble masonry was used for
building dams. The first masonry dams were built in Spain in the sixteenth-seventeenth centuries. It was in
the nineteenth eentury that stability of the section against overturning, slid~ng, etc. was considered.
This led to the development of rational design of gravity dams.
Though div(;rsion of river watc'r is an old art. the science of design and construction of diversion dams
and weirs as economical and hydraulically efficient structures is of recent origin. The design practice has,
however, had a rapid evolution with the development of Lacey's silt theory followed by Khosla's theory or
design of vveirs on permeable foundation.
With t.he rapid evolution in theory, analysis, design and techni(]UCS described in various books/reports
the need for a single text. that will illustrate the art of design in a unified manner IS obviously acute.
The present. manual for fulfilling the objective is an endeavour in that direction.
1.1 SCOPE
This manual deals with divPrsion dam on permeable and other types of foundation limiting the design
flood to the order of 2500-3000 eumecs with the following dimcnsions:-
a) not more than 1() metres (50 ft.) high if on rock foundation such as hard rock mass of granite, sand
stone, lime stonp, ete.
b) low overfal! dams on foundation consisting of pervious strata of sand, gravels, talus, etc. depending
upon t.he bearing capacity of soil and the net head i.e., difference in upstream water level and down
stream water level is not more than about 9 metres (30ft.)
In the manual, an allcmp\ has been made to bring out the concept of sub-soil flow through the
permeable foundation and various theories relevant to the design of weirs (overflow dams) on permeable
foundation. ThP drsign procedures based on t.he modern knowledge of hydraulic engineering especially
in case of alluvial rivers and the widely accepted method of independent variables devis(~d by Dr. Khosla
havp been discussed in the manual. The design standard thus evolved, lays down the criteria for planning,
layout, and design of dam and appurten<tnt works.
1
CHAPTER 2
PLANNING AND INVESTIGATIONS
2.0 GENERAL
Diversion dams ar(~ eonstructed for diverting water from rivers for various uses like irrigat.ion, power
generation. water supply, navig<ltion etc. The obj('ctive in project planning is the determination of thP
project feasibility. This involves studies which will permit a sound analysis and conclusion with respect to
the specific t>ng-ineering-economic considerations.
2.1 EXTENT OF STUDIES
Ttw magnitude of the project and the obvious physical appearance of such surface conditions usually
govern t.he extent of investigation to he made. As such no hard and fast rule for determining the extent
of investigations which may he neeessary in each ease can be laid down. A dam that is to be constructed
on a pervious or \VC:ak foundation lo creai.P a depth of water of 5 meters will require much more foundation
investigation than a 15 meters high dam to be buill on solid and unfractured rock.
For !.he height of diversion dams discussed in this manual, the size of the physical structure has little
rebtion to the extent of the investigation necessary. The maximum justifiable investigation cost is
however limited by !.he magnitude of the project.
Th(~ ulLirnat.e objf'Cti\'P of a!\ investigations for diversion schemes is to enable engineers to locate.
desig-n and tonstruct. the most cconomieal structures \vhich vvill meet the irrigation/power requirements
for which the projeet is envisaged. The survey and investigations of dam sites will require an adequate
knowledge of the requirements of oestgn, considerable experience and exercise of good engineering
jurlgmcnL The more f.h<' d('sign(~r understands the types of structures and the project layout towards
which end h(' is working, the more he will be :1b!c to do an intelligent and selective job.
2.2 INVESTIGATIONS
For clPLcrmining the most. desirable ~uld economic site for a darn, the investigations shall include
surveys, topographic mapping, geologic studies, extent of areas to be submerged, possible location of
protection dikes and subsurface explorations.
Investigation if ('.arried to completion, is an expensive and time consuming phase of project develop.
mcnt. Moreover, it may indicate that the project is not economically or technically sound. Hence, an
investigation should be planned and exeeutPd so t!lat the probable soundness of the project will be
determined as (~arly and as inexpensively as possible. To accomplish this objective, the investigation may
be divided into three stages:
1. Reeonnaissance
2. Preliminary investigations
:J. Detailed investigations
2
2.2.1 Reconnaissance Stage
This stage is desigrwd primarily tn support a decision on whether to proceed with more detailed
investigations on UH~ basis of rough data and short cut studies. Heeonnaissancc is carried out. to get
information about. i.he feasibility of the proje<~t. preliminary to the choice of site; the type of structure
suitable with respect Lo foundation, and lhc ava~ilahle materials for construction and the tentative estimates
of alternative types of structure. This can bc~ done with the help of study of the basin using some maps,
rainfall statistics. st.atenwnt. of discharges at existing works in the river ami statistical atlas of the tract
hffcctcd, supplemented by a few inspection of t.hp relevant and important sites including similar works
in adjacent localities. In the Philippines, topographic maps prepared by photogrammet.ric method with a
scale of 1:50,000 m and 10 nwter cont.our interval can he obtained from Lhc office of the Board of Technical
Surveys and Maps at. Tanduay, lVlanila.
It is important. Lo record all t.he data obtained in t.hc reconnaissance stage. Even if from economic
(:onsirleration. the project is not considPred viable, changing economic conditions later may result in a
reevaluation of Lhc projc<'L Lhus costly duplic:at.ion of the earlier investigation can be avoided.
2.2.2 Preliminary Investigations
These are undertaken in J~TPal('r dct.a_i] until a t.ent.ative sekcLion of site is made warranting a detailed
investigation thereafter. Foundation and sub-surface explorations are extended and in general, programmes
of work is suffi<'iently hro;H1cncd t.o coliPel information necessary for preliminary design.
Preliminary inv(~stigat.ions should in('lud(' tht' following:
a) Study of available~ maps,

b) Hegional and site geology,
e) Stu·dy of foundation st.raLa.
d) Study of available run off and flood flow data.

e) Wat.er studies,
f) Availabilit-y of eonslruct.inn rnaterials, Jnd
g} i\c-:cessibili!.y of th(~ sit.e of work.
2.2.2.1 Study of Available Maps
Study of available> maps should be made to have a general ide;:~. of t.he topography. river bc~haviour,
possible sit.cs and t.heir eat.rhment. arra. Earlier maps, if avail;:~.hle, should he consulted as tlwy would
provide useful information regarding stability of river at. the site.
2.2.2.2 Regional and Site Geology
It should be studied wit.h particular reference to adverse geological indications su<:h as faults. fractured
zones, shear zones solution cavities, c1.c.
2.2.2.3 Study of Foundation Strata
Data should be <'ollC'('t('d hy digging trial pil.s and drilling boreholes and studies of existing nearby
deep eut.s and \>v"ells and rc~pnrLs of other projeet.s in the nearby zone.
2.2.2.4 Study of Available Run-off and Flood Flow Data

,., .. ',. ,, ... ,~'
3
2.2.2.5 Water Studies
It is necessary to assess the extent of water requirements for diversion during the various periods
and the feeding level.
In that behalf two categories of preliminary water studies shall be carried out:
i) l\cquircmcnt of water for irrigation and power, if any.
ii) Availability of supplies
2.2.2.6 Availability of Construction Material
Preliminary investigation should include assessment of the requirements of construction materials

and their availability in the vicinity of the sites under consideration.
2.2.2.7 Accessibility of the Site
\Vhik deciding on the choice of suitable sit.c, due consideration should be given for easy accessibility
and economie transportation of matrrial to the site of \Vorlc
2.2.2.8 Pos~iblc sites for location of the diversion dam should be marked out on the basis of investigation
carried out in a(':cordanee with the above requirement. It may he p_ossib!e to eliminate some of these
sites on topographical and other considerations by site inspection. Further investigation should be carried
out for the remaining sites hy sub-surface explorations. Gauge discharge observations should also be
started, if not presently available. Thereafter, considering the merits and demerits of the different
alternate sites, the sites can he graded in the order of their relative suitability.
2.2.3 Detailed Investigation
i\fLPr preliminary sdection of site·, these investigations shall be carried out in much greater detail
\.vith a vi<~w of eolkcting data for the design of the main structure and its appurtenant works for the site
chosen. These should include the following:
a) Field surveys,
b) Hydrological data,
c) Sediment studies,
d) Surface and suhsurfaec investigation,
e) Field and laboratory tests,
f) Diversion requirerncnts,
g) Construction materials,
h) Communication systems. and
i) Other misr.:ellancous studies.
2.2.3.1 Field Survey
-~- .' '
-;-'i'llli11 •;(j' ,«.
- -
The survey should be plotted to a suitable scale. It should show all the salient features like firm banks.
rock outcrops, deep channcis. larg-e shoals and islands, deep pools and important land marks, etc. The
length of the survey may depend upon Lhe nature of the stream. the size of the diversion dam and the
purpose of diversion. If the river course on the upstream and down~tream of the site is straight. the length
of survey can be shortened whereas in case of rncandcring rivers the length of survey may be increased
so as to cover at least two fully developed meanders on the upstream of the dam axis and one meander
length on the downs~ream or as may be required for detailed model studies.
If a permanent bench mark is not availab\P ncar the site of work, the same should be established and
it~value ascertained by double levelling. It should be as close to the work as possible but not so close as to
be eroded by the river or stand as an obstruc:-Uon in the execution of the work.
ii) For model studies it is desirable to observe the cross sections at closer intervals. say 100 m, up to 2
km upstream and 1 krn downstream of the proposed dam. In the rcrnaining reach the cross-sections may
be observed at an interval of 200m. The cross-levels in the river bed may be spaced 10 to ~30 m depending
upon the topography of the river. The cross-sections should be extended on both banks up to about 2.5 m
above the high flood level, if possible, otherwise to an extent such that proper layout of guide and afflux
banks may be decided. In hilly streams cross-sections at closer intervals may be taken.
2.2.3.2 Hydrological Data
The aim of the collection of hydrological data is twofold:

a) for romputing the design flood,
b) for assessing the available weekly and rnonthly run-off on more realistic basis. F'or these studies it is
necessary to obtain r::tinfall and run-off data.
The pertinent hydrologieal dakt arc as follows:

a) Design flood ··- The following data should be collected for estimating the maximum anticipated flood:
i} Hainfal! Daily rainfall recorded at different stations in the catchment area and data regarding
storms with respect to sucrcssive positions of Lhe centre of the storm in the catchment should be collected.
Storms causing peak discharges should be separated for unit hydrograph analysis;
ii) Flood hydrographs for isolated rain storms for working out unit hydrograph;
iii) CatehmcnL characU'risties, such as shape, slope, orientation, drainage system and infiltration
capacity for developing synthetic hydrograph, if adequate data are not available;
iv) Peak flow data for the river for as many years as possible for frequency analysis;
v) F'lood marks by local inquiry to estimate maximum flood by slope area methOd;
vi} Daily river gauge should he observed and stage and discharge data at or near the site of the pro.
posed \vork, with stages and observed dischar.ges during flood, for as many years as possible should be
eollcclcd.
b) Run·off --- A gaugP disehargc sitP should be established at a suitable point in the vicinity of the
darn site. The gauge discharge dat.a should he utilized to evolve a gauge-discharge curve for computing
!.he discharges for lhl~ period for which river gauge data ara available. The run-off data thus obtained
should lw utilized for estimating depPndabk yield. If the data available for the sitt' is inadequate, a
correlation coul(l be established by utilizing the long term data available for a nearby site on the river.
2.2.3.3 Sediment Studies
If no data of sediment load carried by the river arc available, sediment observations should be started
immediately with the gaugc~-disehargc· observations as soon as the project is contemplated. The quality
5
and quantity of sediment carried by the water, especially during flood season, is necessary for planning
sediment excluding or preventing worl\s and to frame a suitable mode of regulation. The observations may
be of two types;
il Detailed
ii) Representative
In the detailed observations the samples may be taken at several cross-sections at every 30 em. depth,
at an interval of one week. The representative samples should be taken daily and at 3 cross-sections, one
at the centre and two one third width from the edges at 0.60 of the depth.
In c:1se lhe sediment eharge brought by the river is excessive, due margin shall he given for sedimenta-
tion whiie fixing the pond capacity·, particularly in case where pondage is proposed to be provided to meet
diurnal power fluctuations.
2.2.3.4 Surface and Sub-surface Investigation
a) General
Bore holes should he drilled at specified intervals covering the dam area and appurtenant structures.
The location of borings shall he correctly marked and numbered on the survey sheets. These borings
.should be earried to hard rock level or to a depth of 15 to 25m below the deepest river bed level depending
on the strata and the structure like piers. abutments, floor, etc. Trial pits mi1y be exeavated to determine
the depth of the overburden and loose deposits, if hard rock level is at a .c;;hzdlow depth. In case of large
depths of overburden comprising large size boulders where ordinary boring method may prove inadequate,
geophysical method may be employed Lo locale the rock surface.
b) Alluvial Foundation
The following investigations should be carried out in alluvial foundation:
i) Borings at suitable loc:at.ions should be made in lhc dam area and borclogs prepared showing details
of various strata encountered. The spaeing of boreholes should be planned in a manner so as to cover the
foundations of various structures.
ii) For sandy foundation, dynamic and static penetration tests should be performed below each
structure (abutments, piers, etc.) and in each bay to estimate bearing pressure, likely settlement
and ncccssit_y of settlement joints. For boulder strab., plate bearing tests shall he required.
iii) Soil classific.:ttion and determination o[ unit weight of soil, angle of internal friction of soil, void
ratio and specific gravity up to foundation level should he done.
iv) In case of clayey and silty foundations undisturbed sampling should be done and tests conducted for
determination of unconfirmed comprcs_sivc strength and consolidation characteristics.
v) Modulus of subgrade reaction in case of raft foundation should be determined.
c) Impermeable Foundation
In casf' of rock found;1tion at shallow depth, drill holes should he carried out. to ascertain the depth
of weathered zone, extent of joints and fissures and to determine the necessity or otherwise of grouting to
avoid exccssivQ seepage losses.
The depth of impervious layer should he loeated in the entire width of the dam and intake area. While
the upstream sheet piles may be embedded into the impervious layer, adequate open area shall he provided
below thP downstn~am shept pile depth to allow rcleas{' of pressure~ on Uw downstream side. Similarly.
?"·'J~f;>rd~nn<: •-:-r Ot!trrop:- of lmpervious ~trat.um, if any, which may be touching- t.he bottom of the floor ha~c
toO\': <"·x<:dv!o'.!-·r"i . _ ;:-·:-:' :'"~·- -~;:;'~ ... _. . __ , __, __ . . . ,_ ·.-.,-,-~--~.i~,.·-·_t_;-; ... -~t-.. 0 ,_!1(~ ··--'~n :->_~:u·r~:t.:!.n. wl-.0.thc:·
the iinpervious boundery is horizonLLl, .-;\oping HfJ 1.ovvanJK UH· ciovvn,-;u·P:<m nr llfi:·n.t·c·nn<. i\n 1 tnperv·1 ~~H-"
boundary sloping up on the do\vnstrcam will cause eonstriction of seep.:1g-c and should be a voided by
shifting the location of the dam slightly upstream, taking help of model studies if necessary .
::1
.-~ 6
<
:··I'-'-....
d) Water Table
Observations of water table in the area adjacent to the location of the dam should also be carried out;
The likelihood of higher levels in the pond leading to rise of water table with consequent waterlogging
in the adjacent area should also he investigated for suitable measures.
e) Field and Laboratory Tests
i) Detailed foundation investigation comprising penetration tests in addition to the tests outlined in
foregoing paragraph should be conducted in the dam and appurtenant structure arc:J. to mark out soft
foundation area, if any, for special treatment or for examining the possibility of avoiding it by suitably
changing the layout.
ii) Field permeability tests should be earried out to assess the order of seepage losses from the pond
and thereby the dewatering requirement. If the latter works out to be to excessive, studies should be
carried out to reduce the excavation requirement by resorting to a reinforced raft structure \Vhich aspect
should be studied in detail based on economic and other considerations, like availability of material, type of
foundation, etc.
2.2.3.5 Diversion Requirements
Diversion requirements should be worked out in accordance with the needs of the project. Detalled
water studies, under the following two categories should be carried out:
1) Hequirements of water for irrigation, and power if any.
2) Availability of Supplies
Water Requirements
For irrigation, consideration should be given to climatic conditions, soil types, types of crops, crop
distribution, irrigation efficiency and conveyance losses, etc. For details refer to the Manual on Canal &
Canal Structures.
Availability of Supplies
Data for proper assessment of supplies is sometimes not available. Where a systematic record is
available, careful examination is needed before it can be used.
The records should i ncl udc:
a) Daily, monthly and yearly rainfalls at various stations observed by the concerned department.
b) Gauge readings at v,1rious sites of rivers and its tributaries.
c) Discharge observations at some selected sites.
Maximum flood discharge for the design of the structure may be obtained from the data collected by
the method detailed in the chapter on Hydraulic Design.
Determination of low water level is ncc:cssary to determine the maximum head acting on the diversion
dam. It is difficult to determine the low water level in the absence of records. Observation for a few years
before construction and local inquiries will help in getting an approximate idea.
2.2.3.6. Construction Materials
Survey of the availability of construetion materials like sand, gravel and boulders, suitable earth, etc.,
their availability which is necessary for determining the type of construction in preparing comparative
7
estimates. Availability of hard stone may make masonry preferable to concrete. If limestone is available,
its hydraulicity, strength and durability should be investigated. Laboratory and field tests should be
carried out for determining the quality of aggregates and earth materials.
2.2.3.7 Communication System
Investigation should include dislocation and relocation of the existing facilities and additional facilities
re(]uircd during construction and operation.
2.2.3.8 Other Miscellaneous Studies
a) Pond Survey
i) The area submerged up to normal pond level or ·within the afflux embankment that shall be sur-
veyed and all immovable properties corning within it should be recorded and valued before the works
arc started to avoid disputes at. a later stage.
ii) The extent and charaetcr of relocation of existing communities, railroads and public highway
on account of the raising of water level should be determined.
iii) Existing water rights and government regulations to be observed should be ascertained.
b) F'ish Pass
These arc required for migratory fish and should be provided for in consultation with experts of the
fisheries department. Necessary data, as may be advised, should be collected for assessing the need for
provision of a fish pass.
c) Log- Chute
To justify the necessity of a Jog cHute, statistics of logs, such as their numbers, si?;es and periods
in which they arc handled, cost of handling and other relevant data should be collected.
d) 1\ail/roadhridgc across the dam
Sometimes a roadhridgc may be provided across a dam for providing communication facilities between
two sides of the river. In such a case, data regarding the type of bridge, width of roadway, footpaths,
class of loading, etc. should be collected (if railway bridge is also required, the data should be eolle<:ted in
consultation 1,vith railway authorities).
8
CHAPTER 3
ALIGNMENT AND LAYOUT
3.0 FUNCTIONS OF DIVERSION WORKS
As the name implies, diversion works mainly serve to direct the required supply into the canal from
t.he river. Permanent canals. taking off from rivers are provided with such permanent diversion structures.
Their functions can be summarized broadly as follows:-
a) To raise the water level in the river to the required extent for diverting the supplies into the canal.
b) To regulate intake of water into the can3.1 and control silt entry.
3.1 LOCATION
3.1.1 Location Versus River Stages
Diversion dap1s can be located i~1 any of the four stages of a river. In the Philippines the rivers which
originate from mountains have generally the following stages of flow.
il Rocky stage ~ In this stage the river stream is in the hills. The bed slope and velocities are high.
The cross section of the stream is made up of rock or very large boulders.
ii) Boulder stage/Sub-mountainous - As the river emerges from Lhc hills, its slow~ and V(dotily an~
reduced. The bed and sides are composed of boulder or gravel. The river cross section is usually W(:ll
defined and confined between non submersible banks on either side which arc close to the main current
of the river. These is strong sub-soil flow in the boulder region because of the high permeability of the
material.
iii) Trough stage ~ F'rom the boulder stage the river passes on to the alluvial plain created by itself.
Its cross section is generally made of alluvial sand silt. The bed slope is small and the velocities are not high.
During high floods the river spreads outs over a wide area as banl<:s higher than the high flood level are
relatively far away from the main current of the river.
iv) Delta stage ·- As the river approaches the ocean, the country slope and velocity fall down so much
that the water is unable to carry its sediment load. It drops down its sediment and divides into the channel
on either side of the deposit resulting in the formation of a delta.
For the construction of diversion works, the Rocky and Delta stages are unsuitable. The Rocky stage
will present no difficulty so far as construction of diversion works are concerned but it would be prohi-
bitively costly to construct the channel to lead the water from the dam to its commanded area. In the delta
stage, the area available is small and irrigation requirements are not significant.
The choice would thus lie between the boulder stage and the trough stage and should he made on
merits.
The following are the advantages and disadvantages of a diversion dam in Boulder stage in comparison
to that in an alluvial stage.
9
I
I
J
#
3.1.2 Advantages
i) The length of the darn is generally shorter in boulder reaches.

ii) Since the silt factor is high in boulder reaches, the requirements of cut off and proteetion works are
reduced.
iii) Since high banks arc available in boulder reaches, the cost of training works is reduced.
iv) Construction material like sand and aggregate arc locally available in boulder stage.
3.1.3 Disadvantages
i) In the boulder area there is strong sub soil flow in the river bed, which reappears on the surface in
the trough stage. During periods of shor.L supply, there would be loss of considerable percentage of total
river discharge.
ii) In the canal. which has t.o run in subhill tract with sand and boulder formation to large depths.
there would be heavy seepage losses.
iii) A large number of cross drainage works would normally be required on canals in subhill tracts.
iv} Surface protection is necessary against erosive action of rolling boulders in floods.
3.2.1. General __.. A typieal diversion works eonsists of the following parts:
1. The main dam or t.hc weir divided into bays by piers - This provides the obstruction across the
river required to raise its water level and divert the water into the canal.
2. Sllliceways -- ThcsP ar(' gate eon trolled opening in the weir \Vith crest-S at a low level. They arc
located on the same side as the off.take canals. Their basic functions include the preservation of a
-clear and defined river channel approaching the canal intake; scouring of silt deposited in front
of canal intake and control of silt entry in the canal.
:1. Canal Intak(~ \Vork -·· These arc gate-controlled openings normally aligned between 90° 'to) 120°
wit.h respect. to the axis of thr weir. The intake work serves to regulate the supply of water and
eont.rol the entry of silL in the canal.
11. Training W;lll It. is a wall between l.hc weir and the sluiceways aligned at right angle to the
weir axis and ext.end.c; a lit.t.le upstream of the intake and in the downstream up to end of loose
protedion of the sluirrways. The training wall serves to separate the floor of the sluiceways
which is at lov·n~r level than the weir proper; to isolate the pockets upstream of the intake to
facilitate scouring operation; and, to prevent formations of cross currents to avoid their damaging
cff<'els.
:5. Guide Banks Tlwsf~ are required to cheek the meandering tendency of the river and guide it to
flow axially through the dam.
3.2.2 Location for a diversion work involves consideration of its main components. An ideal site should
be one which satisfies t.hC' rpquiremcnts of all the components as discussed in the parag-raphs which
follow. Each feat.un~ of the river shall be considered in detail upon arrival at the final sit.e. For irri_gation
purposes, the divPrsion works shall be so planned that. full command may he obtained by a dam of reasonable
height. Tlw combined cost. of construction of the diversion works and the canal starting from the dam to the
part when~ irrigation <·ommcJl('_es should be as small as is consistent. with the efficiency of the Project.
While deciding !.he proper location the points noted below also need careful consideration.
3.2.3 The riVf~r rea('h should. as far as possible. be straight so that velocities may he uniform and the
sectional ~u-ea of t.hc st.rcarn fairly constant.. This will obviate oblique approach as well as non-uniform dis
10
tribut.ion of flow on to the dam. The hanks should preferably be high, well defined and incrodablc.
If such a site is available, it may need very small or pradically no guide banks. In case of high banks,
the locality will not he submerged during high floods and a considerable saving in the cost of flood
protective embankments can be effected. In the case of a meandering river the dain should be located
at the nodal point.
3.2.4 A slight curvature at th(~ site may be advantageous for the off-taking channel located on the down·
stream end of the outer <:urvature since it will cause less sediment deposition in the canal. However,
cross eurrents may be produced due to the curvature and may endanger the foundation. Moreover, if
canals take-off from both the hanks, the (~anal taking off on the inner side of the curve will draw com
paratively more s<~dimcnt.. Therefore, proper J·udgment should be exercised in deciding the dam location in
a eurved reach of the river.
3.2.5 The sluiceways should be located in the deep channel in order to ensure adequate supply to the canal
head at all times. When canals take-off from both sides, a site with deep channels on both banks and low
water in the centre is the most suitable.
3.2.6 VVhere proposed, due eonsidt-rat.ion should be given in the layout lo all pos.c;iblc locations of the
sediment ejector and to the availability of heads for effective operation of the escape channel {for details of
silL ejector refer t.o the Manual on Canal & Canal Structures).
3.2.7 Miscellaneous requirements The following factors would also need consideration before deciding
the final darn loc::ttion.
i) No considerable damage due Lo inundation of public and private property and bcilitics upstream
will result. after the dam is constructed.
ii) The value of neecssary land and right of way is cheap.
iii) The site is accr~ssible to transportation.
iv) No water right.s guarantee is affe<:ted.
v) No heLory or rninlng activity upst.rearn of the dam .site should be present as mill or mine tailing will
)lollute t.hc good quality of irrigation \Vater.
3.3 ALIGNMENT
3.3.1 Alignment of main dam
The alignment of a divprst.ion dam should be such as to ensure normal and uniform flow through
all the bays as far as possible. As discussed in th(" preceding paragraph, as a rule, the most suitable
lor.at.ion for t.he diversion st.ruc:t.ure and intake works of a canal is on the straight reach of the river, the
velocity being uniform, and the section::tl area of the stream fairly consbnt.
There arc two ways of aligning a dam at a site with respect to the direction of the current.
a) Right angled to the conrse of the n·ver
A diversion dam :digrwd JWrpcndicu\ar lo lhP coursr of the river will have the minimum length and
• -, • · .• :-. .. ~~- ·~{" <el...~,,! £"(!'~'~---~·-' " - ·' ~'-.!;r""''"> £l,_.,,, rn;..,[' f 1 ;<erl,7,...'7ifl1T Cal){!;('] tv
h) Ohlique to t.h(' rnrrent
A skew alig-nrncnt should be avoided unless othenvisc necessitated by site conditions such as
availability of foundations. The Tliv<~rsion dam may be skCwcd towards the canal side or away from it.
The adva1~tagP of the former is that with the fJll of wat.f!r taking place in that direction, a deeper channel
shall he maintained along the face of Intake works of the canal.
In the lat.t.er case, i.e., skewed alvay from the canal side. the main current is deflected away from the
canal which is a dPsirablr' feature \vhere boulders and heavy gravel arc carried by the river.
c) Cra?!ed aJiqmnen t
If the c:oursc· of the river is not. straight, the diversion structure ma.Y havP to he provided along
a curved ali?:nmcnt.. In this ca:w :-tdequate training works upstream and downstream should he provided to
lead the current to and from Lht! struct.urr smoothly. Tlw c:-tnal taking off from the innPr side will draw
more si!L
It. is. how(~V('r, ,l;('ncr·ally prokrab](' t.o adopt straight line alignnwnt. 1vhercvcr possible.
3.3.2 Alignment of Intake Works
The- inlakc work for t.lw ('.~tnal is usually aligned at an angle of 90° to 110° to the dam axis to minirnizp
sediment. Pnt.ry into t.Jw earn] and avoid haddlow and form::ttion of st:-tgnant. zones in the pocket. The
upstream abutment of t.hc- work should be skewed from the line at right. <lngles t.o the dam axis.
3.4 LAYOUT OF TRAINING WALL
3.4.1 J\ dividP \vall (training wall} is constructed at right angle to the axi:.; of the d:-tm in front of the
int.akP sJ.ru(·lurc. Linder adverse flow conditions, a divide wall may he required in the main darn portion,
to help minimizP cross flow in Lh(' river scd.ion, thereby allowing entry of sill free water in !.hC' can.:d.
3.4.2 OLlwr principal functions of LhP training wall may be classified as follows:
l. to scparat(• tlw s!uicew:t.Y po(~kd. floor from the ogee spillway floor.
2. to enabiP the sluir('way' to function as scouring sluice and to isolate LlH' r.omparat.ively still pocket
upst.re;:un of the intake 1vork for deposition of sediment in thP pocket.
:J. to pr('vcnt formation of cross flow to facilitate entry of silt free water into the intake structure.
It is tlf'('('SS:lry to continue Uw training wall on the downstream to ensure adequacy of tail water
depth at. lo\v flows in the sluiceway hays for the formation of jump and to avoid cross flow in the close
vicinity of the st.ructurP. The crossflow may result in seours. The training wall is generally extended
to the onrl of the impPrvious floor.
To dPLerminP t.lw position and length of upstream training wall for most. effcdivc functioning, model
studies are advised t.o be carriNl out. F'or detailed description on the role and layout of divide 1vall, refer to
Chapter No. G.
3.5 GUIDE BANKS

3.5.2 The layout of the guide banks should be such as to guide the flood smoothly through the diversion
dam. The guide banks arc provided generally in pair symrncntrical in plan and may either be kept
parallel or converged slightly towards the work and usually extend a little distance downstream from
the abutments of the work.
3.5.3 In case of wide alluvial banks. the length and curvature of the head of guide banks should be
kept such that the worst mPand0r loop is well away from either the canal embankment or the approach
embankment. If the alluvial bank is close to the dam, the guide banks may be tied to it by providing suitable
curvature. lf there arc outcrops of hard strata on the banks, it is desirable to tie the guide banks to such
control points.
The most effective alignment, length and shape of guide banks should be decided by model studies.
(For details refer to Chapter No. 11)
Layout of a typical diversion dam is shown in Fig. 3.L
3.6 RIVER DIVERSION SCHEME -
While deciding the location and layout of the diversion structure due consideration should also be
given to the river diversion and flood handling arrangement during the construction. At times the h_ydraulic
requin~mcnt may havt' to he compromised to obtain a workable diversion scheme, i.e., sometimes the
dam is construct.erl in a spill of the river and the river diverted to it by providing suitable river training
work. It is necessary that such alternate scheme arc supported by adequate model studies.
13
~------------------------------------~
DAM PORTION
GUIDE BANK
LAYOUT OF A TYPICAL DIVERSION WORKS

FIG. 3.1
i'
~------------------------------------------------------------~
CHAPTER 4
TYPES OF DIVERSION WEIRS
4.0 INTRODUCTION:
Diversion weirs may be divided into two classes:

(1) Temporary
(2) Permanent
Temporary structures sueh as brushdams are co~structcd every year after floods. At certain locations,
such temporary structures are possible with due economy.
Permanent weirs arc those which arc designe_d and constructed to withstand the onslaught of floods.
These can be further classified into:
(1) Fixed-crested weirs
(2) Movable-crested weirs, which can be further divided into:
a) Barrag-e
b) Gated weirs
Fixed·crestcd weirs present a solid obstruction across a river over which crest flood water is allowed
to pass. In this manual, these are hereafter referred to as diversion dams.
Barrages arc gate conlrol!cd weirs in which the entire ponding up is effected by gates and no heading
up is attempted by any solid obstruction.
Gated weirs consist of diversion dams over which crests collapsible gates, drumgates or other types
of gates are installed to raise the normal operating water surface. During flood conditions, the gates will
be at collapsed or raised position, depending on their design, so that the flood water will pass unimpeded,
thus preventing the "overtopping of the banks.
A weir may also be cL:t~sificd as broad-crested or sharp-crested. It is said to be broad-crested when the
head pr()ducing the flow does not reach a value of twice the crest width. \Vhen said limit is exceeded, the
overflowing sheet of water termed the nappe becomes detached and the weir becomes essentially sharp
crested.
4.1 DIVERSION DAMS
4.1.1 Classification According to Crest Shape
. \ .'
Diversion dams may be categorized according to the shape of the crest. The types of profiles
J: l'i usually adopted are as follows:
t j hi (1) Vertical drop type or over-fall type
~I l~'1
l 1i
/j
·w
,.,.,.\
l;:.<>'
15
l- -~-=i. ,i~· =-~= = =~" " "'" " "'" " "'" " " " "'" '" " "'" " "'" '" "____________, _______.,..__,
{2) Sloping t_ype, furl.her divided into:
(a) glacis
(b) O_!;Ct'
4.1.1.1 Vertical Drop Type
Flows may br fr<>e diseharging or !.hey may be supported along a narrow section of the cn'sf, \vhich
has a vert.ic;_d or ne~u·\y vertical downstream faec. Oeeasionally. the crest is extended in the form of an
overhanging lip t.o din~ct. small discharges away from the face of the overfalt section. In this type, the
nappe is ventilated sufficiently to prevent a pulsating, fluctuating jet.
The vertical drop type is not. adoptable for high drops on yielding foundation, because of the large
impaet forees \vhich must. be absorbed by the apron at the point of the jet.
Typical section of this type is shown in F'ig. 1.1.
4.1.1.2 Glacis Type
Glacis is Llw name givcn to the surface \vhich slopes downward from the crC'st to the downstr(~am
apron. On :1 sloping glacis, it is only Lhe horizontal component of the velocity of hypercritical jet which
takes part. in t.hP impact. the vertical component remains unaffected. However, even if the energy dissipa-
tion is less cffirient because of the vertical component of velocity remaining int.acl, the position of the
jump is st.ahlP and predictable. Furthermore, knowing the range of the hydraulic jump for different
discharge intensities, the floor within that range can be designed to withstand the uplift pressure in the
jump trough.
Typical section of a glacis type diversion dam is shown in Fig. 1.2.
4.1.1.3 Ogee Type
Tll(' cn'st is oge(~ nf S shaped in profile. The upper curve of the ogce ordinariiy is made to conform
closely to t.lw profile of t.h(: !0\ver nappe of a ventilated sheet falling from a sharp-crested weir. The
profi!P !wlow t-he upper (llrvc of t.hc o_t~ec is eontinuecl tangent along a slope to support the sheet. on the
face of the ov0rf!ow. A reverse curve at the bottom of the slope turns the flow onto the apron of a stilling
basin.
Flow over t.lw <:r~;st. is made to adhere t.o the fac(; of t.he profile by preventing access of air to Lhc
underside of the slwe!.. For discharges at. designed head, t.he flow glides over the crest v. . ith no interference
from the boundary surface and attains near rnaxirnum diseharge efficiency.
The uppPr curve at tlw cTes!. may be made <'it.hcr broader or sharper than the nappe profile. A broader
shape vvill supporl. t.hc shp(~L and posit.ivP hydrost:-tLie pressure will occur along the contact surface.
The supported sheet thus ('rcat.cs a hackwat.cr effect and reduces the efficiency of discharge. F'or a sharper
shape. the sheet. tcncl.s to pull away from the crest and to produce sub-at.mosplwric pressure along the
contact surfaee. This negative prc~ssure effect inercases the effective head and thereby increases the dis-
charge. This negative pressure, however, induces eavitation \vithin the surface. -
I-IencP, lw1'au~(' nf its high disd1;lrge efficiency, LIH' nappe·shaped profile is used for most overflow
erest. Typic;d section is shown in Fig-..1.::3.
4.1.2 Vertical Drop Versus Sloping Type
No definitt> rule can be laid down in the choiee of vertical drop and sloping types. If statical con
16
=====
siderations and material requirements alone were allowed to govern the choice, the vertical drop would
likely be chosen. However, to determine the more suitable type, the motion of the water, river bed
materials and suspended particles must also be taken into account.
A particular advantage> of the vertical drop is that the energy of the overfall jet for small dis.
charges is dissipated for most part on the apron due to its almost vertical impingement on the apron.
For larger discharges and \vater cushions of the required depth necessary for energy dissipation, aprons
long enough to function as dissipaters are impractical for economical reasons.
Furthermore, if the river carries sediments, the space between the river bed and the crest gets
completely filled with sqlimcnts during high discharges, and the dam becomes, in effect, a sloping
type.
In a sloping apron dam, the sediments carried by water roll over the downstream faCe. At the
end of the apron. the jet emerges \Vit.h high velocity corresponding to the fall. but with proper shaping
of the apron it can c:1sily be passed over the river bed without causing any appreciable scour.
I~xit vclodty in the ease of vcrtic.al drop is less than that of the sloping apron type. Hence, erosion
of the downstream river bcrl is not rnuc.h in the vertical drop and lesser downstream bed protection
is required.
4.1.3 Classification by material
The dams rn::ty also he ebssified basPd on the materials compnsmg the structure. The more com
mon types of small dams arc the earthfi\1, roekfill, solid masonry and concrete gravity dams. Timber
has also been used in the eonst.ruetion of darns but because of the amount of labor involved and the short
life of the structure, timber dams have proven uneconomical.
4.2 BARRAGES
In case of barrages, the crest is kept at a low level and the ponding up of the river for diversion is
accomplished primarily by means of gat.es. These gates can he raised clear off the high flood level and
thus enable the high flood to be passed with a minimum of afflux. By suitable manipulation of the gates,
the flow conditions above tlw barrage can he closely controlled and shoal formation or cross currents
upstream of the work minimized. A barrage provides maximum control on the river.
4.3 GATED WEIRS
In th(~ case of gat cd weirs, LhP larger part of the ponding is carried out by the solid obstruction or
main hody of the dam. Additional hPad is obtained by installing gates on the crest of the diversion dam.
During floods. t.lwse gates are in collapsed or raised positions, depending on their design and the weir
functions in a manner similar to the fixed-crested weir.
17
--~ H. F. L. EL. 180.06 H.F.L. EL. 179.46
·- C' """~ 9 -
~·~lijfl;=-~~
DWARFWALL
NEW PUDDLE
.17
12\ll
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE iN
CENTIMETERS UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2. ALL ELEVATIONS ARE
VERTICAL DROP DIVERSION DAMS IN METERS-
F1g. 4. I
RL 66_46
R.l. 65.76 2713
RL 6.3
H OTE S:
L) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN CENTIMETERS

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.) ALL ELEVATIONS ARE IN METERS.
Mo:t.. Pond R.L. 2 !1.51 m. I Top d <;ate

Normal Pond ~1210.~:-_____............--- !R.L.210.67
Apron
Sheetpi!e
,v-"" SUty d~ \ R.L.194.~1
------ '. -~-- -Compacted S<3nd
~lfl.!S 9 .-~__. R.C.Roft
SLOPING GLACIS DIVERSION DAM
F g. 4.2
420 195 [1051 800
,.
I :
I
_Lji_JS W.S. EL. 58.90
- --···~-i.::;.--~,;;:.:::_---
.•-.-
·CHUTE BLOCK
lli
WEEP HOLE :r::
\ ~
';:J~------,-..::E_::L::_.c:5~2c..:.·_28:::_0_·-j__._._,._ _ _ ___.J[:·· '2:; I -EL. 52

~~~~~_;~~~----~----~~--~--~~~·E~L~.5~1~:6~~~-~:~;-~·,§···~~f~~[~~!~~r;~~~::~~:~;J
.80
PILE 1SHEET
L_:..El_c,'\9_~- --
-FILTER DRAINS--······ _ _j
1730
325 0 - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __j
I
NOTEs:
l.) ALL D!MENS!OHS ARE IN
C!:NT!METERS UNLESS 0THC:lhV1SE
INDICATED.
2.) ALL ELEVATIONS ARE IN METERS.

OOEE DIVERSION DAM
FIGURE 4. 3
-------------
CHAPTER 5
DAMS ON PERVIOUS FOUNDATION
5.1 INTRODUCTION
For Jack of favorable sites, diversion structures are often built on alluvial soil foundation. However,
unlike dams constructed on rock which present relatively few difficult foundation problems, the design of
dam on pervious foundations involves problems of erosion of the foundation material, settlement and
seepage under the structure. In the case of pervious foundation, little resistance is offered by the soil
and percolation may reach the downstream toe of the dam without any substantial Joss of head. In such a
situation, the percolating water may carry the soil particles with it and thus undermine the structure.
This undermining is supposed to result to what is known as "piping".
In the 19th century some of the major works constructed were mainly designed on experience and
intuition. Based on experiments which were carried out to identify the damages which had occurred to
some such works constructed, the accuracy of Darcy Law [V ~ k ilfi], where V is the velocity of seepage
water, k is a soil property called the transmission constant or coefficient of permeability and h is the head
loss in the distance 1 was confirmed. The forces developed on the weir (dam) and its sub-structure by the
water seeping through the foundation can cause two types of failures (Fig. 5.1).
i) Uplifting of floor
The percolating water exerts an upward pressure on the work till it emerges at the downstream,
and if the pressure is not counter-balanced by the weight of the concrete or masonry, the work will
fail by rupture of part of its floor. The floor is thus to be designed to resist the uplift pressure.
ii) Undermining of the subsoil
Failure by undermining also known as "piping· failure" is caused by the percolating water, retaining
sufficient force, to lift up soil grains at the emerging end. This leads to increased porosity of the
soil and hence progressive intensification and undermining, and ultimately removal of soil under·
neath.
5.2 DIFFERENT THEORIES
Several methods have been developed for the analysis and design of weirs on permeable foundation.
These methods can be grouped under the following two heads:
a) methods based on creep theory
b) methods based on potential theory
Both theories are based on the validity of Darcy's Law for flow of water under pervious foundations.
Darcy's law can be stated as V = ki
21
I
(,
I'
CREST ,
UPSTREAM WATER LEVEL- \
---=-;oc.--o"c:-;::_~.,..;:-~~~~~~-:;::0-----. ~----
---~~-L . _.
H
'
G.L, I G. L.
\ /
\
\ SHEET PILE~"-/
-.:?: - --
I
"~ /
/
--,.._- FIG. 5. I
EFFECT OF SEEPAGE
CREST
CREST
SHEET PILE - -
l
I
PILES/-___:;,
C/~ {
t(~?~~::
l ---->- J.- ~->- It
( a ) r=··-----·- b - - ·-?- l
(b )
FIG. 5. 2
c cw
\ a l ( b )
FIG. 5. 3
where:
V superficial velocity of seeping water, obtained as the ratio of the quan.tity of seeping water
and the superficial area of seepage.
k ~ coefficient of permeability of soil
i ~ hydraulic gradient ~ ..h.
1
It is known that Darcy's Law is not valid for small velocities in clays and generally in gravels. But it
is customary to assume the validity of this law for all types of homogenous pervious foundation.
5.3 METHODS BASED ON CREEP THEORY
5.3.1 Creep Theory
The creep theory is based on the assumption that concentrated percolation of water may take place
along the line of contact between solid structure and the previous foundation material, known as the
liJ.?.e yt~<;Eg.£1?. It is also possible such concentrated seepage can occur through layers of higher permeability
which might help to develop a passage or vein between upstream and downstream sides of the work.
The creep length must be sufficiently long, so that the foundation material cannot be carried away by
the seeping water i.e. the structure cannot fail by piping. For this purpose, a minimum creep ratio (given by
the length of creep divided by head causing seepage) is specified by experience. Furthermore, along the
creep length, the ratio of loss of head is taken to be uniform. The above phenomenon was expressed in
a quantitative form by Bligh. It was presumed that the percolating water creeps along the contact of the
loose profile of the structure. The length of path thus traversed by water is called the creep length. This
theory came to be known as Bligh's creep theory.
Lane after analyzing a large number of clams and weirs both with failures and without failures brought
out deficiences in Bligh's theory. He proposed a new theory on statistical basis which is known as Lane's
Weighted Creep Theory.
Investigations and further experiments carried out by Dr. A.N. Khosla on the existing diversion works
led to the rational solution to the problem of sub-surface flow. These developments took place with
special reference to weirs on permeable foundations but are applicable to all hydraulic structures on
permeable foundations.
5.3.2 Bligh Theory
According to Bligh, the percolating water could creep along the contact of the base profile of the
river into the sub-soil, losing head en route, proportional to the length of its travel.
In the case of percolation flow. Bligh assumes that instead of following the short cut as indicated
in Fig. 5.2(a) by ABCDE, the percolation flow clings to the line of contact between solid work and
permeable soil as shown by polygon ABF.JGDJD. Thus the length of creep is not 2a + 2d + b but is longer
as 2a + 4d + b. The increase is therefore 2d.
Bligh himself fixed a limit to the application of his assumption. He realised that in the case of sheet
p~les driven at too close a clistanec from one another, this assumption became illogical. He stipulated that
h1s _method holds good so long as the horizontal distance between the pile lines, b, was greater than twice
their depth. On the other hand, for smaller values of b, the line of creep followed the path as shown in
Fig. 5.2(bl.
23
sm' mmm_- ]dtWZ: Q MZUUJP

G L Z...Z.d
In Fig. 5.4,
Length of travel would be:
L ~ b 1 + d 1 + d 1 + b2 + d2 + d 2 + b:1
If H is the total head over the weir, the loss of head per unit length of creep would be:
This loss of head per unit length represented as the average hydraulic gradient (C) was termed as the
percolation coefficient. He assigned a safe value of C for each of the different classes of soil. If the hydraulic
gradient is within the safe values, it is assumed that there is no danger to the structure against piping.
Safe hydraulic gradients for different soils recommended by Bligh are given in the. Table 5.1
Table 5.1
Recommended Safe Hydraulic Gradients
S. No. Type of Soil Value of Hydraulic

Gradient
1 Light sand and mud 1118

2. F'ine micaceous sand 1115
3 Coarse grained sand 1112
4 Sand mixed with boulder & gravels 1/9 to 115
No discrimination was made by him for horizontal and vertical creeps in assessing their effectiveness
against undermining or piping. Because of its simplicity, Bligh's theory found general acceptance.
5.3.2.1 The example given below would illustrate his recommendations.
1) Uplift Pressure
Creep leng-th up to point C, 11 metres from the upstream face ~1 + 2 x 5 + 2 x 3 + 14 31m.

Residual uplift pressure at C ~ 7(1 - 31/60) ~ 3.38 m.
The thickness of Hoor at any point should be sufficient to resist the residual uplift pressure.
If H1 is the residual uplift pressure at any point then the thickness of floor at that point should be:
where
G = specific gravity of concrete
24
z::_i:w .li.,'f11!!l.
I I
SHEET PILE---·~ d1 SHEET PILE- dz
-- J,..
-I-
FIG. 5.4
NORMAL WATER LEVEL
~
0
0
SHEET PILE -·- ····--·--~ <D
~- ·-··-------··-··---- ... -·-14.00 M.

--·-·- ·-··---~~~~--+
_j_
t--··················· ·-····'1 o,,.,.. oc_o:..:"'.c:· ....... --···--·--+-·-· -·· --····· .......... ...... 20 ()()· "'~ ·-----·------~
FIG. 5. 5
BLiGH METHOD
In the above case, thickness of floor shown at C
3.38 3.38 ~ 2.73·m.

G - 1 T24
assuming G for concrete = 2.24
2) Hydraulic Gradient
Total creep length for the water emerging at Bin Fig. 5.5.
L ~ 1 + 2 x 5 + 10 + 2 x 3 + 20 + 2 x 6 + 1 ~ 60 m.
Head on the structure ~ 7.0 m.
Therefore:
7.0
Hydraulic Gradient 1/8.57
60
According to the Bligh Theory, the structure would be safe on gravel and sand but not on coarse
or fine sand.
5.3.3 Lane's Weighted Creep Theory
As for Bligh Theory, the subsoil water follows the line of creep i.e. the line of contact of the dam
and cutoff wall of the foundation. According to Lane. water travels along the line of creep because the
resistance to percolation along this line may be less on account of the difficulty of securing an intimate
contact than it directly through the foundation materials.
In practice, however, the contact between vertical or steeply sloping surface is more likely to be
intimate than that along horizontal or slightly sloping surface, likewise the contact between earth and
deep sheet piles is more likely to be intimate (~ompared to that of a concrete found;1Lion cast over a flat
bedding. Thus in caleulating the length of creep, distinction should be made between the vertical and
horizontal surfaces and greater weight should be attributed to the vertical surface than to the horizontal.
5.3.3.1 Rationale
Lane,* after a study of more than 200 existing dams. both failures and non-failures recommends using
a weighted line of creep, in which horizontal contacts with the foundation and slopes flatter than 45',
being less liable to have intimate contact are given only one third the value of steeper and vertical con-
tacts. That is, his line of creep is the summation of all the flatter and horizontal lines of contact between
head and tail water following along the contact surface of the base of the dam and the cutoffs.
In equation, the weighted creep length (Lw) is given as

Lw ~ Ul N + V
N ~ sum of all horizontal contact and all the sloping contact less than 45°
V =
"
sum of all vertical contact plus the sloping, greater than 45°
•ASCE Transaction VoL 100. 1935.
26
To ensure safety against piping ''Lw"should not be less than CJ-L, where His the seepage pressure
head i.e. the difference of water levels on the upstream and downstream, while C is an empirical
coefficient dependent on the nature of the soiL
Values of Cor safe weighted creep ratio for different kinds of soils are given in Table 5. 2.
Table 5.2
Lane's Creep Coefficient
Material C (Safe Weighted

Creep Ratio)
Very fine sand or silt 8.5

}<'ine sand 7.0
Medium sand 6.0
Coarse sand 5.0
Fine gravel 4.0
Medium gravel 3.5
Coarse gravel ineluding cobbles 3.0
Boulders with some cobbles & gravel 2 ..1
Soft clay 3.0
Medium c:lay 2.0
Hard clay 1.8
Very hard clay or hardpan 1.6
This weighted-crec~p theory, as d(~vclopcrl by Lane. is the method being used by many designers as a
means of designing lo\v (:oncrcte dams on pervious foundation to be snfe against uplift pressures and
piping.
The following contlusions made hy Mr. Lane should, however, be observed in applying his weighted-
creep theory;
1) to avoid "short path" condition. the distance between tlw bottom of two successive cutoffs should
not normally be less than one-half the weighted creep distnnce between them. Should the distance
between llw bottoms be kss t.han onc·h::llf the weighted creep distance, then twice the distance
between them should be used instead of the actual line of creep between them .
.~) the v·.leightpd.c:rcep head ratio is t.hc weighted·crecp distance divided by the effective head.
3) revers(~ filter drains. weep holes an~l pipe drains arc aids in relieving seepage pressures under the
dam and. if properly provided, Lhe rec-ommended snfe weighted creep head ratios may be reduced
by as much as 10 per cent even without performing flow net analysis - but in no case shall the ratio
be less t.ha n l.G.
4) c:trP rnnst be exercised to ensure that cutoffs are properly tied in at the ends so that the water will
noL outflank them.
··'·-' --- ,,,,J '···· ··"'""'''~_.,;.~~ ''·~ • •>., A.. n.l •·· 'l:r:~"''' .. e
27
5.3.3.2 Illustrative example: Lane's Weighted Creep Theory
(Refer to Fig. 5.5)
A. ·Determination of type of foundation material on which the structure shall be safe:
Total length of Weighted Creep (Lwl 1/3 (10 + 20 + 1) + 2 X 5 + 2 X 3 + 2 X 6 +
39.00 m
Head of Water (HI 7.0 m.
Weighted Creep Ratio ICI iJ.~,oo

m.
7.00 m.
5.57
The structure is safe on coarse sand where C = 5.0, based on Lane's recommended weighted cr
head ratio.
According to USB!\ Criteria (Design of Small Dams), with the provision of inverted filter drains
weep holes, the above calculated weighted creep head ratio can be increased by 10 per cent; accordingly
Hcvised Weighted Creep Hatio ICl 5.57 X 1.10
6.13
The .:d.ruet.urf' is sah• even if to rest. on medium sand where C = 6.0.
B. Check for "short pat.h" condition:
Length of weighted creep from a to b
1/3 (10) + 1 + 2 X 5 + 3
17.33 m.
Distance between a and b Fi2:o)2~ lio o)z-

lo.zo m. > 17.33 8.6G5
2
C. Determine uplift. head from A t.o B:
Len1_;th of creep up to point D 10/3 + I + 2 X 5 + 2 X 3
20.33 m.
Uplift at point D 7 (1 - 20 .3;3_

39.00
14.00
Length of erecp up to Point C --3·--t- 1 2x5 + 2x3
21.66 m.
Uplift at point C 7 II - 2L()§ I

:19.00
3.11
\Vhllf' this LhPory was an improvement of the original Bligh Throry, it too suffers the limitatlo;
an empirieai approach. As would be seen in F'ig. 5.3 (a) & {b) although the weighted creep ratio of both
28
section shown are identical with respect to Lane criterion, the design shown in (b) would have a high
probability of failure due to piping in the vicinity of point C.
5.4 POTENTIAL FLOW THEORY
In the creep theory, it is assumed that loss of head is proportional to the length of creep. Modern and
field experiments have established that this is not true. The rate of loss of head is found to be non-uniform.
Therefore, the creep theory is not eonsidcrcd reliable for finding uplift pressure in permeable foundations.
The potential theory on the other hand, yielded results conforming with the findings of the model and field
experiments. The methods based on this theory are now widely used instead of the methods based on
creep theory. In potential theory it is assumed that:
i) The soil medium is fully saturated
iii Darcy's law is valid

iii) Soil particles and water arc incompressible
iv) No consolidation and expansion of soil takes place
v) The flow is two dimensional
\.I
The surface f!ow equation following the Darcy's Law V = IT. = dX' t h roug h a so1'I me d'Ium o f e I emcnt,
kdh
2 _d!0 _ which is the well known Laplace

dx, dy & dz can be compared mathematically to d2 o d o
,-Jx--2 + ····dy2· + dz 2 - 0
equation diseussed under seepage flow (para 5.5)
5.4.2 Method of solution:
The problem was solved for simple weir profiled by several investigators adopting analytical
procedures. It was found that analytical so.lut.ions for practical weir profiles were either not possible
in the present state of mathematical knowledge or too complicated Lobe workable. Hence the investigators
turned to the following alternatives:
i) Graphical
iii Analogy Melhod
iii) Model studies
iv) Numerical methods
v) Approximate analytical method
Tolal leng-th of floor (b) ~ ')2 m
b' distance hctwccn upstream t\vO piles ~ 11.50 m.
( d
D
depth of pile> on which the effc~d. is to be determined
the dcpt.h of Lhc pile line, the influence of which has to he determined on the neighbouring pile of
depth d
c JJB d ! ..J2
h
SOLUTION:
% PHESSURE AT KEY POINTS
i) UPSTH.EAM PILE LINE:
d ~ 118.00 - 113.00 ~ 5.00 m.;
29
1 rJ 5.00 c .0%2
f) ' fi2ilii
from fiR. 5.9 (upper curve)
Vln 19
viDl 100 ·· 0n
vic 28
0c 1 - 100 - 0c
in fig. 5.11
V) D - 1 00 - l 9 - 81%
vic - 100 .. zs - 72%
0n vlc - 9%
~ correction for depth '~ 118.00 - 147.00

v'r ---~------------ X 9
5
- 1.80% (+vel
INTE!tFE!tENCE OF 2ND PILE LINE

D •• d - 1H ··· 143.00 - <\.00 m.
h' c-o 14.50 m.
4.00 I· 4.00
52
(;jc corrected _.., 72 -f- 1.80 1- 1.5-1 --o: 75)~4°/o
iii INTERMEDIATE PILI•; LINE:
d - 1-18.00 ···· 113.00 - 5.00 m.;
a: - ~~ -· :JZ/5 - HJAO
•;r1 Jll_ 1.~~:-~!2..
l)l - 1 ."> -~· ' b . !i2 - .Z\):3
(1 - -b' I - 0.707
b
frorn fig. 5.9 (lower curve)

b'
for (1 - ·b)- .707
0c - zg
01]) - 37
30
In Fig. 5.11
¢lE1 = 100 ·- 29 71%
Vim 100 - 37 63%
ViE! -· 0m ... 71 - 63 ~ 8%
0c1 = 58°/o
J48,00 - 147.00 X 8
0El correction for depth 5
1.60% ( -- ve)
r/Jc1 correction for depth ~ 1/5 X 8

1.60% ( + ve)
Interference of U/S pile line on 0E1 :
-~- 1.54°/o as the two pile lines arc equal

and placed at the same level.
Interference of DIS pile on 0cl
]) - 117.00 - !39.00 8.00 m
d - 147.00 - 113.00 4.00 m
8.00 + 4.00
······· 5z:oo -
- 2.07% ( + ve)
ViE! corrected 71 - UiO - 1.54 - 67.86%
0cl corrccled - 58 + 1.60 + 2.07 + 61.67%
iii) DOWNSTRF:AM PILE LINE
d - 145 -· 139 - 6.00 m.
cl 6.00 11 c
b "52.00 - . "
with d!b = .115 from fig. 5.9 -- lower curve
0E 2 32%
vlnz 23% (Curve for 0Dl
0~<~2 - 0nz - 9%
31
145.00 - 143.50 x 9- 2.25% (+ vc)
0E2 corrcetion for depth ----~-·····-··~~-
Intcrfcrcnee of intermediate Pile line:-
D "" 113.50 ·- 143.00 - .50 m.

ci - 143.50 ·- 139.00 - 4.50
lilEz corrected - 32 + 2.25- .215 - 34.04% (-vc)
Based on above calculations, pressures at key points are: -
_[JL5_1'[L_L' Ljl'[I~. INTEJ]l>£JjJ2IA_1'!fLJ'!1'"E Ll.N!I. ..

(OD2
81.00% 7:3.34% 67.86% 63.00% 61.67% 23.00%
EXIT GJIAJ)JENT:
Maximum \V.L. on upstream = ILL. 151.00 m.

Maximum seepage hear! II!) - 151.00 - H5.00 - 6.00 rn.
Depth of D.S. Cutoff (d) - 145.00 -· 1:19.00 - 6.00 m.

Total Length of Floor (b) - 52.00 m
b 52.00
0: 8.67
d 6.00
Hefcrring to the graph for Exit gradient,

F'or o: - 8.67;
1.
7r .rx. "'"' .15
GE - (Hfrll 1
ir j/\.=
G
C;;,l .1 5 -
" 6.67
Exit gradient _,., 1 in G.G7
Tlw structure is safe for a foundation material of fine sand for which the safe exit gradient is 1/G
to 117 as per t.ablc :5.G.
l
l
i'
i
32
I
*
Th~re arc no detailed design procedures based on the first four methods. However, such procedures are
available based on approximate analytical methods. These methods can he grouped under the follo\ving
two heads:
i) Method of fragments
ii) Method of independent variables
The method of frag-m('nt was devised by Pavlovaky and later modified by Chugacv. The method of
independent variahlcs is due to Khosla. Br.forc Khosla's theory of independent variables and its application
in the design of dams on permeable foundation is described, a brief representation of the theory of seepage
flow is explained hereunder:
5.5 THEORY OF SEEPAGE FLOW
According t.o Laplace equation
'l''
-~~:YL. j.
0
f1x~ . (5.1)
The above cqu::1.tion deals with three dimension::J.\ flow. In \VCirs and other similar struet.urcs where t.hc
width of the river is eon::;iderah\e, the flow may he considered as hvo dimensional, as the flow al any cross
section of the st.ruct.urp is not. apprcriab\y influ(~need by any cross flow from the sides.
It h:"ts also lwen PX{Wrimenblly dc>monst.rat.ed that for a homogeneous soil which obeys Darcy's Law.
lhc conditions of slca<h seqnge in :1 vertical (or x - z) plane can be expressed as under:
0
{5.2)
The differential equation governs the distribution of the"flow potential" 0 = kh wheD.· k is the per·
meability of the soil as defined by Darcy and h is the head, at any point within the soil. Graphically,
equation (5.2) can be represented hy two sets of curves that intersect each other at right angles (F'ig. 5.6).
i) Streamline
A set of streamlines indieate the path adopted by particles of water flowing through thr:.~ sub-soil.
Every particle of water entering the subsoil would trace out its own path and will represent a streamline.
The first streamline \Vould follov., the outline of the base of the work. other succeeding flowlines will
gradually transition out to a semi ellipse if tlw pervious soil extends to a very large depth. In case there is
,1n impervious boundary al ;l certain depth. the last streamline will follow the impervious boundary
and the intermediate streamlines \Vil\ present a smooth transition from the first streamline to the last.
ii) Equipot.cn.Unl.l.in.cs
Every streamline has a head h 1 (F'ig. 5.6) if the downstream bed is considered as datum. As il crncrges
into t.he atmosphere, the head is zero. The head h 1 is entirely lost through the seepage. At the inter·
mediate stage, it has a residual head h. 0ince this applies to every streamline, it follows that there
will be points in different. streamlines having the same value of residual head h. By joining such points,
the curve thus obtained is c;d\cd an equipotential line.
5.6 EXIT GRADIENT AS RELATED TO DAM DESIGN
Dam (weir) failure from seepage flow can occur because of:
a) Undermining of the subsoil
b) Uplift due t.o pressure under the floor
33
- -~--------
(7
,rEOUIPOTENTIAL LINES __j
h
v w y
z
STREAM LINESJ7
I
;
EQUIPOTENTIAL
LINES
--------- ----
,, ,, .
I
THE FLOW NET

FIG. 5.6
As has been discussed earlier, in the case of flow through sandy soil, flow net is formed under the
foundations of a dam or weir. The streamlines and equipotential lines thus formed intersect each other
at right anglc.s as the particles of flowing water take the path of steepest pressure gradient which
is normal to the e[juipotential lines <lt all points. The seepage water exercises a force in the direction of
flow. Considering a cylindrical element of soil of cross sectional area dA and length dl. at any stream-
line {Fig. 5.6) and intensity of hydrostatic excess pressure on its upstream face as p and that on the
downstream face (p + dp).
The total seepage force in the direction o[ flow ~ pdA

Against inflow ~ lp + dp) dA
Net seepage force in the direction of flow
pdA - lp + dpl dA
dpdA
The seepage force per unit volume -dpdA -dp

dAC!r- Jr··
As the head or the pressure decreases in the direction of flow ~J? is negative and force is positive
dl .
]I· cncc [ orcc I,, =

.. dp actwg
~:.:..-ar
. . t I d. t.
111 .1c 1rec wn o
f fl ow.
If the soil at exit end is to remain stable and resist undermining, the downward force exerted by
the submerged weight of the soil should be more than the upward force of seepage.
Let G be the specific gravity of soil grains and n the porosity of soil, the submerged weight of a unit
volume of soil
o ·" w 11 - nl IG ·- 11
For critical condition
1(*1 - w (1 - n) (G - 11
Dividing hoth sides by w
cih
- 11 -- n) IG - 11
rll
vvherc p c,, wh
.<ih. represents the rate of ioss of head or the gradient at exist end
dl
If critical gradient is reached, there would be failure by undermining.
Assuming G for river sands is 2.G5 and the approximately average value of porosity is 0.4
Value of critical gradient. - 11 - 0.4) 12.65 .... 1) - 0.99
say LO
35
~-· _, ····-·-·-·---------
The actual gradient at exit. must be much less depending upon the factors of safety.
Thus. for the class of soil mentioned above, the flotation gradient (critical gradient) ~ Unity or 1/1.
This flotation gradient \vill vary with the pore space of the sub-soil and the density of the soil partides.
The density of the soil particles, though generally in the neighbourhood of 2.6 to 2.7 for most of the sands
in Philippines, may vary in extreme cases from 1.8 to 2.8. Similarly the pore space {porosity) may range
between 20 pereenL to 45 percent. \Vorking on these limits, value of Flotation Gradient may range from
0.14 to 1.44.
Table 5
Pore Space/ Flotation Gradient

Density 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8
0.20 1.44 1.28 1.12 0.96 0.80 0.64
0.25 1.35 1.20 1.05 0.90 0.75 0.60
0.30 1.26 1.12 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.56
o.:Js 1.17 1.04 0.91 0.78 0.65 0.62
0.10 1.08 0.96 0.84 0.72 0.60 0.48
0.15 0.99 0.88 0.77 0.66 0.55 0.44
In any ordinary structure, hovvcver, the criticai value of 1.1 or nearly so is almost impossible to occur if
other factors do nto intervene.
The other factors which create conditions suitable for the development of critical value of exit gradient
are:
i) Scour extending down to the bottom of the toe wall
ii) Surges/waves occurring- in the soil with sudden application or reduction of head.
iii) SuddPn ponding upstream of the work by closing off flow downstream.
In addition, some other uncertainties ~in nature such as non homogeniety of soil, intrusion of clay
heels and zones of very porous material etc. may call for application of factor of safety to the critical
value of the exit gradient.
Dr. Khosla has recommended the following factors of safety to critical values of exit gradient. This will
not apply to days which arP more or less impervious.
Table 5.3
S.No. Type of Material Factor of Safety

·-·--·--------··-------------------
1 shingle 4 to 5
2 coarse sand 5 to 6
1 fine sand 5 to 7
I
36
~
WS. W.S
. I -
~~r
.,.- ~..----
H H
!;I
c1
- ( - - - ' - - - - - E - , c __ T
b I b I
dl
l_
d
c:.c-~:-Sheet Pile
I Sheet Pile-2::"--
_j_
I
D1 D
(i) ( i i)
FIG. 5. 7
. W.S.
-r ----;_.- I b
H r=-- -----------~
-1- - - - - - - - L - - , - - - - - -
E c
;:::_::_Sheet Pile
(iii) ( iv )
STANDARD FORMS- KHOSLA'S METHOD OF INDEPENDENT VARIABLES
) D e c
/ E C E C
li._:::___ Pile Line 1
------···-·-- ______ b_s __ -·-·-·--------·
I
! 2--Pile Line 3
?--Pile Line 2
l _____
i'
12'
ol D
------------------1
.... ----·-- --···- ----------
b ·--· -----····----. ------------,
FIG. 5.8
MUTUAL INTERFERENCE OF PILES - DEFINITION SKETCH
5.7 KHOSLA'S THEORY OF INDEPENDENT VARIABLE FOR UPLIFT AND EXIT GRADIENT
Khosl::t found the solution for simple cases such as a simple floor, a single sheet pile, Door with a single
sheet pile etc. Practical weir profiles arc more complicated a·nd may have several piles. Khosla postulated
that a floor with multiple piles can be considered to be made up of several simple weir profiles, consisting
of only one pile and the full floor length. The effect of piles is essentially local. As long as the distance
between adjacent piles is not small compared to the pile length, the effect due to one pile on the potentially
close to the other pile is small and can be estimated. Thus, in Khosla's method a weir profile is broken
down into simple units consisling of:
a) floor and only one sheet pile at either end (Fip;. 5.7 & iii
b) A straight horizontal floor depressed below the bed but with no vertical cut off. Fig 5.7 (iii)
c) A str~ight horizontal floor of negligible thickness with a sheet pile at some intermediate thickness
Fip;. 5.7 (iv)
Each elementary form is tlwn treated as independent of others. The pressure at the key points are cal·
eulat.ed with the usc of curves given in Fig. 0.9. These key points arc the junction points of the floor and the
pile line of that particular elementary form, the bottom point of that pile line and the bottom curves in
the case of a depressed floor. The percentage pressure observed from the curves for the simple forms
with whid1 the profile is broken up have been demonstrated to hold for the assembled profile as a whole
subject to certain corrections as given b~low:
il Mutuallnlcrfcrcnce of piles
ii) Thickness of floor
iii) Slope of floor
The potentials, as fraction of I-I c-o (head causing seepage), at salient point at exit are given by:
'h;; J Cos
;)
---- ·;i-
71"
1 ;,
<J!c 7T
Cos --l ;)
1 ( ~_1
0n 71" Cos-· 1
a
The solutions of these equations in the form of curves are given in Fig. 5.9.
5.7.1 Correction for Mutual Interference of Piles
Tlw corrPct.ion of i\-1utua! lntt~r-fcrenec of f'iles is given by the following formula.
c ~ 19 cL1. .D... b ~ total floor lenp;th.

b
" Where C Correction to he applied as percentage of head.

b' ~ Distance between two piles
ll· Depth of pile line, the influence of which has to be determined on neighbouring pile line
of depth d.
d .., Depth of pi!(' on which the effect is to he determined.
38
PLATE VII· 6 OF Shut pile not at end Value of.!....=~
C. B.\. PUBUCATIOH ~0.12 100 .!.... cos~ 1()..!-1)--Eqn 7.36 0 0.4
"' b
o.s
rr --,:--
..!.. cos· 1 ()...Jfi)--Eqn.7.37
rr -,-
1
-:} CO:S- \ ~~ )--- Eqn 7.38
90
To find ~E for ony value~ of cc and bose~ rolio-b.read
,, 20
0:::: for .
ba5CI rotto ''I
U- b far that vo\ue of oc and
0
30
subtract
,, from IOO.Thvs 0£ for~~ ~0.4 end cx;.::4;' '?
0C (or-b': 0.6 and oc~ 4= 100-29.1=70.9% o..i:c
To get QIO for values of
read CD for bose~ ratio 1-
~
,,
less than 0. 5
b and ":§
tn~btrocl
,, !ram 100. Thus, ¢0
foe b=Q.4ond cr..= 4~\oo.¢0
•8
60
b•
for "f=0.60fld o::-4
"'
=100-· 44.8 =55.'2.
ec,= 74
oo,= 100-¢0
PD'= 100- ~D (Depro,~C~d)
2
f'D': 00- - ( 0E-0Dl ~ (Eqn7 701 Deve~:)C(l.d floorl
3
' ' ~~~ +oc2
2
0
50 50
""
i;'f
u
"'0 40
~ .i .
•", 0
0
0
>
30 30
'' .,"
0
20 >
10
0.3 0.4 07 FIG. 5,9

RATIO b'/b
PERCENTAGE PRESSURE CURVES

This correction i.s positive for points in the rear of the back water and negative for points forwar
in the dire(·tion of flow. This equation is valid if the foi!owing conditions are satisfied.
i) Tht~ Intermediate pile is longer or equal to the outer pile.
ii) The distance beL,vcen pi!cs is more than twice the depth of the outer pile.
In Fig. 5.8 the dimPnsions have been marked as they apply to point e or pile line 1 owing to thP ii
fluence of pile !inc 2. The dfcd of inv~rfercncc of a pile is to he determined only for the face of the adjaren
pile t.owards the interfering pile; e.g. pile line 2 will interfere with the downstream face of pile line 1 an·
upstream faec of pile line :3.
5.7.2 Correction for Floor Thickness
In Uw standard forms with vertical eutoffs, the thickness of the floor is assumed to he ncgligihl\
Thus as obscrv(~d from the r.11rvPs. the pressure at llw junction points E & C pertain to the level at t.h1
Lop of UH~ floor whereas t.Jw actual .iunetion is with the bottom of the floor. The pressures al actual
points E g. C arC' int.prpolatcd by a::surning st.raight line variations from the hypothetical point E to I
and also from D t.o C. It. is positive at. lovver elevations.
5.7.3 Correction for the Slope of Floor
A suit:thle percentage correction is to be applied for a sloping floor, the corrcetion being plus for
lhe down and minus for the up slopes following the direction of flow. The values of corrections arc
given in Table 5.5.
Table 5.5
Correction for Floor Slope
Slope
vert.ieal horizont.<1l Corre(~tion °/o of Pressure
in 1 11.2
in 2 6.5
in :l 1.5
in 1 3.3
1 n i) 2.8
in fi z.;,
in 7 2.:3
in 8 2.0
----·-······-·-·-··-·· --------
Tlw coiTection is appiieahle to t lw key points of the pile line fixed at. Lhr beginning or the end of
the slopt'. Thus. in fig. S.8 Uw slope correction is applieahle only to point E of pile line 2. The percentage
eorrec.t.ion given by Llw abov(' table is Lo bP further multiplied hv the proportion of the horizontal lenvth
of slope to LhP disL~tncp lwt.wP('ll th(' t\vo pile lines in between which the sloping floor is located. In fig. 5.8,
tlw cnTTP{'Lion to hP applied at E. for t.Jw pi!P linr> 2 will lw obtained by multiplying the appropriate figurP
from Uw above' tabie by bs The corrcei.ion is minu::; for the up and plus for the down slo!WS in the dirt.'C
b'
Lion of flow.
40
·war{
o the in
:t(l ·,lCCnl
rH _ ano
r;l=---ible:
I the
25
:ll.dlal.
F; to D _L
·H-
'
-- ~·"'-"=.fe-
•it,,, for
EXI::"'DIE~~ r,±d=:====2-/r::l==::!~
JIJS are
0.3.
a< - ?
c(
...\ - , t ;;;-;;{'
2
++- G•<.:. • d.,11 TT/T

' £o•(H5)
I
-H-
'
5 0'
0 0
d ·f
:age
·.yf ll
I FIG. 5.10
I
. 5.7.4 ' Exit Gradient
According to Dr. Khosla, undermining can start only with the particles at exit being carried away
by seeping water. This can happen if the velocity of seeping water at exit end is high or in other words
if the gradient ;:tt exit end is high.
It has be(~n determined that for a standard form consisting of flow or length b, with a vertical cutoff
of depth, d the exit gradient at its downstream end is given by the equation,
Jl (5.3)
d
Where ~ ~ 1 + l_i o-:::'!2~ and o: ~ ~

2 d"
F'rom the curves in Fig. 5.10, for any value of o:: or .!? , the corresponding value of --}~ can be read
d -~~
off_ Knowing the values H and d, the value of GE is pasily, calculated. It is obvious from the equation
(5.3) that if rl ~ 0, GE is infinite. It is therefore, essential that a vertical cutoff should be provided at
the downstream end of the floor. To safeguard against piping, the exit gradient must not be allowed to
exceed a c:ertain safe limit for different soils as given in Table 5.6. The uplift pressures must be kept as
low as possihle consistent with the safety at the exit, so as to keep the floor thickness to the minimum.
Table 5.6
SAFE EXIT GRADIENT

~---····-------
SNo. Type of Material Safe Exit-Gradient
1 Shingle 1/4 to 1/5

2 Coarse 1/5 to 1/6
3 Fine sand 1/6 to 1/7
4.5 EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATING USE OF KHOSLA CURVES
With rcfcrcnec to Fig. 5.11, determine the corrected percentage pressures at the key points. Deter·
mine also the exit gradient.
Total length of floor (b) - 52 m

b' = distance behvcen upstream two piles = 14.50 m.
d ,. . depth of pile on which the effect is to be determined
D the depth of the pile line, the influence of which has to be determined on the neighbouring pile of
depth cl
c- 19
ns
J b'
d I
b
I)
42
n
J'
POND LEVEL
EL~1!31.00~
RL. 1413.00 _i1 3

.~ ·,
::::::11 t R. L. I4 5 .0 0
u n. 147. oo
INTERMEOIAH: PILE EL. 14:5.50 -J

0/S SHEET PILE
jn. fU.I43.00 fr:t.L.14:S. 00
~0 II ill
I I
.I
Ii 14.50 :s 6. 0 0
II
52.00
·---
DESIGN EXAMPLE
KHOSLA'S THEORY
FIG. 5.11
SOLUTION:
% PRr~SSURE AT KEY POINTS
i) UPSTREAM PILE LINE:
d ~ 148.00 - 143.00 5.00 m.;
L J:> .0962
0: b
from fig. 5.9 (upper curve)
0D 19
<i)Dl 100 - 0D
0c 28
0c 1 100 - 0c
in fig. 5.11
0D 100 - 19 ~ 81%
0c 100 - 28 ~ 72%
}D <ilc ~ 9%
148.00 - 147.00 x9
Oc correction for depth = 5
1.80% (+vel
INTERFERENCE OF 2ND PILE LINE
D ~ d ~ 147.00 - 143.00 ~ 4.00 m.
b' 14.50 m.
~ 19 .j-4.oo x 1.00 ±-.1cQQ_
c 14.50 52
1.54 ~ ( + ve)
0c corrected ~ 72 + 1.80 + 1.54 ~ 75.34%
iii INTERMEDIATE PILE LINE:
d 148.00 - 143.00 ~ 5.00 m.;
b 52/5 ~ 10.40
cr
d
bi 15.25 .293
hi 15.25;
=
b 52
b'
(1- b) ~ 0.707
44
-~' :.
from fig. 5.9 (lower curve)
lor .707
f/Jc ~ zg
0D ~ 37
In fig. 5.11
0E 1 ~ 100- 29 ~ 71%
5 - 25
0Dl ~ 100 - 37 ~ 63%
0E 1 - 0m ~ n - 83 8%
0c 1 ~ 58o/o
148.00 - 147.00 X 8
0El correction for depth 5
1.60% (- ve)
Ocr correction lor depth 1/5 X 8

1.60% (+vel
Interference of U/S pile line on OE1'

- 1.54% as the two pile lines are equal
and placed at the same level.
Interference of DiS pile on \1c1
D ~ 147.00 - 139.00 ~ 8,00 m
d 147.00 - 143.00 ~ 4.00 m
c 19 j 36,00
8,00
X
8.00_ + 4,00
52.00
2.07% ( + vel
0E1 corrected ~ 71 - 1.60 - 1.54 ~ 67.86%

0c1 corrected ~ 58 + 1.60 + 2.07 ~ 61.67%
iiil DOWNSTREAM PILE LINE
d ~ 145 - 139 ~ 6.00 m.
d 6.00
b ~ 52.00 ~ ·115
with dib. ~ .115 from fig. 5.9 - lower curve
0E2 ~ 32%
0D2 ~ 23% (Curve for 0n)
0E2 - 11iD2 ~ 9%
45
0E2 correction for depth ~
Interference of intermediate Pile line:- s

c
D 143.50 ~ 143.00 .50 m. t
l
d 143.50 ~ 139.00 ~ 4.50 I
19 (0.50:_ X ~50__:>:___4,50 ~ .215% ( ~ ve)
c J . 36 52.00
e
0E2 corrected 32 + 2.25 ~ .215 ~ 34.04%
Based on above calculations, pressures at key points are:~
£1'/J]i:JIME_.QIA'J'E PIL]j: LINE DIS PILE LINE_

[J(:IJ'JLEf!NE
glp~ ~.Q. .0_E 1 ~I.ll. \IJ C1.. 1lEz.. 1lDz
67.86% 63.00% 61.67% 34.04% 23.00%

81.00% 75.34%
XIT GRADIENT:
Maximum W .L. on upstream = R.L. 151.00 m.

Maximum seepage head(!!) ~ 151.00 ~ 145.00 ~ 6.00 m.
Depth of D. S.Cutoff (d) ~ 145.00 -· 139.00 ~ 6.00 m.
Total Length of Floor (b) ~ 52.00 m.
b
-- ~ <X -
52.00
--- ~ 8.67
d 6.00
Referring to the graph for Exit gradient,

For o: ~ 8.67;
= .5
GE - (!'..! .15- ___L_

6 .. 6.67
exit gradient - 1 in 6.67
The structure is safe for a foundation material of fine sand for which the safe exit gradient is 1/6
to 117 as per table 5.6.
46
5.8 STRUCTURES ON PERMEABLE FOUNDATION OF FINITE DEPTH
'
In the methods explained in the preceding sections, it is assumed that the pervious foundation is
homogeneous and infinite. In a number of practical cases however, there may be sites where the impervious
strata occurs at shallow depth and pervious foundation is finite and comparable to the width of the
dam. In such cases, it is known that the results of Dr. Khosla's theory as outlined in the previous sec·
tions, do not agree with those of the model experiments. Mathematical solutions have been attempted
by several investigators. The solutions are more complicated than those for ·the infinite depth case.
It has been found that in cases of weirs with short piles, weirs with long piles (5 times depth of sheet piles) or
when the depth of pervious foundation is approximately 2.5 times the width of the weir, the case is
equivalent to that of infinite depth for purposes of computing potentials and exit gradients.
As the design organizations are not at present recognizing the effect of this particular aspect,
the procedures are not discussed in the Manual.
47
CHAPTER 6
COMPONENTS OF DIVERSION WORKS
6.1 lAYOUT OF DIVERSION WORKS
A typical diversion head works consist of the following parts Wig. G.l).
1) The overflow dam
2) Sluiceways
3) Training wall
4) Fish ladder
5) Intake work
6) River training works
6.2 THE OVERFLOW DAM
The overflow dam provides the obstruction across the river required to raise up its water level
and divert the water into the canal. It is aligned at right angles to the. direction of flow of the river.
6.3 SLUICEWAYS
6.3.1 Function
The sluiceways are bays in continuation of the diversion dam with a crest at a lower level. These are
located on the same side as the off take canal of the river. If the canals take off on either side, it would
be necessary to provide sluiceways on either side. The crest of the sluiceways is generally kept at the
lowest level of the cross section of the river during low supplies at the proposed site of the dam. It is
also related to the crest level of the off laking canal. Main functions of the sluiceways are:
i) to maintain clear and well defined river channel towards the canal regulator. Because of its crest at
lower level, a deep channel develops towards the intake work, capable of easy diversion of low
supply discharge into the canal.
iii to scour silt deposited in front of the canal intake and control silt entry into the canal.
iii) where applicable, to pass low floods without manipulation of gates or shutters installed on the
dam crest. As long as surplus water to be discharged does not exceed the discharging capacity of
the sluiceways, it is passed through the sluiceways.
iv) to lower the afflux level by providing greater discharge per meter length than the overflow darn.
6.3.2 Discharge Capacity
Discharge capacity of sluiceways is fixed on the following consideration.
48 1.
RIGHT AFFLUX-
BANK
.J
RIGHT D.S. GUIDE .
BANK
COMPONENTS ~~ DAM
FIG. 6.1
i) at. least twice the maximum discharge in t.he offtake canal to ensure good scouring capacity
ii) about. 100/o or higher of the design flood discha;:ge at afflux elevation considered
iii) a throrctical bottom velocity required to sluice sediments of a given diameter may be obtai.ncd
from fig. {).1 and used in the computation of the discharge· (this method also takes into account the
settling velocity with regards to sediments to be excluded).
The procedure for the last method sl<d,ed can be best understood by considering the following steps:
Given the following:

Operating water surface elcvution (m)
Sluicew;-ty and intake sill elevations (m)
Discharge o[ main c:tnal (Qmci (em/sec)

Silting velocity (vsilting "~ 0.'30 MPS (mps)
Diameter of sediments to he excluded (al) (rnml
Diameter of sediments to be .c;Juiccd (a2) (mm)
Slope of sidewall (s) ( ~~~~!~-~L- )
horizontal
L Compute H ~ Opcr, W,S, Clov, -- Sluiceway Sill Elcv,

2. Compute Ar and solve for Min. B
mequircd areal
Ar -- Clmc
V silting
i\r H (Required B)
Min, B - ]f - 2s
(Supplied area)
H0 - Opcr, W_ S, f~lcv_ -Intake Sill Clcv,
,J_ Dctt~rmine required settling velocity (W) from a 1 vs. W graph (Figure 6.4) and compute required
length of channei (L).
L =
5. From Figure fl.5 determine cornpctcnt bottom velocity (VI) required to move sediments of a2
diameter size.
()_ Cornpute for t.he mean vc!ncity (V 1 ) lhc mean \~clocit.y head (hv 1) required at the sluiceway channel.
vll,
__ v2
v1 -
()_70 2g
50
7. Compute for d 1 and A1
8. Compute for l.hc discharge required to sluice particles of a 2 diameter size {Q5 )
9. From the tailwater ratin;s curve of the river. determine the tailwater elevation for the corrcs·
ponding Qs.
10. Compute
11. Determine g.sc from the fo!lownrY table

h
0.00 1.000
0.10 0.991
0.20 () .983
0.30 0.972
0.40 0.956
0.50 0.9:l7
J
O.GO 0.907
fUll ll.WiG
f) Hll 0 77H
090 0621
I 00 0 000
----~ ----
12. Compute Bs
51
6.4 TRAINING WALL
6.4.1 Functions and Elements of Training ~~vaH
As briefly described eariicr in Chapter 3, main functions of the training wall are:
i) to separate the flO\V of the scouring sluices which is at lower level than in the main dam.
ii) to isolate the pocket upstream of the canal head regulator to facilitate scouring operation.
iii) to prevent formation of cross currents to avoid damaging effect.
The training wall extends both on the upstream as well as on the downstream of the dam. It is the
upstceam length of the training wall that governs the flow curvature and needs to be studied in greater
detail. Normally, it is a concrete or masonry structure of. suitable top width aligned at right angles
to the darn axis.
6.4.2 Hydraulic Requirements
From hydraulic considerations, a.n ideal training wall is one which:

i) ensures a deep river channel in front of the sluiceway bays for proper feeding of offtaking canal.
ii) eliminates parallel flow
iii) minimizes sediment entry into the cana'1.
iv) makes the riverflow approach the dam uniformally.
The oblique approach of flow to the dam will not only result in making some of the main dam bays
inactive while increasing the flow concentration through the others, but may also cause development of
islands on the upstream of the dam. l"urthermon~. if the quantity of sediment drawn by the offtaking
channel exceeds its carrying capacity, the excess sediment load would be deposited in the channel thereby
reducing its discharging capacity.
The above requirements for the efficient functioning can be met to a very large extent, with the pro-
vision of suitable training wall in conjunction with proper river training works, optimum angle of offtake
channel and raised crest of intake works.
6.4.3 Role ot upstream training wall
The upstream training wall ~crves to ge:nerate a convex curvature towards the intake which re-
sults in spiral flow normal to curvature thereby diverting heavily sediment laden bedlines away from the
intake and relatively clear water into the offtaking channel. The efficacy of the training wall in the
exclusion of sediment depends on its length as well as upon the width of the sluice pocket.
6.4.4 Width of Pocket and Model Studies
ln t.he case of gated type of diversion work, the gencrai criterion in vogue for deciding the width
of the pocket is that the ratio of the average velocity of flow in the river to that in the pocket (VnNp)
s!1ould be greater than unity during maximum fiood when appreeiablc bed movement takes place j~ the
nver. It may, how(~vcr, lw cmphasizC'd that this, by itself, is not sufficient guarantee for effective sand
exclusion unless ass~wiaLccl with favourabh: curvature.
w
~
u
-"" ~I-.~1
0
"'
.hS_GENO.
-"
Surfac$ lines of flow 0
El
Bad linfls of flow 0
0
_Q
~--------
.2
.6
~::
--
~ 0
""-
:::>
a- Lines of flow with divide wall after 4 bays
~
0
Q_
E
0
0
~
u ~
·; .::!
~~-..::-·:::----- ]i
Flow--+------~--=:-:·:::·-:'-="-~-..=---::-~--:=.--=-=-~--=-- --~:;L_
~
~onol
-
\2
.
-----
~
"
-"'
u
b - Lines of fiowwith divide wall after 5 bays 0
"' __c-t
o!,
Dam Crest--- " ~
"
-"
0
0
"-
E
0
0
"u
"' "
-·o
~-
~
"-,o ~
c"-
::0
c- Linss of flow with divide wall after 6 bays

FIG. 6.2
EFFECT OF POCKET WIDTH ON FLQ\>V CONDITIONS

For the pfficienL functionin!~ of a diYcrsion dam, 1t. is essential t.o provide an optimum width of the
pocket.. /\ sm:tll('r width of t.h'(' poC'kt't t·psuli.s in higher v('\ocities :lnd conscqucn_Uy rnore sediment
(~nt.rv into !.hP pnckr.'t. and t!ltim:li.Ply into the offtaking· channel, \Vhcreas a very w1dc pock('!. may re-
sult ·in parallel fl<"lv; :llo:1g tile siuiccways and t.he training wall. For exam piP, model studies conducted to
ch~t.ermirw Uw optimum width nf the :-:luin' poda't for t.h(' LO\\-·cr Sarda Diversion \Vork in India,
indicated t.hal ilw S(~dinH~nl. cnt.rv into t.lw canal was minimum wlwn the t.raini!li( wall was placf'd after
the fifth b;n'. t.he total of t.lw m:tin hav.s being 20. \Vhen t.hc training wall was t.est.Pd afLf'r the sixth hay,
parallel f\0\~ was observNl along Uw ~1uie(:way bays and the training wall. This caused more turbulence
in the pod;.et. and th1~ quant.ily of sPdim('nL ~·nt.Pring into the can;1l was found to increase. Thus. the
pockeL with four bays was found in;tdc(.JUatc v;hercas with six bays was l.oo large. Therefore, Lhc width
of t.lw pocket \'>':l.S kept ('qual t.o G kt_ys.
Fig. G.2 shows the flow lines for ;:dl Uw three conditions.
6.4.5 Len~j'ch of Training VVa!!
6.4.5.1 As pointed out Parli(·r, t.he lPnf'.( h of Llw 1.r·aining wall upsl.!'(':tnl of the divrrsion dam phy.s a very
important. role~ in gcnerat.in,e; l":tv(JUI·abic ('lJrvat.ure (Jf flow for feeding Lh~~ offtaking channel. Earlier the
practicr \vas l.n providP a lraining \.Vall much longC'r t.han the width of Lhe c:-tnal intake. One of the
main argum(•nts advaneed in favour of a long training wall was t.hal it served a~ a t.rap for coarser bed
material. Hnv-n'vPr, it. h~ts hH'n r:st.ahlishcd !.hal. a very long training: wali dews not nC'ccssarily hrlp in
rninimi7;ing ilH· S1'dimcnt. entry into the off·t.aking chall!wi. On the olhcr hand it. may vitiate How eurvature
and pr('Sr,'nL difficuiliC's in flushinv. Furt.lwrmor(', a very long divide w;1il may indun: parallel flow along it,
and even slight obliquity of f!O\v !llay mask a few of l.he other main bays adjacent t.o iL
6.4.5.2 From Llw :thov(' it is ('vid('nt !lut Loo lnnR a training wall is hydraulirally disadvanLlfU'OUS.
On the otht'r hand if th('!T is nn t r:tinin~~ w:dl or if t!w lcngt.h of training wall is irndequ:lt,c, paraikl fiow
could tkvf'lop along !.hC' sluic('way ha.vs causing considC'rablP velocities and turbulanee in t !w poekct,
t.hen'hy inercasing t.hc sediment. entry into t.hc offt.aking channeL In order, therefore to achit:'H~ satisfactory
flo\v conditions near t.he head regulator, it. i.s nt:ecssary lo provide adequate length of training waiL
6.4.6 Top Level of Trainin~J VVal!
Tlw l.op !Pvt'l of t.hc train in;:~ w:dl also a ffc~ct.s ii.s pcrform:tnce. I[ the top oi the trainin,s: wall is
Ju:pt. lower !han t.lw pond levPl in the par!. or ('ilt..ire kngt.h of i.he t.raining wall, the water \·viil spill over
introducing t.tw silting dfC'et. in l.hc pockpt.. This may lead to jump formation and consequent scour
near t.h(' training· wall in t.hC' ol.hl'r main bays. This phenom(~non is based on model studies. Such con-
ditions lllilJ' also occur ;\1 water lf'Vf~ls higJlCr !.han t.hc pond Jc:ve! if Uw sluice g-:tl<'::> arc partly open and
the gaU: of t hf· adj;u·cnt hays of main darn are fully opt:n. Th(~rdore, it. is considered advisable to keep
t.hc Lop of the divide \Val\ above high flood level or pond level whichever is higher.
6.4.7 Conclusions
il TIH: t~xpr:rir.'flf"P of modPl <;iudi(~s and prnt.ot.ype lwhaviour C;:trried out in India on sonw of the
diversion work." havP indica!Pd th:ti. in <'asc of a singiP int.ak(', a training wall covering 2./:J width of the
int.ake gcncr:1l!y giv('S satisfaelor_y c.ondiLions, ;.v/wreas in L·win intakes, it. has bPen g-enerally found
necessary l.o provid(' a dividr.' wall covr:rin.1< t.hc' ('nt.irt: \.vidt.h of the intake to obtain saLisf;ct.ory h~'draulic
conditions. If t.hl' nl'ftakin;~ ('hann('l." an' r('quired t.o run only during non monsoons wiH'n the ;ivc.r water
is compar:tt.iv\:iy sedimt~n\. frer·. t.hr~ requiren~Pnt.s of opt.imum.lf'ngl.h ~)f training \Vail can be relaxed.
iii) The ratio of the optimum length of the training wall to the optimum width of the potket V<trit~-<:>
generally from 0.8 to 1.6. A curve, Fig·. G.:J(a), has been proposed to determine the :1pproxirnate value of
this r.1.tio. Similarly another curve, li'ig. G.3 (b), h:1.s hcen suggested to determine the approximate width of
the undcrsluicc pockcL These an· based on studies carried out on the data pert.~tining to various diversion
rlams (barrages) in India. The length of the training wall was determinul with the hcip of the model
studies in most of the cases and the width of the pocket in a few eases.
6.5 FISH LADDER
6.5.1 Necessity
Large rivers support various types of fish, Jnany of \vhich ;tre migratory. Tlwy move from one
part of the river to another according to srttsons. Gencraily speaking, they move upstream to downsl.rcam
in the beginning of \Vintcr in sC'are.h of warmth and return upstream before t.hC' monsoon for clearer
water. If there is no arrangement for their migration, large scale destruction of the~ fish may Lake place
in the river.
6.5.2 Location
The entranee of a fish\vay should be loeated at a point beyond \Vhich they are unable to pa~s. in other
words, at or ncar the b,1.sc of the dam or obstruction. It. is generally advisable to locale the entrance
somewhat out of range of a heavy overf.:lll of water from the weir/dam.
F'ish ladders at >vcirs arc generally incated !War the training wall due to the availability of water
throughout the yc·ar in Lh<:' rivedwd downslrC'am of Lhe undcrsluieeways. These arc usually located
adjacent to the training wail near the unckrsluicewa.ys.
6.5.3 Investigations and Data
It is cssenli<d to collect Lhe follO\ving data before the design of fish ladders is started:
a) Type of fish, its charact-eristics, habits, instincts and cnvironment<d behaviour.
b) Does the fish persist t.o proceed to particular spots for spawning or of a wandering type and
can spawn anyv,·berc.
c) The nature of Sp[nvning grounds and the river condition at the time of spawmng VIZ, velocity,
depth, turbidity and temperature of wat.er.
d) Fish and \Vildlife agencies .">hould lw c:onsulted regarding Lype of fish, correct depth for a specific
area and other requirements.
6.5.4 Design Requirements
In order that fish ladders may funetion successfully, it is necessary that they be so designed and
located as to attrar:t. fish. A number of factors sueh as physical features of the l~1cation, the height to
overeornc and the available \Vater supply may influence Lhc design of a fishway. 1\ larger fishway with
abundant flow of \vat<~r may prove advant.ag-cous a5 the oulfall will provide a Rreater extraction to
fish than that frorn a small one. Sometimes conditions may limit both the dimensions and the available
quantity of water.
ThP -'lc!u<11 {l,._<:)t-rn fnr ·1 fi~bw:1.v ;r,cl,Hl\'S ~' \:tr•,r!o(l c.:pdion of _"'-lH:h icnzth and dimcn~ions as will
provide a scric~ of compan.rncnts f.hr;;ug-·n ,. ..-,,J,~f, L(if .,.,. -._.-"
1._,,,- ';~~ ·h,-- ·.. ,,._ ,_,,.,,"ri "f'h,-. ~!''"!":·:oin 11
factor for cffieiency is thai.. if the .supply of water is incrca~wd it is desirable t.o <~nt.:u·ge llH~ oinwn:~ion ..,
a.nd u.:ually lessen the grade in order to reduce the Lurhulencc in the eompanmc:nts to a point where
fish wlll not become fatigued.
55
z o.-•-,---11 ~-----t--1
--,-------1
1.5 ~- ~+-- +-~--- --J-----~--~!

L/W
16• I
•12
I II i
1.0 ~;:"1170. ~u tO -v,_o--+- ---1-----1--

l 9
·004 ·006 -0012 ·01 ·OH
(a)~ Plot of L/W vorsus Qc/OR

LEGEND:
L x LlOHrTH OF DIV!Orl WALL
VI = 'NtOTM OF UMDirft SLvtCl!3 POCKlT
Qc,. CAHAI.. OE-:5\GN Dl3CHAR0E
Qrz PHV!!~ OESlQH OlSCHARBE
'C'tu WIDTll rJf CANAL lfi.AO MOVLATOI\
0 .QQ2 ·004 '006 ·OOI.ll ·01 ·Ott

Oc/0 0
(b) Plot of W/Wh verou• Qc/O•
DIViDE
FIG. 6. 3
The following points may serve as a guide in the design of fishways:-
a) The entrance 1.o the fish way should be from a pool in which fish would naturally collect when further
progress upstream is prevented by the obstruction.
b) The entrance should be well submerged at all stages of water when fish are seeking the ascent
through it.
c) ThP size of the free cross-section of fishway should be sufficient for unhampered swimming
movements eonsidering the size and number of fish using it. The width should not be too narrow.
e) Water should be available in the ladders during the periods of migration.
f) L,ongitudinal slopes may vary from 8:1 for low lifts to 10:1 for high lifts to ensure a current
of velocity not. exceeding :3 m per second, main consideration being to dissipate energy in such
manner as to provide smooth flow at sufficiently low velocity.
6.6 INTAKE WORK
6.6.1 Location and Layout
The intake work also termed as eanal head regulator is provided just on the upstream of the diversion
dam. It serves the following functions:~
i) to regulate the supply of water in the canaL
ii) to control the entry of silt in the eanal and avoid back flow and formation of stagnant zonps in the
pocket upstream of the sluicev·lay.
The intake structure is normally aligned at an angle of 90°"110° with the axis of the diversion dam.
In case of major projects, the alignment should be fixed on the basis of model studies. Regulation is done
by means of gates. According to the old practice, the intake structure had a large number of small
span gates, but modern trend is t.o use steel gates of spans ranging between 8 to 12 meters and operated
by electric winches.
6.6.2 Type of Structure
Pipe or box culvert may be adopted at sites when chance of silting up is remote and when open
trough structure is found to be uneconomical.
5.6.3 Crest Level and Waterway
6.6.3.1 General
The crest level and waterway of the head regulator are inter-related. Control on the site entering the
canal is provided by keeping the crest of the intake work about 1 m to 1.5 m. higher than the crest
level of the sluice,vays. The prindple invo!verl. being that the required discharge is to be passed into
the canal with the designed "pond level" (or level to which water can be raised in the river at. low stage by
ffi(~ans of a diversion dam).
The crest level is fixed from the following considerations:

a) Head over the crest measured below pond level should be sufficient to push the design discharge of
the canai, without. lowering the canal water level to satisfy the command water level over se;vice
area.
b) Crest of intake should he higher than crest. of the sluiceway as per guidelines discussed in Chapter 7.
57
Q
<0 <;f
:;
·} {_()
iJ .,.
:~
·.,4
(9
lL
>j
i N
·.;~
;j I
1'1
~ I
1 .g
I
<><
0 E\
1,, <0
.,. II
::1 0
;~
·,~
0
:'!:
:>.
~
N ·u
0
.,>
0
0 j
<::!+ C>
0
ro
i3
-"'
.s
~
(/)
.,.0
0
N
ro
I
I
~'
------ N
'IE1E,
N
0
OOJ<O ~ N
"' <0
.,. N .,.
(DIAMETER OF SE01iv1[NT$
0 0 0 0 0 "'
0
0
<0
0
0
0
0
N
0
0
0
TO BE EXCLUDED, 01 , mm. 0
GQ.l<4PETENT BOTTOM VELOClTY ( Vb - MPS :
c) If a silt ejector is provided, the crest level of the intake shall be fixed at the roof level of the silt
excluder.
d) Crest level should be sufficiently low for economy in waterway length.
6.6.3.2 Necessity of Breast Wall
As the required discharge into the canal can be passed at pond level, it is necessary to provide a gate
controlled opening only from the <Test to the pond level. The high flood level in the river being much higher
than the pond level and to prevent water front. spilling over the gates during floods, an ll.C. breast wall can
he provided from pond level t.o ahovc the high pond level. The breast wall spans from pier to pier and
is designed to support its own load in addition to water pressure acting against. it. It would be very
uncconomicai to provide gates right up to the high flood level due to higher cost of gates, and heavier
machinery required for their operation.
A bridge and a working platform arc provided across the head regulator for the operation of gates.
The principles involved in the design are described in chapter 12.
6.7 RIVER TRAINING WORKS
River training works at the diversion head works are required to guide the river and provide a smooth
appro::tch to the work and also to prevent the river from outflanking the banks.
This purpose is usually aecomplishcd by guide banks on either side. In addition. m;lrginai embankments
<tre required upstream of the work to prevent additional area from getting submerged due to raised high
flood level caused by the afflux ereat.ed by the dam. The marginal embankment have to be continued until
they join high contours above the new high Hood level. In addition, "spurs" or embankments projecting
into the stream from the side banks may be required to protect the marginal banks, or deflect the current
to the opposite bank.
Layout of the guide banks and afflux embankment is fixed as discussed in chapter 3, paragraph 3.5.
Detailed design of river training \vorks has been dealt with separately under chapter 11.
60
CHAPTER 7
HYDRAULIC DESIGN
7.1 DESIGN DATA
In the design of diversion dam, the investigations to be carried out and the data required have been
discussed in Chapter 2. Before taking up the hydraulic design, it is imperative that the designer is fully
conversant with the projeet as a whole, the field conditions, and the data necessary for the proper design.
The collection of design data should be given extra attention.
The data which arc essential for hydraulic design of a diversion dam, can be categorized under:-
a) Field data
bl Design parameters
7.2 FIELD DATA
The following data have to be collected by field measurements and on the basis of investigations
carried out.
7.2.1 Topographical Data
i) An index map with salient features described in Chapter 2, para. 2.2.3.1

ii) A topographic map of the area around the proposed site of diversion dam.
Ttle contour plan of the area around the proposed site of the dam with contour intervals of 0.5 m. on
flat area and one metre on steep area. The contour plan should extend to about 2 km. on the upstream
and l km, on the downstream of the site and up to 1 km. on each bank of the river.
iii) Cross section of the river at the proposed site and at intervals of 50 m. for 200 m. upstream and
downstream and at intervals of 1001200 metres beyond up to GOO metres from the proposed
site both on the upstream and on the downstream respectively. If the topography indicates appre·
ciablc fall in the river slope, cross sections may be taken at closer intervals depending on site
conditions.
iv) Profile of the river bed with observed water levels along the deep current for a distance of 1 km
upstream or farther if the backwater effect is likely to extend, and 1 km. on the downstream of
the proposed site.
7.2.2 Soil Foundation Data

·'- ,.
~~r •. . • <, , • L' -.,. 1- • . . . -
··-''- -'- '
61
For diversion damsi\vcirs with rnore than 3000 cumecs dischargr the spacing and depth of bon~boles
may be deeidNl based on rl'quin'nH~Jds of individual cases and si!e requirements. Such log ch;-~rt.s of
holes along t.hP upstream and downstream cut off lines may be taken Ln decide t.he bot.t.om levci of cutoff,
in case impermcablr: strata ar(' met. with.
7.2.3 Hydrological D<1ta
A gauging st-ation at or nt'ar tlw proposPd site of t.he \VOrk should lw established ;ls soon a:-;; the
proposal for the work i.s first. initiated. and sLa.ge dischargp dat.a should be ro\!cet.ed. Two gauges should
be ps!.ahlished upst._reanl of UH· axis of the proposed work, one on the upstream and Olll~ downstream nf
the axis. i'vlorc gauge:::; may he installed wiH~n necessary.
Other hydroloRit';d dJta may be cniicct.ed in aeeordance with t.be details given in chapt.(~r 2.
7.2.4 Miscellaneous Data
i) Samples of sudan: and sub-surface wai.cr should be tested for sui Lability of concrC'Ling.
iil Wind ve!o(·ity should lw obtairwd for working out wave wash etc. This may howevc:r, he rvquircd
in case of darns wiH·re thP water depth is large.
iii) Others as per details in Chapter 2
7.3 DESIGN PAI1AMETERS
Terminology
For the design p:trarnt-!.Prs. discuss(•d lwrcunckr, Lhe following terminology {ddinitinns) sh;lll apply in
this chapter <l!Hl in llH~ suhscquPnt. eh;tptcrs.
il Afflux /\ff!ux is tlw rise· in maximum fiood kvcl of t.lw river. urst.ream of Llw dam ;1s ;1 n·;:.;t!lt
of its const.ruc!.ion. TlH' afflux. though confined in LhP beginning Lo a short rc:ac:h of Lh~, nv('l',
cxt1:nds gradualiy very far up nnt.il Uw fin.1l slopP of t.hc river npstrc;tm of tlw dalll is vpry much
Llw ;:;a me ;ts it. \vas bdorr~ LhP construction nf Lhe dam.
ii) ConrPntrat.ion heLm· Tlw factor by which the dischargP JWr unit. length of a diversion dam
assuming uniform dis! rihut.inn is rcql)ired to be mult.iplipd to get !.he design per unit kngl h for
designing" it.s various ('knwnt.s.
iii) Exit gTadif'n( The upw:nd S('epag<~ force per unit vnlti!'llP of pcrcolai.in;~ watl'r t hrntl_t.;h
foundation soii at t.lw exit Pnd ni a diversion dam, Lc·nding to \ifL up Llw soil particles it' t hl· i'nrce
is morl~ than the suhmPq(cd wPight of a tl!lit volume of the part.icks. It is also de lined ;ts the
hydraulic r;radicni of Pmcrging st.reamlirws at. the end of an impervious apron.
iv) factor
LO()Sf'[H'S.<.; Tlw ral.io or Uw ovr~rall length of Uw dam provifh:d t.n tiw tht'Oreli('a]iy
computed minimum stab](' width of Lhe river ::tt. the design flood obt::tirwd on Liw basis of Lacey's
C([\Iation.
The kv~_·l of wa\.cr. immediately upstream of a dam. t.o facilit.aLe withdrawal intn t.hc
canal or for any ot iwr purpnsr:.
vi) Iktrogrcssion It is t.h(• pr·ogTcss'ive rlPgradation, of the downstream lines and \cveis as a rTsuit
of construction ol a dam, c;tusing low(~ring of tlH· downstream river stage.
Ttw main p;lram('LC'rs \vhi('h shotlld lw dPeidcd on Llw basis of available data and by Px.t·rcising
engineering judgc'illt'nL an~ as under:
i) Dcsi:;n rlnod
i) Pcrmissihl<: afflux
iii) Scour and silL factor
02
iv) Safe ex it g r adient
v) Coefficient of roughness of river channel
vi) Retrogressio n of levels
vi i) Coefficie nt of discha r ge under different disc harge conditio ns
viii) Pond level
For economic design of d iversion dams , two factors p lay predominant r ole - afflux and pond leve l.
In addition, the design flood to be adopted in the design of the stru cture is also a very impor tant factor
wh ich h as to be decided after consideration of economic and hydrological facto r s.
7.3.1 Design Flood
7.3 .1.1 Ge n e ral
D es ign flood is the flood adopted for the design purposes after consid e r ations of e conomic and hyd r o·
logic factor s . I t may be the maximum probable flood or the sta ndard project flood or a flood corres·
ponding to some des ired fr eCJuency of occurrence depending upon the sta nda rd of security that shou ld be
provided against possible failur e of the structure.
The p rop e r se lc<"tion of t h e d esig n flood is of utmost importance as th is has a hearing on both the
fac to rs of s afe t y a nd cos t of th e str udu r e . .If t he selected design fl ood is too low it mak es for r unn ing
too high a risk tha t involves not onl y t he Lo t<tl failure of t h e stru ctu r e and t he se r vices r e nd ered by it
but also the loss of life and damage to properties located downstream. On the other hand, if the adopte d
design flood is too hi g h. it will r esult in a too conservative and un necessary costly structur e. The selection
of design fl ood a p tly suited to th e structure Lhus calls for exer cise in ca r e an d judgment for a proper con·
side r ation of safety an d econo my. ·
7 .3.1.2 S tatus of Design Flood
Diversion dam s/weirs have usually sma ll s torage capacities and the risk of life and p rope r ty down-
str eam could rar ely he en hanced by fa ilure of the structure. Nevertheless, div e r s ion dams over r ivers
arc fa irly la r ge and costly structures . Quite often a road or r a il way bridge is also in corporated into the
diversion s t r ue t u re. i\ part fr om th e failure, irrigation and com m u ni ca Lion t hat a r e depen d·e n t on the
wor ks would he disrupted. In consideration of t h ese ri sks , divers ion dams s hould be designed for t h e
foll owing design flood .
a) 500 year flood for calculation of free boa rd of abutments, gu ide banks and afflux embankme nts.
h) 100 year flood for all othe r calculations.
7.3.1.3 Determination of Desig n Fl ood
The pertinen t factors on whic h the des ign flood ca n be b ased arc t h e str ea mflow r eco rd s whi c h are
com pu ted from the precipitation r ecords.
In the Phi li ppines. str eam fl ow re co rd s arc ava ila ble in t h e Natio na l Wate r Resources Cou n ci l (NWRC)
a nd arc co n taine d in the a n nual publication entit led "Surface Wate r Su ppl y B ulletin" . Precip i tation records
and oth er meteo r ologica l da ta can be obtained from the Weather Bureau or from the annua l publication
e nti tled "Annual Cl imatological Re view."
T he more commonly used methods for estimating design flood include:

i) hydrological methods;
ii) empirical flood formulae;
iii) enve lope curves;
63
•
iv) flood frequency analysis;

v) rational methods involving unit hydrograph;
i) Jiydrolo giw/. Method
The design flood is obtained by applying a safety factor which depends upon the judgment of the
designer to the observed or estimated maximum historical flood at the site or nearby site on the same
stream.
In some cases, after ~he flood subsides, it may be possible to determine the magnitude of the peak
discharge on the basis of the cross sectional area and the water surface profile indicated by water marks
on the banks of the stream. Such peak discharge determination can be made by Slope Area Method. This
method can be ut.iliz.Nl primarily to determine the discharge of a stream from specific field data. In this
method, Manning's formula may be used for the determination of velocity but it would be subject to the
uncertainty of the value of the roughness coefficient.
iii Empirical Flood Fo,-mulae
The empirical formulae commonly used in some countries are the Dicken's formula, Rave's formula
and Inglis' formula in which the peak flow is given as a function of the catchment area and a coefficient.
For Philippine conditions, A. A. Villanueva and A.B. Peleiia in their article "Notes on Intense Rainfall
and Hun·off Luzon" (published in the Philippines Engineering News Record in December, 19391 has been
able to derive from cnveiopc curves Empirical Flood Formulas for Extreme, Hare, Occasional and
Frequent events. The first three arc as follows:
210 A
jA + 17
150
)A + 13
Q.Ocosionai 85 A
jA + 9
where: A = Drainage Area in Square kilometres, and
Q = Discharge in cu. miscc.
Discharge values should be used keeping in view the limitations described in the 'article'.
In designing irrigation ·diversion dams which are usuaily low and of the ovcrfall type, it has been the
practice of th(' National Irrigation Administration to adopt the average of the rare and occasional
flows as the design flood for dam sites without streamflow records. However, the values of the coefficients
used in such cm'pirical formulae, generally vary within rather wide limits and have to be selected on the
basis of judgment. They have limited regional application, should be used with caution and only when a
more accurate method can not be applied for lack of data.
iii) Envelope Cnrm~s
In tlw envelope curve method, maximum floorl is obtained from thP PnveloiW rurves of all observed
maximum floods for a number of catchments in a homogenous meteorological region plotted against
64
drainage area. This method, although useful for generalizing the limits of flood actually experienced
in the region. cannot be reiicd upon for estimating maximum probable floods for the spillway capacity ex-
cept as an aide to judgment.
Thus. the methods at i), ii) and iii) are helpful in arriving at rough preliminary estimate of the
maximum flood.
iv) Flood Freqnency 1iiethods
a) The probable fn~(jU('!WY of a flood of a given magnitude can be determined on a mathematical basis
~1y the law of probability provided that sufficient. records arc available for the study to represent truly
average conditions in t.he river. FrequPr1ey analysis methods may he used provided t.hal the design flood
is within the aec('pt.Pd degree of extrapolation of avail:lb!c streamflow records. It may also be used as
an end to the estimati0n of design floods for projects when the unit hydrograph method cannot be
used for want of adequate data.
Many methods of flood frequenc_y determination based on streamflow data have hecn published
namely "Gumbel ivlethnd", "HazPn l'v1('Lhnd" and "Goodrich Method". More eommonly used in the Philippines
is ihc Gumbel Ml't.hod. This method giv('s fairly ac<·cptabl(~ valu<'S for flood estimates up to 2:1 years
when 20-ycar streamflow data is available. For bigger pPriods like 50-year and lOO·year. corresponding
theoretical values ran he cxLrapolat.ul by mathematical computation. The method is illustrated in Appendix
I.
b) Flood Frequcn\'y on Hegional Basis
\Vhen there is v('ry little hydrologic or hydromet.corological data available in the basin itself, regional
flood frequency analysis is undertaken.
The techniqtH' !"or making rq~ional frequency analysis \Viii involve coilecting annual peak discharges
of all rivers in t.lw n~gion v. :it.h avai!ab]p historical rr:cords or gauging stations along with the respective
watershed an~as. t.hen undC'rt.aklng tlw rlnod ·frequency analysis for each gauging station hy Gumbel
method to determine the estimated peak flow for 2, 5, 10, 50, 100 and 1000 year flood making a homogeneity
(Least. Sf]uare l\1ethod) computing the ratio of peak discharge for each gauging station to the corn~s·
ponding Mean Annual P(~ak diseharge; <·omputing the Confidence interval (Cl) and plotting the Regional
F'requency curve, plotting th(' Drainage Arca·Mcan Annual Flood Relationship curve for the region; and
finally deciding or selecting the d(~sign fiood to be adopted in the diversion dam.
v) Ra.t.ionoll~Iethods Jn.-oolm:ng Un£! !Iydrograph
In this method of det.l~rmining Lhc design flood. the steps involved are:-
a) Analysis of rainfall versus runoff data fcir derivation of loss rates under critical condition;
b) Derivation of unit. hydrograph by analysis (or hy synthesis} in cases where data are not available;
e) Derivation of (ksip;n storm; and
d) Derivation of design flood from the d(~sign storm by the application of the rainfall increments to
the unit hydrogr·aph.
Um:t I-Iydroymph. f,imit.oJions
al The uni~ h_y. dror;raph principlP is not. applicable for drainage basin having an area more than
SOOO km::: \vlWrt' v:tlley storage effects arc noL reflected.
h) Unit h:{drograph principle is not. reeornmt>ndcd for raf.\'hmcnLs having an an'a le.;:;s than about
25 km2_
65
c) Large number of rain ga u ges s uitably loca te d s hould be available in the entire catchment to reflect
the t r ue weightcci rainfall of the catchm~nt.
d) Unit hydrogra ph principle is n ot appli cable when s ignificant catc hment a r ea is s now bound.
7.3.1.4 Selection of Design Flood
In t he P hilippin es. t he re gions arc subj ected to ty phoo ns . w hi c h generally, a r e accompanied by he avy
ra infall s giv in g rise to fl oods , extr e m ely he a vy in ma g nitud e hut s hor t in duration. Occur r e nc e of s uch
flood s ha ve to be taken into consid e ration when ca rryi ng out hydrolog ical analysis.
W hile deciding th e 'design flood to be a dopted in t h e stability a n a lysis and other as pects of de s ig n
during flood conditi o ns. th e design enginee r should therefore evaluate and com pare all th e different
results obtained from various methods since unfortunately, no m ethod is perfec t in predicting with
ce rtain ty t h e t im e and size of a ny floods t hat may take pla ce in the future. Thei r occurrence a nd mag·
nitude arc as uncertain a s the meteorological phenomenon and continuity factors which cause t hem.
By exerc isi ng good judgment and r e-exami na t ion of t he p hys ica l c haracte ri stics of the water s hed ,
he ca n select the m ost acce ptabl e flood d ischarge to be used in -t he d es ign.
7 .3 .2 M aximu m Permissible Afflux
The widt h of the di ve rsion dam is gove r n ed by the value of afflux to be permitted at t he des ign
flood and t h e proposed cr est le ve ls . Ma ximum pe rmissib le afflux is a ls o im portant for the desi g n of
ciowns tr cam, cistern , flood protection and ri ver t raining works, upstre am an d downstr ea m protections
an d cul offs. S in ce the h ngth of water way , corr es pon ding d isc harge pe r meter and afflu x are correlated,
by proviciing hi gher afflux t.hc kn g lh of th e dam ca n be r educed but the cost of the dam and training
works would inc r ease due to t he increase d head o f water.
Maximum p e rmiss ible a fflu x s hould therefo r e, he decided based on the foll owing cons iderations: -
a) loss of rev e nue clu e to suhmNgence s hould be as s mall a s possible.
b) cost of a lflu x em bankments and other t rainin g works for protecting property on the upstream
s h ould b e minimum.
Wit h re ga rcl s to Lhe limita t ion on t he disc harge conce nt ration per m etr e w idth of dam, th ere are
instances wh en d i!>r hargc intensity ha ~ been provided as 25 cu mecs/m le n gth or so. Theoretically also,
th e r e s houlc! be no lim it lo LIH' dis charge intensity hut it ca nno t be increased b eyo nd certain limits
du e to the co nstr aints of perm issible afflux a nd the level of t he down s tream basin required from hydrau lic
jump con si d e ration. Furthcrmore, in so me ca~es whe r e drivin g depth o f s heet piles is limited due to
existence of b oulde rs, robbles and gravels in the unrl e rl y in g strata. th e value of afnux ma y have to be
limitc d based on t he ro ns id c r al.ion o f pract icable d e pth to wh ic h s heet piles can be d riv en. In some
cases. high cost of block pro tect ion and ripra p m ay dictate to limiting t h e va lue of the afflux. The ex tent
of afflux to h e provided is a lso go verned by co ns iderations for s ilt exclusion on divers ion dams.
E nde avour should be made to attai n the most eco nomi cal com bina t ion between e xte nt of afflux and
leng th of wate rway. Thi s can h e done by trial and erro r . For prel imi na r y calcul ation s , a valu e of 1.5 rn to
2.0 m in fo ot hills . i.e., in t he steep rearhe s of t he ri ve r with b ou ld e r or rock bed and O.G t o 1 m in plains
m ay be adopte d depending upon e levatio n of the submergence area.
7.3.3 Scour a nd silt factor
River srour is like-ly to 0('\llr in erodiblr «oil« lil<o r lay «i]t ~and and shing!o DI!P tn ,.,.,1-Jeo:ion in
clay a ssess m e n t of possible sco ur de p th 1n these s oils ma y h :~vc to h e m:~de on th t.: b:~s 1 s ot a cw a l obscrvn
66
...
tions. If actu~tl ohsPn';llinns ;ne not :tvail:1hlP. it may b(' assumed th;d. thf' scour dof's not extc·nd !wyond
2.0 m with the· c·oiwsivP maic·rial. Extent. of scour in a river \Vit.h cohcsion!cs.s bed matcrlai may be cal·
eulatcd hy La\'cy'_c; ror:11ULL
H CJ.rn ( v) I'"\ 'N lH'll ]oOS\:lh'SS bel. or is TllOt'(' than

or
H 1.:):) ( ~( 11 -: 1 whr·n loosr·rwss fa\Lor is less than 1
\Vhcre
T( d(•pth of :>COlli' h(']nw t.iH' dc:signPd ma:<illlUnl fiood \cv('l ill 01;
:;ilL factor
mr avt·rage part.i\h' diameter in mm.

q - norm;li inL·n;-;;ity of d!sch:1rgc in m: 1/s('C pPr metre \vidLh
S \Valr·r stlrhc(' slopr·
7.3.3.1 ThP foi]O'.Vii1J~- l:lhk ,L;l\'(':-; vaiur·s off for v:lrinus types or soils
Table 7.1
Soil Sit.(' of particle;;
(1.() 1 0.3:J
{).()f\ 0.50
0.1;) O.GR
0.3 0.9(i
0.,, 1.21
0.7 1.-17
1.0 1.76
2.0 2.19
5.0 3.89
l (). () 5.56
20.0 7.88
Bo11ldc:rs :JO 12.3
7:) 15.2
19()
G7
7.3.3.2 The extent of seour in a river with erodible bed material varies at different pbccs along the
structure as indkated in Table 7.2 below:~
Table 7.2
S.No. Loeation Design Scour Mean

Range
----··---------·--··-· -------·---------- ··-------·
1. Upstrt>anl of impervious floor 1.2') to 1.75 R 1.5!\

2. Do\vnstre.:lm of irnperviou.s floor 1.75 to 2.25R 2.0R
3. Noses of guide han};::;;. 2.0 to 2.5R Z.25R
1. Nos(~s of training \vall {Divide \Vall) 2.0 lo 2.5i\ 2.25H
S. Transition from nosc t.n straight 1.25 to 1.7 5H 1.5R
G. Straight rca('h o[ guide hanks 1.0 to l.5R 1.25R
Not(~: The ealcuiat.ed values of H. are without 20°/o concentration in the values of q
(intensity of discharge)
Depth of cut off
The depth of scour lo dct.erminc dPpth of cutoff wall or sheet pile can be worked out by the formula
discusspd under para 7.;l.:l. Tlw ('Utoff dept-h should generally l)(' provided for a scour up to lR for the
upstream and 1.2sn. for t-he dov,,nstrC'am. \Vhile working out H., 20°/o concentration in the value of q
(intensity of disehargc) should be taken into aceount..
7.3.4 Safe Exit Grudient
Exit gr;ldicnt. is the gradiPnt. of sub.soi! flo,_v line at exit from the structure. By providing adequate
cut. off depth in relation to floor !"ngt.h, this gradiPnt has to be kept within iimit to prevent di;;placPmcnt
of soil p;~.rticles. As diseusscd in Chapter ;) allhough the crit.ieal value of exit is 1.1 or so, in view of
other unccrtaint.iPs in n:1turc' of soil, it is dcsir~lble to .:tpply a factor of safety as given in the table for
various types of soils.
7.3.5 Roughness Coefficient
In using Manning's fonnula for dPt.(•rmining flood dischargL' of the river hased on cross sections and
available water sudaec slope~, thP folimving table is a guide for adopting a suitable value of "n" (coefficient.
of roughness)
GS
Table 7.3
Channel condition Value of "n"
1. Natural streams with good alignment. fairly constant section om

2. Mountain streams in clean loose cobbles. Hivers with variable section
and some vegetation growing in banks 0.04 to 0.05
3. Rivers with fairly straight alignment. and cross-section, badly
nbstructecl by small trees, very little underbrush or aquatic growth--· 0.06 to 0.075
4. !livers with irregular alignment and cross-section moderately obs-
structcd by small trees and underbrush. Hivcrs with fairly regular
alignment. and cross-scdion, heavily obstructed by small trees and
underbrush 0.100
5. Rivers with irregular alignment. and cross-section, covered with growth
of virgin timber and occa.<:::ional dense· particles of bushes and
small trees, some logs and dead fallen trees . 0.125
6. Rivers with very irregular alignment and cross-section, many roots,
trees, bushes. large logs. and other drift on bottom, trees continually
falling into channel due to bank caving "-· 0.15 to 0.20
If the dc~cript.ion of channel condition docs not fit in with the actual condition obtaining at site, the
value ofn should be worked out as follows:··-
i) Assume a basic value of 0.010 for channels in earth, 0.015 for channels in rock, 0.014 for channels
in gravel, and 0.028 for channels in coarse gravel.
ii) Add as follows for degree o[ irregularity --
smooth 0.000
minor ·- ·- ·-· 0.005
moderate 0.010
severe 0.020
iiit Add for change in size and shapt~ of cross·Sec!.iorl

gTadual 0.000
occasional 0.005
frequeni 0.010 to 0.015
iv) Add for obstruction such as debris, roots.~etc.
negligible effect -·· - 0.000

minor c~ffecl. 0.0 10
appreciable effect O.o:JO
severe effcet - O.OGO
v) Add for vegetation

low effect 0.005 to 0.010
medium effect 0.010 to 0.025
high effect -·· ··- ~ ---- --· 0.025 to 0.050
very high effect 0.050 to 0.100
69
vi) Add for dntnnel Tneander ---
(Lm = rnca nder length of reach)
(Ls '"""" straight length of reaeh
Lm/Ls n
1.0 to 1.2 0.000

1.2 lo 1.:0 0.15 times n:"
1.5 0.3 times n~
where n.., = (i) + (ii) + (iii) + (iv) + (v) above
7.3.6 Retrogression of Levels
As a result of Lhc construction of a dam and (~onsequent ponding: up of supplies, rciaLivcly silt free
water escaping over the crest picks up bed silt dmvnsLream of the dam. This cause dcgradalion or
retrogression of downstream levels. In the first few years the rclrogrcssion of kvcls is rapid and
progressive. The lowering of level known as retrogression is found Lo be high at low river stages and
small at high river stages. The pro<:C'SS of retrogression and shoal forrnation on tlw upstream develop
and continue for a number of yeJ.rs but a stage is gradually reaclwd vv·hen upstream pond absorbs no
co;1rse silt & rcversf~ process starts. Thr designs of downstream works have. h(nvever, to be tested under
maximum retrogressed condition of the river for cnsu_ring safety of the structure.
Hetrogression of water levels is more pronounced in alluvial rivers carrying more silt, having finer
bed material and steep slope. A va!ur of 1.2~ to 2.25 meters maybe adopted as retrogrc~s:;ion for ai!uvial
rivers at iower river stages dqH>nding upon Uw amount of ::;ill in the river and its slope. and 0.:3 m to
0.5 m in high siagcs. For intermediate disch::trgcs, t.hc effect of retrogression may be obtained by
ploLting the retrogressed high flood lpvp]s on a log --- log graph. For tht' purpose of cksign, low slag:e
retrogression value may he ::tpplir~d for Zl~ro discharge elevation for a strc::trn with morc' or l('SS uniforrn
bed lev(~]. F'or a stream with unpven bed 1Pvel, low stage retrogression value may be appiicd to the st::tgc~
corresponding to S-10°/o of design dis('harg(-! or eorresponding to t.hP base flov•/ whichever is lower. High
stage retrogression valtw ma_y lw applied Lo mean annual flood diseharge or in the absenre of discharge
data to 60-70°/o of design flood discharge.
_ In case the proposed diversion work is situated dO\vnstrcam of a dam, the possibiiiL_v of heavier ret.ro- d
gi~c-:ssion than normal should be eonsid('recl for the design of downstream flood level and downstream
protection \VOrks.
7.3.7 Coefficient of Discharge
7.3.7.1 General
The flow over tilt' divt:rsion dam may be r.ont.ro!ied by means of gat.es or allowed freely without
restrictions. The upper surface: of the freely fiowing \vatcr is at atmospheric pressure. The lo\vcr surface
is generally guided b_y t.hC' .surfaec' of the spilhv::ty crest itsC'lf. In the oger type of spillway,
tlw overflo\v crest. is shaped Lo conform as nearly as possible to tlH~ profile of t.h(: lower nappe of a
''!'!nt.il:J.lPd jet of w<~ler· issuing· nver ;1 sharp·crestPd '-'--'cir. 'J'hC' ,-.rr.st 9r0file. thus ha"' tp lw desif!nr>rl r~_ot
l~ ·,., ...;ui? ·'he int.PndP(.l hvdr::l:lli;: ,•nnr.!i!-ion~ bu: -.:ht!uirl ai:c:c) fit til(' intendco ciownsu·(•;Hn profill~ oi the
spilhvay body wi1ich is deter~rniTH:d by structural conditions. IH
The basic equation for Lhe discharge over an overfali dam Js
70
where Q .,., total discharge in cumec
L length over the crest in m
H = head over the crest in m
C = coefficient of discharge
Coefficient of discharge for flow over the spillway (ovcrfall dam), and sluicewaY would depend
upon the following featurcs:-
a) whether the top of the structures acts as sharp crested or broad crested;
h) whether the crest is submerged or free;
c:) shape of crest and upstream slope,
The discharge coefficient, C, is further influenced by

1) depth of approaeh
2) ratio of darn height to the total head on crest.
Head due to approach vclocit.y can be obtained from the equation

v 2
h = _J_
:; 2g
where va ,. . , velocity of approach in meters

g ,., 9.80 meters/see.
In the c~lsc of ogee crest, the dlscharge is given by the formula
when L effective length of crest

He . . ., Lola! !wad on the crest. including velocity of approach
i) Effcctim;; length of omnflow cn;st
When crest piers arr~ provided between the abutments in ease of gated spillway or bridge over the
dam, the piers contract the flow and reduce the effective length of the spillway as follows;
L = L' --· 2 (N kP + K) II(,
when L -~ effective length of the (TCSL
L' ~ net length of the crest

N - total number of piers
kp "" pier contraction codfficient
k:l ~ abutment contraction c:ocffieicnt
ii) Pier and ahutment contraction cocffin:ent
The pier contraction eoeffi('iPnt. kn, is affedcd hy the shape and location of the pier nose, the thickness
');,,,_. 1\~n hp·:rl ;" ~~,j.,t;()n l ( ' f)~,, '~rH>~~P' hp::d ':~!'rl t\,..,. .-..~)r);'l'"'h "f~]()('itv
.r f!•r·· l<'nr '"()flrlii_i()!~"i f)f desi\!n
71
1' or squarc-nns('(l piers with <:orne:rs rounded
on ~~ r;tdius pqual to abou! OJ of the pier
thickness 0.02
For round-nosed p1ers 0.0 l
For point.(•d nosP pic1·s 0.0
TIH~ ahut.mPnL rontract.ion eoeffieicni is affc~ded b_y the shape of the ;:~hutment. the angle hct.weu1 the
upstream appro:u:h w:d! y.nd the axis of flow, the head in n>\aLion to the design head. and Lhe approach
velocity. F'or \"Onditions of dcsi_t;n lw;l(l, H 0 , average coefficient may be assumed as follow;;:
K,
For squar(' ahul.nwnLs with heachvall ::tt ~H) 0

Lo din~d-ion of flow 0.20
For rounded ahu! ments with lwadwal! at 90°

1o dirt>cl-ion of flow, wlwn 0.5 H 0 >
I!.IGh,. 0.10
For rnundr·d abu!tll('nL whPre r >
0.5 l-Ie
:~nd hr·adw:tll is plaeed not more than '15°
i.o dirc('Lion oi" fiow () .0
,. ndius o[ ahuLnH'nL rounding
Thl' splliwa_v with Ol:(l'l' shaped (Tesi will beh:lV(' likt~ a sharp crested structure. In ::;uch weirs/dams
with sharp <'i'l'Si.Hi prnfiie and who::;(' hPights are not iess than about one fifth Lhe lwad producing flow
over t.hem. the codfiriPnt of discharge remains fairly constant.. F'or weir height. less than about one fifth
the lwad, the ("OnLract.ion of flmv lwronws incrcasingi_y suppressed and Uw (Test coefficient. decreases.
V\-'hcn it f(l~Ls silh~d up on t.hc upstream and sediment rises up to crest, it \Vil! behavf' like a broad crested
structure. The sluiceway, lwcausc of large crest \vidth provided Lo accommod:tfc· gates ;1nd stop logs \Vil!
behavc like a broad crested structure exeept under very high head exc(~eding 2.:) times the crest width,
where th(~ flow \Vill be as for sharp crested condition.
Cerwraily, all cas('s \viwre Lailwat.er is below the CJ(~si are cases of free flow. \Vherc l.aihvat.er is
abOVC tlw Cl'l'.S\., ;[ ll1a)' ::;iil\ \w :t fn~C flow it' there is hydraulic jump which ('Otdd be checked by dr~l\Ving
the water sud"acP profile or when the depth of Lailwat.er above the crest. is less than 2/311{'.
l•>.:rcpL in c:tsr• of Uw iaq(l' structur<'S where fiP!.erminat.ion of coe·fficient of dis('hargc by mode! tests
are justifi('d t.hc st.:lndard shape of crest with known coefficient. of discharge as described hereunder
should tw adopted.
7.3.7.2 Nappe-Shaped Crest
a) Verlin!.lfa.cerl oyee
For n;tppe sh:tpr·d tTC·st w·ith v('rt.ical face upstream, Llw basif" eoeffi('iPnt. of dischar_gc should lw
(';tl('nl:Jtl'd frnrn ih(• C\l!"V(' in [<'i;~-. 7.1. The cor:fficient.s are valid only when tlw (H(l'C is rortned tn the idral
napiH' :->lupc. ikpvndin.:; upon Lhe ('Ondit.ions of flow on ih(' downstream of i.hC' <Test, the: coefficient shall
be rnodifir,•d.
Wlwn t iw ('l'(•st h:ls twcn shapr~d for a he: ad larger (H" smalh~r than Liw head under consideration,
72
p
VALUES OF FIG. 7.1
Ho
DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS FOR VERTICAL-FACED OGEE CREST
\_ I I
~-·---1
uj3
VJ
1---
z
w
u t.o ,_____ ,_ ,1:-f ', -11 'I +-+ v :__...;.-- -r_l • ' ! ! :
"-
"-
1-1- - v I ' , LL L_j_L j_---1-
w "" -i- i-----1 - +--+- -I- -i----1
0
u j
,_....v
"-
0 0.9
I
0
1---
"cr
Ho
RATIO OF HEAD ON CREST TO DESIGN HEAD'--
Ha
COEFFICIENT OF DISCHARGE FOR OTHER THAN THE DESIGN HEAD
FIG. 7_ 2
UPSTREAM FACE SLOPE
ANGLE WITH
SLOPE THE VERTICAL
1
!8° 25
1
33°'41
1
45° 00
I I i
I
p
VALUES OF
Ho
COEFFICIENT OF DiSCHARGE
FOR OGEE- SHARPED CREST WITH SLOPING UPSTREAM FACE
FIG. 7.3
the eoetiH'lPnt o! disTharge will differ from that shown on Fig. 7.1. A widened shape will result in positive
pressure along the crest. eonLact. surface whilP a narrower crest shape ·will produce negative pressure
along he contaet surface rc~sult.ing in an increased discharge. In F'ig. 7.2 is shown the variation of th-e
coefficient as related t.o values of .LD.·
lin
\Vhere H{. is Uw actual head being considered and H 0 is the head to which Uw shape of the crest
has been designed.
cl Effect of Upstrcmn Face Slope

In Fig. 7.?, is shown Uw dfect of upstream sloring face on the ratio of coefficient for an ovcrfiow
cn~st. It is observL~d that Lhc codficicnt. of discharge is reduced for large ratios of t_l~-- and is increased for
srnall ratios.
1
• 0
d) E';Jcr:t. of Downst.rcmn /ipnm and Snhmergcnce

D<)\V!Lc;lrcam tai!w.:-tter level <t.nd downstream apron level rf'lativc t.o the crest level are factors
-..vhich alter the cocfricicnl of discharge and influence the characteristics of f!O\V. Fig. 7.4 shows the
n~iationship nf llH~ downstream apron position and dovn1st.rcam submergence which provide different. types
of flow, namely:-··
il fiow will continue al super critical stage.

iii n partial nr incomplete hydraulic jump will occur immediately downstream from the crest.
iiil a true h_ydraulic: jump will OC{:ur.
iv) a dro\vncd j1nnp will occur in vvhich the hig-h velocity jet will follow the face of the overflow.
v) no jump will on·ur !.he je-t will break a\-vay from the face of the overflow and finally intermingle
with slow moving water underneath.
In this figure, t.he decrease in t.hc coeffi{~icnt is also indicated. After the apron and taihvatcr level have
bPPn t.entat.ively fixed, the type of flow ean be known and the c~xtcnt of decrease in t.he coefficient of
discharge can be rpad off from the figure.
\Vhcn it i.e; known that t.he flow on llw downstream side is super critical or \Vhen the hydraulic jump
occurs, t.hc rkcreasc in ! he <'oeffieicnt. of discharge is due principally to the back water effect of dmvn-
st.rearn ::tpron and is indepcndcn1 of t.lH~ Lailwater level. In that case, the extent of modification in the basic
value of roc:ffieient. of discharge ran he read directly from Fig. 7.5 which plots the same data represented
by t.he vprt.ieal cbshf'd lines of Fig. 7.-'1 in a slightly different form.
'
/"·--....,\
\Vhen the value of h<l
... d
u~-
exceeds ahou{ l.i, ":the downstream floor position has little effect on
thP coefficient of discharge but i.lwrr~ is a dN.:reasP in the coefficient caused by t.ailwat.er submergence.
In this the rnodifir:u.ion in the value of t.hc coefficient cctn be read directly from Fig. 7.G which has been
prepared from fig. 7 Jl.
7.3.7.3 Broad Crest
As discussPd e:trliPr. a weir is b:·oad-<TP."ded when t.he head producing t.hc flmv is less than 2.5 times
Uw crest width. \Vit.h higher head t.hc nappe gets detached and the weir behaves as a sharp crested.
a) For a broad cn:st.ed weir the disc: barge is given by t.he formula
75
4.0 4.2 4.6 4.6 0.0
1.0 }-
z
w
()
1.4 0:
w
()_
1.0
I w
" lI
~ O.l 1.2 ij!
w 1.1
"'
:r:
()
u <J)
z 0
w u.
"'"'w 1.0 0
}-
::< z
al
0.9 w
::l Q
"'"- 0.6 1::
w
0
0.7 8
w "':
w
0: 0.6 w
"'w
0
0.0
2 "'"'0:w
L)
w
0.4 4 0
0.0
0.2
0.1
POSITION OF DOWNSTREAM APRON
FIG. 7' 4 Effects of downstrecim influen08s on f!OV'I over weir crests

Q :J.087 I 11 :1'"
1.811 '
WHEN q ~ discharge in eum/sec

L crest length in metres
II hc;Hf producing flow in met-res (including head due to velocity of approach)
Coefficient of discharge is 3.087 in English units ancl1.70G in metric units.
In cases \V\wn the upstn~am of the dam has been silted up to crest. the basic coefficient of discharge
should be taken as for h:coacl crcstNl weir.
b) In the design of sluiceway crest with freP overfa\1, the basic coefficient of dischaq;c shouid he taken
as 3.087 in English units and 1.70G in metric units. Effect of submergence should he calcuLltcd as per
values calculated under Fig. 7.7.
7.3.8 POND LEVEL
The pond level is t.hc· wa\.er ]pvel required in the undcrsluiec pocket upst.rc:1m of thf' intake wat.rr to
feed full ~uppiy diseharg:(; in the c,1.nai. The pond lcvtd .o;hould be such that the command level in the can~d
can be attained with Uw (ksign dischargt' after meeting all t.hc losses in head incurred in passing through
the Intake. Various losses al t.he lntake structure arc enumerated as follows:--
i) Change in an1;ie of flow in,; water from approach channel towards Intake structure.
ii) Loss due to convcrg<'ncc at inlcttrltnsition (or entrance loss at the sill arcai.
iii) Trash rack loss.
iv) Sudden constriction loss at entry of the gate.
v) Gradual contraction or transition Joss from the gate opening up to the st.arl of Lhe uniform barred
section.
vi) Friction loss along pipe/ba1Tel.
vii) Bend loss, if any.
viii) Sudden expansion loss at. exit.
ix) Loss due Lo diveq{t~nce al the otttict transition.
Methods of solving for each kind of losses have br:cn detailed out in chapter 9 of the lvlanual.
If under certain situations t.hert' is a limitation of pond level, the full supply lc·.,·e\ shall be fixed by
substracting the working head from the pond level.
7.4 HYDRAULIC DESIGN OF SPILLWAY AND SLUICEWAY
7.4.1 Economic Design
In the desir;n of diversion dam, l.wo t'act.ors pla.Y predominant. role ·- "afflux" :tnd "pond \evrl''. As
clis.r.usscd under paras. 7 ..1.2 & 7.53.R afflux is fixed from considerations of submergence. habitation of
valuable land. site conditions eLc. The p(;rrnissible afflux may or may not include consideration of cost
only.
Pond levr:l, however. is determined hy topography of the eommand area and Lhere is no scope for
adjustment. of pond level on consideration of cost of the structure.
\Vhcn permissible affiux is decided, the maximum intensity of discharge is fixed and hence the
77
------------------------------·
1.00 .--,---~-..----,-,---r·--,-----,--,--,,--,~-------,-___.-=-·"'~· -,---,---
f---1---1---+---+--t----t·-----t--+---t- ;:::<"f~t----t---t----t--t·-----j
----'-----~-- _- _. I +-----+--+---+---c'l-··-- -
f-----1---- r·---+--+~---==v----~~"-_J__V______J.____L_···_·_·=r~= __j ____L_----j[---r-1-~

,, "-
"n1
)>
-l
0 I V
o.9o 1-----+---+--+-/-___.F---t---1
~~--~11;;----------------:
: ~
l :
n1
,
0 1
0
Ui ;::
() 0
I I : ~d I
I
l> ,
0 '
He
'
' I
"
Gl n1 / ' i -~
/ 1 :
n1 0
1
1---+---+---1+--+---~--.
1
1 ~~
() ()
0
., ,,
rn rn
-n
0 0
0
7/J/7///7///::
i
-~77//777777777
iii rn
z
"'
-l
i2d
-l
0.80 /I
0.76
lL ---+---1---!---l---1--- ---t---1----+---+---t---+----- - - - ---1----1
1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 I. 5 1.6 1.7 I .8

hd+d
P 0 SIT ION OF DOWNSTREAM APRON -
Ratio of discharge coeificient$ due to apron efh ct.

FIG. 7.5
1.0 r---~~--~----ll----r---~-----r-~=-=r====1=====t====i=====f=====r~~r=--~-----r----l
------~----
- - - r - - - ------+----+----::;,.-f""---t--+-----+----l--+----+----+--l---+---+-----4
/v
'" 1-=----~---+//v i~
_____+----+--~1--+---+----~L_-______.__+--_:=::1_--t-+--1:
i
.,;o "'
I-----------t---+-~1-----+----
)>
-1
0.6 -- -- -r ---- -r:ha- - - - - - - - - - - - -r·
rn 0 __ 4 -l_hd
rn 0..,
1
i !
::2 ;: ~e :
"' 0
0
~
:r: 0
)>
;o ::!
"
rn
m
0 I
'r------+1+---+---+----+------l----------+-f---------1 l r
0
0
01
'l1
1'i (l
()
c
rn
:)!
0.4
rL/72/ / '/
//////// </// /////////
:
;;;
()
.,z .,;;;z
~~ 02 I
0
I
~-----+---+--~~------r------+----+----~---+---+--+-----+---+--+-----1----+---
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0-4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
h d
DEGREE OF SUBMERGENCE
He
Ratio of discharge coefficients due to toilwater effect.

FIG. 7.6
minimum waterway. \Vlwn pond level is decided, the height of gates and depth of dam floor get fixed. At
this stage, attempt t.o reduce the cost of diversion darn consists in finding out:---
a) whether inrreasing the waterway frorn the minimum value (which has been fixed by maximum
allowable discharge intensity) would reduce the cost and if so whaL should be the waterways for minimum·
cos t.s?
b) to what extent. Lbe length of floor may be reduced for minimurn cost?
One considc-~ration for fixing minimum wal.envay is the rnaximurn discharge intensity consistent. with
allo\-vabie afflux. Another consideration is the maximurn depth of cut-off, which is ·worked ouL on the basis
of scour dc'pLh. The practicability of Lht~ (~utoff should be considered from view poinl of driving sheetpi!c
in alluvial soil or excavating cut.off pit in boulder reach. The maximum discharge intensity which
satisfies both these criteria is adopted and thc: minimum waterway is calculated.
Though it would appPar that. minimum \Vall~rway \VO\l!d give minimum cost, this is not. always true
because dccrcasP in \vatenvay is increase in discharge intensity and would mean interaction of the
following two opposite f:ld.ors:
i) decrease in e~ost of gaLc~s. bridges and piers;
ii) inerease in ("(}SL on account of increase in,_lcngth and thickness of downstream floor, dt'pth of cut-
off, volume of p(:rvious prot PeLion. work at ends ·or floor, cost of dewatering operaLions, cost of launching
apron in guide banks and afflux embankments. -
lL is the net n'sult of lhc.'>c~ two farlors which dc~tcrminp to what extent the minimum waterway fixed
from above eonsickratinns should be ineecascd for maximum economy.
IL has bc:c~n found Lhat incrc:asp in discharge~ intensity (decrease in waU~rway) at first reduces the
eosl. i\flcr l"P.:-tching a minimum, thC' cost increases with increase in discharge intensity, specially in those
cast~s where gates are of bigger siz('S.
7.4.2 Waterw"J.y
As discusse~d in t.lw prc't:C'ding para.f~Taphs. in a diversion dam, the length of waterway and afflux are
eorreht.cd. For thr c'conomical and hydr:rulicall:y e[ficiE~nt design, the combination bet\-;1een the two is
requi1·ed to be mark by trial and error. Vi/hcn~as, in deep and confined riv('rs v•.'it.h stable banks. t.hc: overall
wat.crway (between abut.ment.s including t.hirkrwss of piers) should he approximately cqual Lo the actual
widt.h of the river at. the design flood, for shailow and meandering rivers with pcrl11l:':thlc: foundations,
Lhc minimum stable width of Lhl~ river at. Uw design flood. may be worked out. from Lacey's formula:
\vhcre
F minimum st.ablf' widi h of t.hc river in m,
design flood discharge in cunwcs.
For determining the~ preliminary value of the waterway, stable width so determined can be taken
as a guide.
__ . At._:~ sit~c .\~h~~rt~. due~ l:n 0xiste~1cc .ol gravels. boulders and cobbles in the foundations, depth for
:--twP;._ p:ltn1~ _Js.. tlml_lPO: maxJ!:ltrn: u~1!. discharge t.h;tt would not. scour the bed below the practical depth of
("ULoti sl1oul(i ill·st. tw (!ct.ennnwcJ w1th Lace_y's formub discussed in section 7.3.3 and given as foilenvs:
80
----·-o
BROi-\0 CRESTED WEIR

!. DiSCH.ARGE
Q= 3.087 LH3/2
FOf~ FREE FLOVI CONDITION:
( ENGLISH UNITS)
I
'
Q = i . 706 L H 3/ 2 (METRIC)
I L DiSCHARGE FOR SUBMERGED CREST CONDITION:
EL.
I
ji AFFLuX·Eci.-9 -~
_,__ I I :LT. W. EL. (M. FU
I
:he '1-
I ,i'l~
-'--CREST LEVEL
REL!-\TiVE COEFFiCIENTS s
SU3l',IEHGED CREST AND FREE FLOW CONDITIONS
-·----~-
'lI
h
11
.,
3 1 nc
I r:r
4 v f ns
' /'nc ·""'
'v-£1 .....
~ !'">
0.0
t-
I
1.000 I 0.6 0.':3_07 --
0. t
0.2
I
+- ' 0.991
0.983
1=-:~ 0.7
0.8
0.856
---------
0.778
0. 3 I 0.972 I ---··---·-·---------
~· ~-·-·
0.9 0. 62i
~---------
0. 4 i 0.956
. ·······-----~--.
0.5
--+- 0. 937 I ------ i.O .. "' -' '
0.000
----- - -
i
··--·-··t·-----~-- '1 L '.- --
I
C 5 = COEFFiCIENT FOR SUBMERGED CREST

C =COEFFICIENT FOR FREE FLOW
NOTE:
ABOVE IS AN EXCERPT FROM
1
TABLE 2a, ENG G. FOR DAMS, P. 373 1
VOL. II, BY CREAGER, HINDS & JUSTIN.
""I G. 7.7
R 1.35 (i-)l t J (metric unit)
q unit discharge (allowing 20% concentration)
f silt factor corres ponding to grain siz~ at a minimum depth of 1 m : or deeper where feasible
R scour depth below des ign flood level.
Generally, in bo~J!dcr r eaches, it would be economical to reduce the waterway to about 0.6 to 0.80 times
thr> Lacey's waterway. In plains where the silt factor is in the neighbourhood of unity, it is generally
economical to keep the waterway 1.0 to 1.2 times the Lacey's Waterway . It is preferable to have a narrower
waterway, which also reduces shoal formations.
7.4.3 Shape of C rests
The ove rfl ow portion of LIF' dn.m (sp ill way) may be ogee-shaped w ith upstream face ve r tical or
inclined. The sluiceway shou ld be of slab type with an upstream slope of 2:1 to 3:1 depending on site
cond itio ns. The downstream slope for sluiceway shall be as required for the glacis of stilling basin and
is generally 3:1.
For major projects it is advisable to undertake moclcl studies for obtaining the best shape of the crests.
For weirs with falling shutlers, top width of the crest shall be limited to that r equired for accommo-
dating the shutter in fallen position.
7.4.3.1 Ogee Crest Profile
To bC' acceptable. the ogee profile should provide maximum possible hydraulic efficiency, structural
stability and economy and also avoid the formation of objectionable sub-atmospheric p r essu r e at the
surface .
In general. the majority of low overflow dam cross sections ai-e designed with a vertical upstream
face. Model tests have shown that the effect of the approach velocity is negligeble when the depth
of flow (P) below the crest is greater than about 1-l/3 t imes the head of flow over the crest (Hd). With
the ratio P/Hd less than 1 -1/3, the approach velocity is seen to have a noticeable effect on the discharge
and nappe profile.
The crest shape recommended helow is based on the studies by the United States Army Corps
of Engineers after comparison with the ex perimental data of the Uni t ed States Bureau of Reclamation .
a) Downstream Profile
The downstream profile may conform to the equation:-
---
1.85
X = 2.0 Tid
where Hd = design head
X,Y ~ coordinate shown in Fig. 7.8
. Th~ profile plotted hasecl on the ahovC' equation is designed for one value of des ign head (hd) only
whtch IS generally rhosen to give the maximum practicable hydraulic efficiency. For lower heads of
flow the press ur e on Lhe rresl will be above atmospheric and [or higher heods of flow the pressure will be
1
" " " ~h-a n atrnosnh~ r ir . T hr> lo\~r>r thP desig n head of the f'rp s t profi!.-.. . t hf' grea ter wi ll bC' the disch a rge
coefficient for the lull ran g e ot head s . Model tests show that the design head may be exceeded by 25 per-
cent up to which limit no harmful cavitation is seen to develop.
The data for xUl!) ancl 2Hd 0·85 are tabulated on F'ig. 7 .8 for the convenience of the designer.
82
-··-----·------------·
~_I
! c:-1---~
! i
li
~i -d
::t: :::r: i
I .
ii
CREST AXiS·
I
I
r-
DO\'INSTRE/l.M QUADRANT DP.TP. SLOPE DATA I
\
v ;\ 1.8 5 X xLB5
H~ 2 .H~t
0.85 h,; 2.H~O.tJ5 ay/ox X/Hct
"
0.10 0.0141 6 27.0!!5 2.000 26 31.896 1.00 1.096
0.15 0.0299 7 36.596 2 3.605 27 32.93 7 1.05 I. I 6 I
0.20 0.0509 B 46.831 3 5.01.38 28 3 3.97! 1.10 1.226
0.25 0.0769 9 58.257 4 6.498 29 35.000 1.15 1.291
0.30 0.1078 10 70.795 5 7.855 30 3 6.02t"t 1.20 I. 3 58
0.35 0.!434 12 S-9.!94 6 9.172 31 37.041 1.25 I .425
0.40 0.183G l·'i i31.928 7 !0.460 32 38.054 1.30 1.492
0.4~ 0.2233 16 168.897 ·8 !L713 33 39.063 1.3 5 1.560
0.50 0.2-(74 18 210.017 9 12.:>48 34 40.0-'>6 1.40 1.629
0.60 0.3887 20 255.215 10 14.159 33 41.067 1.45 1.697
0.70 o.r)tG9 25 335.64"0 ii t5.354 36 42.062 i.~O 1.766
0.80 0.6516 30 £5 40.349 12 16.532 37 43.053 !.:35 1.835
0.90 0.8229 3~ 7!8:664 13 17.696 38 44.040 1.60 1.905
1.00 1.000 00 920.049 it'~ 18.847' 39 46.023 1.65 I. 975
1.20 1.40! 45 ! i44.046 !5 IS.S85 40 46.002 1.70 2.045
1.40 1.86•\ 50 i390.253 l6 21.112 41 46.978 1.75 2.116
LSO 2.336 55 i653.330 17 22 .2 2 9 42 4 7. 9 50 1.80 2.188
1.80 2.967 60 !947.959 18 23.33!) 43 48.919
2.00 3.t505 65 2253.863 19 24.(.3~ 44 49.884
2.50 5.447 70 2590.785 20 25.:521 45 50.846
3.00 7. 6\$3 75 29<'.3.496 2i 20.602 46 51.607
3.50 10.151 so 33! 6.77'9 22 27.674 47 5<:.761
4.00 !2.996 so 4!24.235 23 213.741 48 53.714
~1-. 50 16.160 100 5011.872 24 29.7'39 49 54.663
5.00 19.638 25 30.852 50 55.610
OGEE
DO\VNSTFtEA~\~1 PHOFiLE)
FiG. 7.8
UPSTREAM QUADRANT
(
T
1 l
J Ha _ _ _ _
,_""ft,
-
1 ( ---- 0.270Hd
"------ORiGIN OF COORDINATES
:11
I I
~ 1I I i
. i ~ 1-]'
L j
I
,y
EQUATION:
I 85 0.375 0 625
y = 0.724 (X+0.270H1.!' 1•0.i26H·a-0.4315Hcl (Xt0.270Hdl.
H 0.85
~
COORDINATEs:
Y/H. X/H. Y/H d

0 G
2 2 2 c
-o.oooo 0.0000 -0.1600 0.0296 -0.2400 0.0787 II

i!
-o.ozoo 0.0004 -0.1700 0.0339 -0.2450 0.0836
h
-o.o40o 0.0016 -0.1800 0.0386 -0.2500 0.0889
-o.osoo 0.0038 -0.1900 0.0437 -0.2550 0.0948
-o.osoo 0.0068 -0.2000 0.0494 -0.2600 0.1016

-0.1000 O.OlOS -0.2100 0.0556 -0.2650 0.1099
-0.1200 0.0156 -0.2200 0.0624 -o.2sao 0.1165
-0.1400 0.0221 -0.2300 0.0701 -0.2703 0.1261
OGEE CREST
( UPSTREAM PROFILE
FIG. 7.9
For pr;::~.ctical purposes and to facilitate the fabrication of templates during construction, the curve
developed from the above equation can bu u·ansferrcd into tiw nearest corn pound circular curve.
bl Upstream Proj?},.;
The upstream profilf' has to be tangent to the vertical face and tangent to the horizontal at crest point
to ensure that there is no discontinuity along the surface of flow. The recommended curve incorporates
the ordinates computed by 'M_C,_~9-~Y_N" and others, in the region close to the sharp crested weir where
accurate experimental data mcasureiTicnts arc difficult and fits the USER experimental data over the
remaining portion.
A table of ordin:ttes are given on Fig. 7.9 for the convenience of the designer.
7.4.4 Crest and Floor Elevations of Spillway and Sluiceway
7.4.4.1 Spillway
a) Upstream floor level of spillway should b'c fixed from the following considcrations:-
i) it should he fixed at the general river bed level which is higher than upstrearn floor level of a
sluiceway. This is generaily in a deep. well-defined channel in front of the intake.
ii) foundation on fiJi should be avoided as far as possible which reduces to a minimum dewatering
and excavation.
b) Crest levpi of dam can be fixed slightly above pond level to avoid wastage of pond water by \vave
wash and anticipated siltation upstrc;un of the dam. A free board of 0.2 m. is recommended.
7.4.4.2 Sluiceway
a) The crest and upstream floor levr.\ of sluiceway should be kept equal to the elevation of the deep
section of the river aL darn axis.
b) In fixing crest level of sluiceway Lhe following points should be considered:
i) it should be as low as possible for proper flushing of silt deposited in front of intake structure.
But it should not he too low to producP a high discharging head causing intensity of discharge in excess
of pcrmis.sihle flow for the given t_ype of foun<iation material at the clam site;
ii) as the intak(~ sill levei is to hP kept. above the siuieeway crest to avoid silt. entry into the canal, an
inercase in the height of sluiceway crest will raise the intake sill higher and reduce depth of flow over
intake sill thereby requiring greatPr length of v.:aterway for the intake. lL is necessary to restrict the
height of sluiccwa_y crest for economy of intake structure.
nPond level
i
I ----j
I O.llO h
h !.________ nnlakc sill level
0
Jj_____,L._h__________ .ia:!."lt'.' i.<:.c ~'w ay crest lc vel
85
•
From ! ~: sb'Leh showing t.h(' rel:ttive positions of different. components of dlvt'rsion \vorks, it is
obvious t.h:1i t.iwr:c is ;t limit !.o adjustment. of sluin~way crest lc~vcl and intake sil! lcvc~l. His recommended
that. for /r:::l nkubtinns. l.hP sluiceway crest !c~vel maybe fixed O.S m above the upst.n:am floor
level of sluic('W<l.y. lnt.akt' si!! kvcl :nay he a:,.;sumc:d as indicated in the skctr:h and this Jpvc\ ·xill be
finall_y· adjnsiPd afi-cr trial r.akuht.ions.
7.4.5 VVidth of Undersluiceway
The~ fuiF!.ion and discharging l':tjla\'iLy of a sluicr;way has been dealt. with in Chapter G, under "Com·
ponent.s or diversion dam". As Llle discharging capnciLy' of Uw siuicev.ray portion is CO·related with the
()Vf'ra!i discharge in the river. t.h(' width or
t.he sluice\V<lY should be fixed on Lhe basis oi' the foiiowing
<·onsid er ;l Lions:
/i) it. shouid he {'apable of passing at. least double the' canal discharge at Pond lr:vel to ensure good
scouring cap;u-ily;
ii) it shonld lH' widr> enough to accomnwdatr> an approach chanrwl and also to keep the approach
vcloci\.ir:s. sufr\{'if·tll.ly l(l\ver than crii ical Lo rnsun~ maximum settling of suspended silL;
iii) it. should br· n;11-:-ow enough l.o crc~at.e a bottom vclo{'iL.Y in t.lw approarh ,-hanncl which wili rnovc
the maximum diallL('L(·r ol· panklcs cxpPc!.cd t.o be dt'posiU!d with t.1w avaiLibl\~ flushing disc.harge.
This is nec('ssar.v t.o m:1inLiin approach channel in good co:Hlition so that canal c:u: draw necessary supply
Lhroug;h l he inLtk('.
iv) in ,·a:--:e it. lwnmws ncl'l'Ssary to hring down t.he afflux ('!cvat.ion for kccpiilg it. ..,~·it.hin pcrroissible
limit or for- limliil!{ down.<d.n'anl srour to prac:tic;d dcpLh to which cut off can he provided. Lhe width
of sluiceway (which is ,r;;tlr'd \':ith lower crest dcv.) shouid lw increased and lcn,t;ih of spiilway (which is
ungated) should he dt'crl·ast'd :tCr<>i'dingly.
No h:1rd :1nd fa.-:i ruk can lw i:1id down in'twe('li width of sluie('way and w;ttl'l'W<l}' fnr th<: main dam
(spiihv;~.y pc,rtioni. It. should lw b;JSr'd on ovcr:tli P('onomy comnH~nsurat.e wit.h Lhc h_'/draulic )Wrformancc
of th:' sy.<;i\·m;
vl wiwr(' ;--;ili. r'xr:lud\'rs ar1' pr\)vidul, t.lw width of t.hc poekr:t should lw dd.c'rmincd by the velocity
required in \.h(' po('kl'·l- \n induce silt:\i.ion;
vi) wiwn tlw widLh of the spillway portion is ;:ppn~ciablr_~. riV('r sluices adjoining t.he pockets can
be provid('d t.o take can· of lO\\. floods and freshets thprehy economizing on t.ht cost.;
vii) For other guidclin(·s in regarding \he width of th(~ pocket rc~fr:rence may be made Co para 6.6 of
Chapter G.
7.4.5.1 On all import.:tnt works Uw widj h :-ol· t.he sluiceway pod.ion and the Jen,1;l.h of training wall shall
be fixed on Uw basis of model n:pcrimcnt.s.
7.4.6 Length and Level of Downstream Floor
The lengih :\iHl lr~vP! of downstream finor should be fhlermined from consickr:ti.ions of dissipalin~ the
('ncrgy of surf:u'r' flow, so Lhal. t ht' i'l'sidual (·~ncq;·y af!.e;- leaving the con(·.ret.e floor i;; too lit.t.lc to cause
any C'rosion ni' th(' s!r(';Jm hr~d. ;-;t.;lnding w;l_V(' is eonsidered as one of t.lw rnost. cfre{'t.iv·c: means
of killing t.lw surplus vrH~rg_y in t.lw hydraulic structure.
The desi,t;n nf dnwnst.n:am proter!ivf' works or energy dissipai.ors is t~ssenLi:dly one of reducing the
high veloeiLy flow low enough to minimize erosion of the natural river iwd.
7.5 ENERGY DISSIPATORS
From a pl·;u·ti(·:ti view point-. h.rdr;wlic .1:nmp i..:.: a use:·u) mr·;tns nf di.c.::-.;ipai.iil.l;· t·:..:Cl':;s crwrg_1.· in suppr
criLil:al fiow or w;\i.vr discl1arging OV('i' a dattl. il.s nlct'it is in prc·\'\'nLing possible erosion lwimv the overflow
8i)
spillway and sluices, for it quickly reduces the velocity of f1ow on a paved apron to a point when the
flow becomes incapable of scouring the downstream bed of the river. Hydraulic jump basin is an effective
device for reducing the exit velocities to a tranquil state.
Hydraulic jump type slilling basins arc of two types:-

i) horizontal apron type
ii) sloping apron lypc
7.5.1 Genera! Requirements
Among various factors which nffect the design of energy dissipaters, the most important. one is the
depth discharge relationship of the exit channel at the site of the slructurc. To know its impiicat.ions
on the design of energy dissipator is very necessary.
The general formula for Lhe hydraulic jump on a hori:r:.ontal channel of rectangular section is as follows:
Where D1 and D:! :tre the conjugate depths upstream and downstream of the jump and V 1 & V2 are
the corresponding velocities. The height. of the t.ailwat.er for each discharge may or may not correspond
to the height of jump. The jump height curve may be related to tailwatcr rating curve in four ways.
il Jump height cur·vc always above lhc tail water rating curve.
ii) .Jump height curve always below the Lailwater rating- curve.
iii) .Jump heig-ht curve above the tail\,,atcr rating curve at lov..' discharges and belo·w at higher
discharges.
iv) Jump height curve bclov,r the tail water curve at low discharges and above aL high discharges.
All the stages ;:1.rc shown in F'ig. 7.10 in respective order.
7.5.2 Horizontol Type
When the tailwater rating {:ur·ve approxirn;:J.Lcly follows the hydraulic jump curve or is only slightly
above or below it, then hydraulic jump type stilling basins vdth hori7,ontal apron provides Lhc best
solution for encr!{y dissipation. In this case the requisite depth may be obtained on a proper apron near
or at the ground level so that it is quite cconornic:.li. For overflow dams spillway on weak bedrock conditions
and diversion dam/weirs on sand and loose gravel, hydraulic jump Lypc stilling basins arc recommended.
7.5.3 Hydrauiic Jurnp With Sloping Apron
\Vhen the tai\watcr is too deep as compared to the sequent depth, the jet left. at the natural ground
level would continue Lo go as a strong current near the bed forming a drowned jump, which is harmful
to the river hcci. In such a case, a hydraulic jump type stilling basin with sloping apron should be preferred
as it would allow an efficient jump to he formed at suitable level on the sloping apron .
. ·· ).\.
87
r-j TAlL WATER
DEPTH
/ -· ·; / /////////////
I D = C 0 NJUG ATE DEPTH

2 (SEQUENT DEF'TH)
-·JUMP RATING
I
l-i ~I
G. I
ow
zO o~l //
I· <( 0:: I ~a:l . _/
~--~, "/\·--TAIL WATER
l!J
! 1--i--
! Z<l:
W3:
Z<l:
w3:
•
/
::> ...J
0-
5::::' l i/ RATING
w<l: w <l: /
(f) I- II _ _ _ _ __
Ul 1-- !L_
Dl S CHARGE 0 DISCHARGE Q
I
!1 I I
(
__ JUMP RATING I-
(l_
(_TAIL WATER
I RATING
I
I
o
zo
15 0 Sl
z 01
!
/-- (//
oo
w
Zo::
<rw
I/-
51 I
'I~~
r-
<(
i--
/// I-I- ~/
Z<l: /./ z<l:
w3: /i w3:
I
8 <(
Ull--
::l...J
0-
w<r
<Ill-
/ \.··-TAIL WATER
RATING
::>...J
o-
w<l:
(/)I- (LUMP RATING
DISCHARGE Q D I S C H P.R G E Q DISCHARGE Q
1
! TJ..\!L 'vVATEfi CONO!T!ONS CLASSiF!C,I\T!ON
lI
I
I FIG. 7.10
'l
7.5.4 Design Criteria
7.5.4 General
On Uw basis of eomprehcnsiv(; series of tests conduded by lJ.S. Bureau of Reclamation properties

of hydraulic jump have been d('Lermin(~d . .Jump form and the flo1v characteristic can be related t.o t.he ki-
netic flow factor (V 2 /gd) of t.hr. discharge entering the basin, the critical depth of flow {d,), or the Froude
numbt~r {vJJi~·d).
/\ccordingl_y, h~ydraulk jump type stilling basin with horizontal apron can be classified into the
foliowing eategories:
a) Stilling basins whr~re t.he incoming flow Froudc factor is less than 1.7 arc designated as Type L
h) Stilling h:\sins where the incoming flnw~-Froude fador is greater than 4.5 and the incoming velocity
(V 1) exceeds ·15 m/scc. are designated as Type IL
c) Stilling basins vvlwr(: the' incorning flow Froude factor is above 4.5 and the incoming (v 1) does not
exceed -1.5 m/sec. arc designated as Type III.
d) Stilling basins where the incoming flow Froudc factor-is between 2.5 and 4.5 arc designated as Type
IV.
7.5.4.2 Terminoiogy
For the JHlrpost~ of t.hP (ksign criteria described hereunder, the following terminology and parameters
(indicated in Fig. 7.11) shall apply:
L Hydraulic jump ··- It is an abrupt transition of flow from water depth D 1 <De to D 2 >I\
2. Length of Hydraulie .Jump The dist.aner- irom the beginning of the jump to a point downstream
when either the high velocit.y j('t. begins Lo le~tve the floor or to a point on the surface immediately
downstream of the rollPr, whichever is longer. This can be determined from Fig. 7.111\.
3. Conjugate Depths ·~ \Vater depths at the beginning and at the end of the hydraulic jump related
hy the formula.
!
2
rJ1 ; sF1 2 -- 1 ]
l
For horizontal apron
'!. Chute Block Triangular blocks inst.alltd at the upstream end of the stilling basins.
5. Basin Hloeks/Bafrlc Blocks/Baifle Piers -~ Blocks installed on the basin floor between chute bloeks
and end silL
G. I~nd Sill ~- Solid or dent.at.ed 1val! const.ruet.cd at the downstream end of the stilling basin.
7. F'roude Number -- 1\ dimensionless number eharaderising the vertical and gravitational forces.
v
I;;,-a
when F - FroudP Number

V - velocity of flow
D Depth of flow
7.5.4.3 Stilling Basin Parameters
The main factors for Uw basin required t.o be determined arc basin floor cievation, it.s and
appurtenances.
/----~-.
89
r-
l
l
r:t
;;~
>-~
,:;
I
I
'-{
;{;
I ------------------: 1----Vl
I
02
(-i-i
"~;!
<l
i
..L
<i ···~
DEFINITION SKETCH BASIN I and II
FIG. 7.11
NOTATIONS
II
'D;= DEPTH OF FLOW AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
JUMP, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FLOOR.
K= SHAPE FACTOR
I= LENGTH OF THE INCLINED PORTION IN
BASIN IV
IDz =DEPTH CONJUGATE(Saqu•nt)TO D1 FOR Lb= LENGTH OF BASIN
HORIZONTAL APRON.
I' ' ~DEPTH CONJVGATE(Sequont)TO D2 FOR
02
Lj= LENGTH OF
q = DISCHARGE INTENSITY
HYDRAULIC JUMP
SLOPING APRON( OR PARTLY SLOPING Sh= SPACING OF BASIN BLOCKS

AND PARTLY HORIZONTAL) se= SPACING OF CHUTE BLOCKS
Db~ DEPTH OF BASIN Sd= SPACING OF DENTS IN DENTATED SILL
Dc=CRITICAL WATER DEPTH V; =VELOCITY OF FLOW AT THE BEGINNING
F1 = FROUOE NUMBER OF FLOW AT THE BEGiNNING

OF THE JUMP
OF THE JUMP. Vz= VELOCITY OF FLOW AT THE END OF
l g =ACCELERATION DUE TO GRAVITY JUMP

I hb
l
=HEiGHT 0 F BASiN BLOCI<S Wb= WIDTH OF BASIN BLOCKS
he =HE! GHT OF THE CHUTE BLOCKS We= WIDTH OF CHUTE BLOCKS
HL =HEAD LOSS IN HYDRAULIC JUMP Wd= WIDTH OF DENTS IN DENTATED SILL
ho =HEIGHT OF END SILL -8- =ANGLE OF THE SLOPING APRllN WITH
THE HORIZONTAL.
f'
'
<;
tt
8
·I Ic-~----~---
I I I I
I 7
~
I
6
--+- -
5 ~~l /~-·---
---<--<
<
/HORIZONTAL
APRON
--1---
'-=- t 1-~
Lj
\"
I I
D2
v I
4 r-:~----------
2i
~--- - - - -
-I~ DI
.J"-'"
e
'
_,.J~
~-- '-i _ j
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
fj=~
YiiDI"
LENGTH OF JUMP IN TERMS OF CONJUGiiJE
DEPTH Dz
0.25 0.15
TAN e=o.3o I 0<20 I 0<10 o<o5
26 -----~-<-f----------+-----+-----r'--1
22
I I
-----L----~----t----,--Tt----1
18
I
<---- --·--j---- 1" --------1-<
.
Dz
I
!yo+
'<-
I
D I I £.• --<--1----l----,'I?L...._I----l---------1
10-------
. ! 2
v.
F!=-'
~
RATIO OF CONJUGATE DEPTH Dz TO D1 FIG< 711- A
i) Hasi·n Floor J~'lc1:at.ion
D can be c:1lcuiated from the foliowlng equaLio:1 knowing HL, q, D(' ~lnd D 1 or from Fig. 7.15 .
2
.,
De ( <r· )1 ':\
g
DI +
2
II:tvinl{ obt.airwd 1) 1 and l}), Lhr rk·v;1t.ion of tlw basin floor may be calculated b_v eiUwr clPduct.ing the
specific energy at _..;(·\_·t.i()n i --- 1
from Lhc t.otai energy line at. that. section or thaL at sect-ion 2 -·- 2 from the
downstream tot-al energy LinH'.
To eaicuhtr- Hr, from the known upstream and do1vnstrcam toLtl energy lines, the foilowing procedure
maybe adopted:
:d \Vhcre t.he basin j:-; dirr-cl.iy dnwnstr('afll from the crest or where t.hr ('hute in noi longer than t.hc
hydr·aulie head. IIL may be assunH~d equal t.o the diffcren<:P in the upstream and downstream total
energy lines.
hl \Vlwre the chute• lt~n~~-t.h c·xccPds thP h_ydraulir head, D 1 should be first. dctcrmin~d by Laking· HL
equal t.o the dilfcn·n('(' br-twr•en tlw upst.n~am and downstream total Pnergy lines. Next calculate friction
losses in Llu~ chui.l' hy :\Lulning·'s formula and determine the more accurate value of Hr, and consequently
that of I\. The process may be r(~pc:>. Led till t.he dr>sired accuracy is achieved.
7.5.5 Stilling Basin Type !
This typP does not tl\'(~d a spc<"ial stilling basin t.o still f!O\VS, except Lhat. the channel lengths beyond
the poinl whr-n' the depth starts to change should not. he less than about ,1cJ~. No baffles or other dissipa-
ting devices are nu·d('d.
7.5.6 Stilling Basin Type il
This typt· of st iiiing h;l:::in i.'-' usu;lliy us<·d on high dam and earth dam spihvays and largT canal
st; :wLtJrvs. It ronLains ch;!i(' h]{)('_i~s :1t. the upstream end and a den La Led sit! nc~ar the dow;1::;trearn end. No
baffle pier::: an· usc~d lweauS(' of th(~ relatively high velocities entering the jump.
T!w following rul(~s arP rccommcndPd for genPralizaLion of Basin II. Figure 7.12:
I. Set. apron elevation t.o ut.iiize full {'onjugate (.aihvatcr depth, plus an added factor of safety if needed.
An additional L:H·.t.or of safeLy is advisahk for both low and high values of the Froudc number. A minimurr.
margin of safety of G perr(~nt of D:~ is recommended.
2. Basin II may he dfecLivr: down to a Froude number of 4.
3. The kngLh of basin c:u1 lw obtained from the eurve on Figure 7.J2 (c).
1. ThP !wight of chuLP blocks is ('qu:li Lo the depth of flow entering Uw basin, or Dl. F'igurc 7.12 {A).
Tht• width and spacing should he cqu:l! to approxinwt.cly D 1: ho\VPvcr. i.his may lJp variC'd to eliminate
t.r;tditional blocks. :\ span~ l'(jt!al to D 1 /'2 is pr;_cferabie along each wall to reduce spray ~1nd maintain
desirable prcssur(·s.
92
;). The hc,igh! of t.he dentated sill is equal to 0.2D~.? and the maximum \vidth and spacing recommended
is approximately O.Fi D~~· On the· si!! a dentate is •eeonnnendcd adjacent to each walL Figure 7.12 (A).
The slope of Uw continuous portion of the sili is 2:1. For narrow basins. \Vhich contain only a few dent.at.cs
according to th(' above rulP. it is advisable to reduce the width and tlw spacing. Howevpr, \Vidths
and spaces should remain c·qual. H.Pducing- Uw width and spacing ad.ually improvps Lhc performance
in narrow basins; thus, the minimum width and spacing of lhc clcnLatcs is governed only by structural
considera lions.
G. It is not. nccessary Lo stagger the rhulc blocks with respect t.o the sill dentate.:;. In fact, this prarlice
is usually inadvisable from a construction standpoint.
7. lt. is rr.commcndc·d that t.hr sharp int.erseet.ion hrhvcen chute and basin apron, F'igurP 7.12 (Al.
be replacl'd wit.h a curvr· of reasonable radius (H >
ill) 1 ) when the slope of Lhe chute is 1:1 or greater.
Chut.e hior.k.:; can be incorporat.('d on t.hc curved bee as readily as on the plane surf:lccs.
Following t.hc abnvf' ruk•s sill rcsuit. in a safe. conservative stilling basin L)r spillways up loGO meters
high :tnd for fiows up to 4S Ul. m.isc~c. per rncd.er of basin width, provickd t.hc jet entering Lh(: basin is
reasonably uniform hot.h as to velocity and depth. For greater falls, larger unit disch:trgcs or possible
asymmetry, a modC'l st.udy of t.hP spPcifi(~ design is recommended.
7.5.7 Stilling Basin Type 1!!
This type of h;tsin wa::: cil'VC!lopPd for a class of smallPr st.rudures in which vplocitiC's ai t.he
entrance t.o t.lw basin arc moderate or low (up t.o 15·18 meters per second} :tnd disclnrges per meter
of \Vidt.h are less than tB cubic mct.cr per .:;econd.
The fo!lO\ving rt~les pertain t.o tlw design or this type of basin:
1. The stilling b:\sin operat.PS best. ..-d. full con_jug;tt.c~ tailwat.c~r depth. D~. A l'l':lSOnablc fZJ.ct.or or
safety is inhen•n\ in t.h(' eonju)~·:ll.c~ depth for all values of the Froudc number and it. is rc~commcnded
that. this margin of saf!.•l.y (Figun' 7.t:nn no! be reduced.
2. ThP length of ln:::in which i.s lc.:;s than OIW·half the kngi.h or the natural jump, can he obt.ain('d by
consulting t.hP cu;·vp for Ba.sin III in Figure 7.1:3 (D). As a reminder, an excess of tailwaLer depth does not.
substitute for pool length or vice versa.
:.L Stilling Basin III may be effcct.ive for values of Froude number as low as .-1.0.
·1. Height, width and spacing nf chu!.e bloeks should equal t.he avrragc depth of fiow entering l.hc basin,
or D 1• Width nf hlol'ks may lw dc:<"n~ased, provich:d spacing is reduced a likc> amount. Should D 1 pro\·c· to
be lPss !.han 20 em., t.!w b]()('ks sho11lrl he made 20 centimeters high. Larger chute blocks t.end lo t.hrow
a portion of Lhc hig:h velocity jcL over Uw baffk piers.
!5. The height of Lhc bafi'lc piers varir·s wit.h the Froude number and is given in Figure 7.1:3 (r.l. The
blocks may be ('Ulws nr t.hcy may be constructed as shown in Figure 7.1;3 (A): the upstream face should
be vertical and in one plane. Tlw vpr!.ical face is important. The width and spacing of baffle piers are
also shown in figure 7.i/} (/\l. 1n narrow strudun~s where the specified width and spacing of blocks do
not appear practical, bl(wk ·.vidt.h and spacing may be reduced a lik(~ amount. A half space is re·
eommendcd a{ljaccnt. t.n the· \valls.
G. The upst.rc~am face of t.he b:tfflc piers shc;uld be set. at a distance of 0.8 D 2 from Lhe downstrc~am face
of t.he chute blod::5 (Figure 7.]:}/\).
The reeornmPlHied po5it.ion, hr~ight. and spacing of the baffle piers on t.hP apron shouid be
adhered t.o cardttll.y. as i.hPs(: dim(~nsions ;u·(' irnport.ant.. For example, if t.hc blocks are set. appreciabiv
upstream from i.lw poc:i!inn shown. t.hc~' will prndr.H'I.' a casc:uie with rcsnit-ing wav0 ;1.('(ion. lf the: baffle~')
~·':'~ f;:·;·h, •. ~':-,,,,_,, .. " " ' " 'h.,, c:hn\'.'!~ ., ln•;•Yr•- <~ .. "'":~ ,,.;ll t •.• - , r , , ; ..."l 1 .:1,. .,.,,;"'~' ;r ~•-" 1, .. cn".'
.. ,,,,,,,.. ,
93
t-he hafflc piers on the pool floor at randorn and expect anything like the cxcc!tcnt action ot.hcnvisc
associated with Type Ill b<1sin.
7. The height of t.hc solid sill at the end of the basin is given in Figure 7. 13(C). The siopc is 2:1 upward
in the direction of flov-.:. \Vith this slope, rninirnum wave heights and erosion could be expected.
8. Il is und('sirable t.o round or sLrcamlirw t.hP edges of lhC" chute blocks. end sill or baffk piers.
St.n;amiining of baffle piPrs may result in loss of half of their effectiveness. Small chamfers t.o prevent
chipping of the edges may be usr:d.
9. It is recommendt~d t.hat a radius of reasonable length (H ~:,:_~ 1D 1) be used at. t.h1~ intersection of
t.lw ehut.e and basin apron for slopPs at -1S 0 or greater.
10. As a general rule, the slope of Lhc~ chute has little effect on Lhe jump unless long flat. slopes arc
involved.
7.5.8 Stilling Basin Type IV
This type of basin is :uleq~1a!r' for FroudP numbers lwtwpen 2.:} and '!.:). The low Froude nurnber
range is enrounLercci prin<'ipally in t lw (ksig-n of canal struct.ures, hut oceasionally low dams and outiet
works Ldl in this <":liegory. For !.his range of Froude nurnhcr, the entering jet. oscillates intermit.!.('llt.\y
from bottom to surLu'C' with no partirttlar pC'riod. Each osc~illation gcn(~rat.cs a wave whieh is difficult
t.o dampen. In narrow st.ntet.ures, sw'h as eana!s, waves may persist to some degree for miles. As they
encounter oh:-d.rudions in the canal. surh as hridgP piers, turnouts, C':hccks and t.ransit.ions, reflected \vaves
may he gcrwrated whid1 t.enrl to dampen, modify or intensify the origin::d w;1vc. ·wav('s arc dest.ru\Jive
t.o e:trt.h-lined canais and ripr:1p and producl' con:-:;iderable surges at gaging stations and in measunng
dPviees. St.ruci.Urt's in this range of Froud(~ nurnbers are lhc ones which have been found to require
t.he most. maintenance.
On \·vidr' St.l'U\·tun•s. S\!(~h as div('rsion dams. \vavt~ acl.ion is not. as pronounecd when the waves t'all
\ravel iatf'rally as well as par;tllPl Co t.lw direction of flow. The eornbincd action produces ~ome dampening
dfr:c.t. but. also r('sult.s in a d10ppy wat.er surface. The waves may or may not. be dissipated in a short.
distance.
Thr: dimensions and proportions for Type IV Ba:;;;in arc shown in Figure 7.11. The width of t.he blocks is
shown equal t.o D. and t.his is Lhc maximum n'commended. From a llydraulic standpoint, it. is d(:slrahle
th;:tl. t.hc: blocks lw consl.ruct.('d narrower t.han inditaLed, preferably 0.75 D 1 . The ratio of block widt.h to
spacing should be m:tinLlirwd as 1:2.:). The extreme Lops of i.he blocks are 2D 1 above Lhe floor o[ Lhe stilling
basin. The blocks may appear t.o he ratiwr high. and in some cas<~s. Pxt.remcly long, hut. this is essrn!.ial as
the jet lc:1.ving· LhP top of t.he blocks rnust. play at. the base of t.he roller t.o be cffcdivc. To accommodate
the various slop<:s or chutes and ogc~c shapes encountered, t.he horizontal top length of the blocks
should be at. least. 2D 1. The upper surfacL~ of each hlnck is sloped <:tt :) 0 in a downstream din:clion.
A t.ai!wal.cr depth S t.o 10 percent. greater t.han the conjugate depth is strongly recommended for
Basin IV. Since the jump i:> V('ry S('n:>it.ivc t.o LaihvaLc'r dc~pt.h at· these low values of t.he froude number,
a slight. ddi<'iency in t.ailwat.er depth ma_y allow the jump to sweep eomp!etcly out. of t.he basin. The
jump performs much hPLL<'r and \vavc act.ion is diminished if the tai!wat.cr depth is increased t.o ap
proximately L2 ]):?·
Tlw kngt.h of Hasin IV, \vhich is rC'lat.ively short, can be obtained from Figure 7.1:1 {c). No baffles
pipr_c; are n('edc:d in ihc basin, as Lhes<' will prove a grcat.c~r ri<:trimcnt. than aid. The addition of a
smali triangular sill ph\·('d :l.! t.he end of t.hc apron for scour c:ont.rol is desirable. An end sill of t.he t.ypc
used on Basin III is saLisi"ac!nry.
H flPsi.l;nu! foo· tlw m; xirnum disch:Hgt_', \)ac;in IV will lH'rfnrm ::;at.isfacloriiy for l\'SSl'!' flows. \Vav•,'S
'jnw:1.;;i_r·pnn1 i:·n:•' :t'C• <.:j_)j] tll.>" h:tsin will c.;i_il\ hi';~ <q:ir!PC"'"'• ~""''!! '\f;q bl' of !_j,p ('"(lir~"-!'" V'>.r,·irt.v I,!St!td\v
only.
Dentated 'li!!-
Chu ts bloclls-
,,
J.
~~;L-~~~~------~~~7r~v
,):.,:.··~·~ o.o .0 o 0 ·a.' 0
. 0 . ·
0
·.oo_
~._._·_:_- .: L
(A) TYPE li BASIN DiMENSIONS·
,l:±JTi:J±i T-=f0f11E7GiH~oriiJ7f'it~-ti ++F :··:· B

4 6 8 !0 12 14 18 18
3
FROUDE NUMBER
FJG, 7.12 StillllliJ basin choroctaristics for ust with Froud\! numbers ohov~ 4.!5
End sill~
·'
0
r
,
r 0
r
0
-- -L-
(A) TYPE lli BASIN DIMENSIONS

FROUOE NUMBER
F\G. 7.13 Stillino bo3io cfHlract~rl~lic, (or uM• "?.llh Froude; numb:H; obove 4.5 whero incominc velocity (V 1 ) doll~ not exceed
50-60 foet por :~ocond.
. Chut~ block~
Ends!!!---,
_}_- r ~- Fractiorwl ~QCC
-r......_- ~'If -Max. tooth wi<lth ~ d 1

0
0
n
"
0
/ \........ -- Sp<JCG" Z..5'1t
n 0 0
. -Top surfoc• opt!OTKll 0

- -~~. 0
1 : 2d,
• ., • . . .<> . ·.: C' ••

'
~-
0
·--
r
-L-·-·~
. .:. .::: :.. ._- ._.
FROUOE NUMSER
i l -I
- dz I r:-c· 1': - .
~:..:d=z{ljl+SF -!) _ _
. '! 1 I 'l '

~-· 4
, I
3- 3
;
{ 81 MINIMUM TAILWATER DEPTHS
2
I 2
5 ..J!~
i ! :
'
(C I LEhGTH
I
« JU'MP
' I ! 4
4
2 3 4 0
FROUDE HUMSER
FIG. 7.14 St!liino;~ basin choract.orl:tlca 1or Froudo num~rc bet~oon Z..ti on<l 4.5
7.5.9 Conce;1tration of Discharge
While working- out the size of stilling basin, the incoming unit discharge should be increased by 20 per
cent in all calculations in order to cater for various fac~ors such as formation of islands, obliquity
of flow and river stage etc.
7.6 TOTAL LENGTH OF FLOOR
'Total length of impervious floor which consists of downstream basin length glacis/spiliway/chute
and upstream floor should be fixed from the following consideration: -
a) Exit gradient should not exceed the safe limit.
bl The structure should be safe against sliding.
c) The downstream floor length considering dissipation of energy, width of crest, slope length
upstream and downstream should he accommodated in the total floor length.
7.7 DEPTH OF CUTOFF
Depth of cutoff should be determined both from scour consideration and checked from safe exit
gradient requirements. for determination of scour depth, unit average discharge should be increased by
20 per cent to allow for concentration of flow and depth as per provision under para 7.3.3. The cutoffs
shall be suitably extended into the banks on both sides up to at least twice their depth from top of the
floors. The depth of the downst.rc<1m cutoffs along the total length of impervious floor shouid also be
sufficient to reduce the exit gradient within safe limits for the governing design condition.
For caleuht.ion of exit gradient, reference should be made to the detailed procedure given in Chapter
5. The cutoffs may be of masonry, concrete or sheet piles depending upon the type of soil and depth
of the cutoffs to suit construction convenience.
7.8 FLOOR THICKNESS
7.8.1 The floor should be designed for the following conditions.

i) Uplift. pressure due to static head
Thickness of the floor should be adequate to resist uplift and soil reaction. Uplift pressure due to
static head shall be as per the procedure laid down in Chapter 5 para 5.7.
ii) Uplift pressure due to hydraulic jump
Due t.o the formation of the jump, high unbalan<~ed pressures are developed m the trough. The floor
should he of adequate thickness to \vithstand the effect of the jump.
For determining thr: uplift pressure at and upstream of the jump section, it would be necessary to
plot t.hP water surhce profih~ of !.he jump for particular flow c:ondition. This can be plotted by using Figure
7.1G. The uplift pressure is the ordinate measured from the hydraulic gradient line to water surface.
The floor at. every section should be designed for the bigger of the two uplift pressures, i.e .. one with
hydraulic jump and other for no flow condition. A factor of safety of not lCss than 1.1 should be provided
in caleulating the floor thickness.
7.8.2 The U~)i!fl prr>~<::ur~_~<:: nn. t hP jump lentTt.h and thr :equin~rnent of floor thickness are however
moderated to sorne extent riue to the· follo\ving factors.
a) The uplift due:: to maximum depth of the trough operates only at the deepest point of the trough.
98
0
' 2 ·3
·• D•fo, 'rz;;, o;;~·0 .. ·7
!o2~~ o,;J
:oz:£:.
.. ,.....
o:;;D '0.1;, f21;, 0'/o, ""/o, o, o%,/o,;;;; ~~~!o,;o, ,o 2 ;~ jo, /o,
HL/Dc Jo
IDe
.-
I 1.425 .82 .415 00
....' c.o.·
i l l :397 I!S.i6 1.360 6.83 .381 .69 1.378 !0.66 -368 la.oz .362
...
~ 6:79 336 io.94 :331 ·. 0' 1.327 7.23 .323
~:rr i 3~~~
:s.1s .301 . :»5 7.!8 .319
3 ii:6e '311 ~ 1308
·:zr.
.3"' \1.07 ::3
0 I a21 .296 18.3 4 i .290 1.292 aa1 •••• I·••• '6.7.-
~~
i
"•·
4 raoo r28l '9D' '9:20 '.276 '9.39 [.274 '9.5 '.2" 19.64 23! '9.7 . 207 '9.69 I .26.5
I
110 )I
' :24<
1<0.13
]2 .20
.-
l1~ -:241 i"i':1ii 240 ·,w }j£ G1 ra

,1:9o 235 1<2.01 23'
6
~·7 !121 233
*:: .231
"" I• .22R
216
~~~
l12.bl .2Z7 i2.u .226 12.79 '12.00 ''"-01 '222 13-<l 1.221 1 .21o [13.
8
s ·1'! ~ li: ·"'"~.-,
i3:0i
fi<.n ~~~~ 1:~~~ 1.~~01
,.2l3 !1"-96 14.00
::>Oil 1003 !.202 115.13
1~'.20! 1<.41
I:~:: 1:!.~
l::·::r:Jii
,.zo:
••••
"'. '\82 ii:;,: ... ...... i;~c~1 r:::~ r::::~ ~·~ ;:;; 1:~ i:~~~:r••
110:74 ToT m:il4 .196 18.95 .198 16.00 .193 116.20 .193 16.3!)i 192 1"-48 .191 f16.t14 '.191
II
-,, r••·"''
110.74
17.
.188
.
.!87
'7 91 1 .Iii
" ' 15
17.43
118.48 I·' ;.:
":" '·'"-' ''·"'''"'
IME 176
.....-= '""
'"
,.
17~ 22.41
1200
flU'
••••
l2t4j is1 Lo2 .IOC 21.6
75 18.86
'17( .,.-;-ro ]iC ...:79
:-;<0 0.71 :- ,
174 IMIS .174 119.14
.iao i1i.oo . ISS lzoiJ7 .16
120.60 .1M 120.89
JOO 21.70
I20.9E .160
'.159 121.88 100
y.s· i2.6
..
~1M 12275
173 1&.33 .172 19.<: .I fi•Jl2
~016 H7 20.20 .167 120.34
~·o 1-'"" i 21JO I .1az 121.25
21.9:
121.34 I·'"
122.2
.....
23.02 .154 123JI .103
I
.166
... I~ ....
.I
,., I
,.,., .... .lti()

_,..,,
I
""' lfi ?US 182 23.3 .102123.46
= "'"' 10 123.71
·' "' "'·".
•23.8C .1:><: t3.1l9
-;;-;; =
'24.31 i8 14: ~ 12'<49 1.147 .in [R.74
~
=
rn:iii :>13 = ,,.. 126<2
"" •... ,
I
2 2.>--:63 ~142 '2,_.-i 142 '6:>. ~,...,
Q6.17 T4l i2&z .141 !26.33 . .14( 126.0-c .146
22 ~ .139 26.75 -:1'
. J3o ~ I .138 27.01l .
I·''" ~7.2· .. :1~
23
24
= 'TIT =
1232; .134 '2&30
fMlf !TIT .
.134 ~0.38
'
.134 lza,.
'Elf 27;
.33 [20,82 J33 [zan i.
I
I"' l?l'-86 .132

20 l2«c:i1 1·.13> 12S•o .132 ~&18 I .131 [2920 .131 129.34 J31 I»Mz
1 _,., 123:<: .131 [2M8 1.130
iZO-"" .100
••"""'
27 30:1
.(30 29.89
T27 lici7il .i
.129 130.ct I .129 13021 .128 130.20 I .128 13031 .128 I30AO .128
~""
!71:11< :.127 [31.3 J26
' ... 131.60
.....•• J2< i31.4S
3:21 J2;t.ii'2.2' :12.5 sUi.
rn
.120 131.,.. .12
'"" ·" 131.
32
131.9
·'"'
30
" ..... ~:'"
--;;-;,
;w :ru50 -:121 [~3.00 -.;;r
.12•
: .",; [;., ,,
13"-78
I ,I:,•: r:::l ·:.~ I""" 34M
l3l23 I .ll I 133.31 . <ZI
33l> I .II 9 133.09 . 119 IHO<l
·'''I·'""'
1-••i
54J'
l348i
1 .117 134.8!
·"· ""' ~ .117134.96 .IIi
I"'"'
13429
I"• ;'! I·~

.118
1
''~"'
l>&n
20
.II 6
:lis
,,.,,
.....
I I , I I
I
', . 136.10 I
~ ."2
.113 f5&oc 56.06 .1141362:
"''"
.11413640 114 114 l>sz: .113
--.-.-- 136:0' i l l ~ '36.81 : ·"' IY>.OO 13 i>S9a .112 137.11 .12131.18
·". (3!25 .112
-
[57.4< [Ji2 '3i'<7 T!i :~m ~~~.- r.m:o
-:til im9 .II IOZ70 13ii>< i3791 m
-::" Jll 137.98 [.11 138.0! '"'" .112
.10
37 !5aJ3 .110 13331< 1310. .i1c 1'31!.:!< jj 1334: :iTo [3849 .I. 138M 138.70 .100 1387 :.o
l38iiii l.i09 i3a92 J()9 ~ J09 ~ [lw ~ I .I
~~ 'J"'-""rl ~~~~ 1:·~~ ~~-~~~
.108 [31>.38
•• [3!100 :Jo•
~~ 1~£~
II~ ~ I::~! r.~~
;::-_.~
16~ 1:;;;;;; "~ >f<ijij

'::~
' .108
Relation ofener!Jy lou, or critical depth and dop!h before and after ji.Sllp, for hydrqullc jumps in rectangular
c:honn~ltl'rlth lov!ll! floor. ,..0
HL=Difterenceln energy levels at Up41rllam _1.£!,2..1.-T----T-
and dawnstroom ond$ of j~ST:p_ Water sur~ac:o :I:...J
De= Ccl tical do pH• for flo w corn !aorrt-d, £-

baud on poolwlrlthDc<3~
D 1= Depth at up~lloum ond of jump C3

Da;-Dopth at down~! roam ~:nd of jump_
K::: Oz-. D 1
El. Cz::: EL.C,-{~ +h '1}:: E."J Cr(Di h"2:*t\l
3
.!?.! - 1 2
Dz. -J K{X+!)
HL,.f~3 3~-~--
0C4K "I<P<tt)
ENERGY LOSS IN HYDRAULIC JUMP

NOTE: FIG.7.15
Data from msrnoror.dum by C.R. Bun.y,Aprll 16,1939
"
- = 0 !162
Ho
_, '----'-- __Lj
.• >·!. ,,·-1
. -.''
0., -'-··: :.-L L1
y
"' 0 ·--!-•
----!.
_, 0
•
(i)
•
~ =0.083
"'
00
_,
f.O
0.,
y
"'
·0.!1
_, ---
(D To@ condition of flow as indicaTed in fiQvre 7.4
EXPLANATlON
~ WATER SURFACE
PRESSURE
® F JG L.f1£ 7. I 6- FlOH OVER $l..BiV.ERGED CAMS-TYP!CAL PRESSURE ANJ SURFACE PROFILES.

It becomes suddenly small on either side. Due to beam action the floor slab over a length resists
the uplift. As such the average intensity of effective uplift is Jess than maximum point intensity.
b) Jet of water flowing over the downstream slope exerts a downward force, which counteracts the
unbalanced head to some extent.
In view of the above factors, the uplift pressure (unbalanced head) for design purposes are taken 2/3
of the calculated value.
7.9 PROTECTION WORKS
As discussed under para 7.3.3 "scour and silt factor", scour depth is related to silt factor of the bed
material. The predominant factors which determine the maximum depth of scour downstream of diversion
structure arc the discharge intensity and the turbulence (as indicated by f
I the effect of sides being
negligible because of the wider section of the river. Other important factors are the flow pattern and the
grade of bed material. \Vhcnever a rigid structure constricting the waterway is built across a natural
channel, the velocity and discharge intensity being greater than the channel, when the water leaves the
structure and flows over the bed of the natural channel, the depth of flow gradually increases downstream
of the masonry or concrete floor. inducing a scour hole and then gradtqJly decreases till the stable depth is
reached. Since the scour below the structure is affected by width to depth ratio and in case of overflow
dam/weir, the waterway provided is longer compared to channels, the maximum scour downstream at
various locations is as given in table 7 .2.
-;N
,~ 7.9.1 Upstream Block Protection
Beyond the upstream end of the impervious floor pervious protection comprising of cement concrete
t.l-.- blocks of adequate size laid over loose stone should be provided. Cement concrete blocks should be
·· of adequate size so as not to get dislodged. These can be of 1500 x 1500 x 900 mm for diversion dams/
weirs in alluvial reaches. The size of blocks can be bigger for such structure in boulder stage of the river.
,>{
,L~ The length of upstream block protection should be nearly equal to D, which can be determined as
under
D ~ XR - !High flood level - floor level)

where X is the multiplier in Fig. 7.17 (a) & R is the scour depth as given in table 7.2 under para
7.3.3 without taking into account 20°/o concehtration in the value of q (discharge intensity)
7.9.2 Downstream Block Protection
Beyond the downstream endof the impervious floor as well pervious block protection should be provided.
The blocks should he of adequate size laid over a suitably designed inverted filter for the base material
in the river bed. The cement concrete blocks ·should be generally not smaller than 1500 x 1500 x 900 rum
size to be laid with joints of 60 mm to 75 mm width packed with gravels. Heavier blocks are pre-
ferred since wide shallow blocks are apt to be carried away by high velocity (current of water). Deep blocks
get wedged in n.nd resist disloeation.
The length of downstream block protection should be approximately equal to 1.5 d. If the downstream
length is such that construction of inverted filter with blocks becomes costly or unmanageable. part of
calculated length may be provided with inverted filter with block protection and the remaining part only
block protection should be provided. It is, however, desirable that length of block protection over filter
should not be less than the depth of cutoff.
79.2.~ Ulhf!P IN()rk_inq 0'!+ 1) n_0 ~-~lnw:>n('p ~0"' "')::C'?~~.".:!,~_;_,~ <:-hn,l!j J,p ~.'l(~_p ;~ +.!">P (~~<:;chp_~Q'C Qn: '.l!"~t
iength vn.!ul) of \ql, in (:.ornp\lt.ing t.hr: normai s<:OlJr h. Ior r.hf~ up~fTPrtm :lnrl (iownst.rnam prote<'.f.ion works;
101
- .,,""'
FIG. 7.16 FLOW OVER SUBMERGED DAM -TYPICAL PRESSURE
AND SURFACE PROFILES- CONTINUED
~~~; d, 1.7(; (13) 1[.;-=0.619
L
o.._,_~
- ~- ~",. ~~-- -
1:-.- f<f\ '
LO 7"
- ~-f£ft
_L
\/
0 ~
~t~ f::,.
-·
,_
1--\-· ~£ --r- '
-
\
~---
0
1'1<1 .. <1
110 =2 14 @) "
ro~o.9~5
L
ON-...! ! L '
1'-N
' I ~n
i I'
--+:- ' :~LL-1\ .I
~+- I • .r I -.: I
'- I
I
-· -- -- ...---
f__J.- I
0
I ' t"·t4m
I '~t'l--f--: 'r/
'
--1- .-
I ,,[,
;1-n
/
'- bii-- -= :;:-II /::::::;
-1-j i- -~---'
I J- I i
['.I I
-
++ I --
• 7
1.0 ..
y
Ho
7.9.2.2 A toe wall of masonry or concrete extending to about 500 mm below the bottom of the filter should
be provided at the end of the inverted filter to prevent it from getting disturbed. Arrangement is
shown in Fig. 7.17(b) & 7.17(c).
7.9.3 Design of Graded Filter
The graded filter should roughly correspond to the design criteria.
D15 of the filter

D85 of base material = 5 or less
where
Dl5 & D8.5 denote grain sizes and
D15 is the size such that 15 percent of the soil grains is smaller than that particular size.
D85 is the size such that 85 percent of the soil grain is smaller. than that particular size.
The above percentages are by weight as determined by mechanical analysis.
ii} The filter may be provided in two or more layers. The grain size curves of the filter layers and the
base material should be roughly parallel.
7.9.4 Loose Stone Protection
7.9.4.1 Beyond the block protection on the upstream and downstream of a dam or weir located on per·
meable foundation, loose boulder or stones shall be provided as a launching apron, to spread uniformly over
scoured slopes.
Design Considerations for Stone Protection Work should be as under:-
a) Individual stone size should be heavy enough to resist displacement by highest calculated velocity
at the end of the floor.
b) Thickness of stone layer should be adequate to prevent escape of river bed material.
c) The size of stone used should not be less than 300 mm size and no stone should weigh less than 40
kg. In case the velocity is too high or when somewhat smaller size stones arc used, the loose stone apron
should be provided in the form of blocks of suitable size depending on cost. In boulder reaches of the river,
cement concrete blocks are preferred.
d) Volume of riprap work should be adequate to cover the slope of scour hole to calculated depth.
e) The calculated volume should be placed in a limited length such that riprap after launching shall not
move beyond the slope to be protected.
fl Individual stone size to be determined from the curve described hereunder.
7.9.4.2 The Corps of engineers, Civil Works Investigators Vicksburg USA have prepared design charts
correlating the bottom velocity against stone, on the bed of channel and rivers. Fig. 7.18 shows the curve
prepared by the United States, Bureau of Heclamation, correlating stable size of stone and its weight
in flowing water with average bottom velocity against stone (bottom velocity is 0.7 of average velocity).
The chart can be used as a guide for the selection of stone for the riprap.
103
--------..-;;~·;;-;_y~,~ _Jj.f''.-.!·L:=--------------.---,,--
'\SPACES TO !IE FILLED
?> i\ITH GRAVEL ~f-----'cc...·5_:D:.___ _ _--l
·· ... · •... ,, 11 -u 11 v.
i'·; ·..... ~:\'! .. , ... ·.,....., . . ··:·.~· >- Ul
.·:.·. ·-'.'"•" ' I
.... I XR" DtY
LOOSE STONE PRQ.TECTION_J I
GRADED FILTER ......_
·SHEET PILE ....... D
....... I
..... \
..... I
' .... \
....... ......_,
\
"'- .....
·;~
• _,
__._@_
LAUNCHING APRON FIG. 7.17 a
'','~'~
(LOOSE STONE
i PROTECTION ku/S END OF
I IMPERVIOUS FLOOR
·>.···:_... ,· ... ,."'-··:..o·. . ·._.
; •··. ·, ·:.
GRADED FILTER j -SHEET PILE
UPSTREAM PROTECTION WORKS

FIG.7.17b
·~
r
·i~
••.
D/S END OF IMPERVIOUS FLOOR
OPEN JOINTED CONCRETE BLOCKS STONE

SPACES TO BE FILLED PROTECTION
TOE WALL
'---~- GRADED FILTER

·SHEET PIUE
DOWN STREAM PROTECTION WORKS
PROTECTION WORKS
FIG. 717 c
7.9.4.3 Slope of Launched Apron
The slope of the launched apron is dependent on the grade and size of material in the river bed. Slope
length should be calculated taking the slope of scour hole as 1.5:1 in boulder and gravel, 2:1 in gravel and
coarse sand, 2.5:1 in fine sand and silt for downstream protections. For upstream protection, the slopes
may be assumed as 1:1 for boulder and gravel, 1.5:1 for gravel and coarse sand, and 2:1 for sand and silt.
7.9.4.4 Thickness and Length of Material on Launched Slopes
Volume of material calculated to cover slope length should be increased by 25% to account for packing
and losses. If D be the depth of scour hole and n is the slope (H:V), then horizontal distance of deepest
scour is nD. The calculated volume is generally spread over a length equal to 1.5D. Model experiences
indicate that the performance is better if it is laid in gradually increasing thickness starting from the
floor end towards river ward end, where severity of attack and hence, possibility of loss of stone is
greater.
7.9.5 Protection Around Divide Wall
The protection arrangement in the form of block protection and loose stone - riprap should be on the
same design principles as indicated in the preceding paras. Factor of safety against scour should also be
the same without taking into consideration the concentration while working out the discharge intensity,
(para 7 .9.2.1 ).
7.10 FREE BOARD
Free board to be provided for various components should be as under:-
7.10.1 Free board in abutment
Top level should be fixed on the basis of 500-year flood with the provision that:-
a) There should be no overtopping by waves.
b) There should be no overtopping due to surface roughness.
c) In the bridge portion, the top level be fixed to offer sufficient clearance for floating material under
the bndges dunng h1gh flood with 100-year frequency.
Determination of Wave Height
Wave height can be calculated by Molitor's formula:-

1
hw 0.032 JFv + 0.763 - 0.271 W for F < 32 kms
and 0.032 FV for F > 32 kms
where F = Fetch
-~ Fetch p_erpendicula~ to the abutments_ ~hould be taken as distance between abutments on two banks.
~or calcu!atmg wave he1ght for pond cond1tton, maximum wind velocity as experienced in the past should
e taken. In the absence of data, 80 km/hr for 500 year flood condition may be adopted.
A..Jter!"!.:Jtively ~-Jrr-e ?o~.rd of I ~o LS m, s,houid be -~H·ov!ded above the flood 1eve! for J _tn 500 vear
;",ood or above the aiiJuxea water leveL .· ' ··
105
STREA M OF STILLING BASINS
13 5 ~~~S~IZ~E~O~F~R~I~P~R~A~P~TO~B~E~U;S~E~D~DCM~T'N~~~~~-t~li=rJCJ:JC1
I --I~J,L\--\-~-+-t--1
-+-- -l-+-l-1---t--i-H+-H_lr-~-H_j-_t+-~t-_tt-:-+--rH--lf-1-t-tlt__ _
~--~--~-~_j~~~,N~00TiE~_J-~
f-l-+---t--ITh• rlprap should bo compos•d of a
f-J--t-~t--1 ws !I gradsd mixture but moat of the '-1---f---\--t--1-1/+-+--irlt-11
atones should be of the size indicated r
120 f-l-+--t--1 by th• curv• -R ;prop ahould be plac•d \-l--~+--+-+f-l--4--1r--Jr-t--t--1
+-+-+--t--1 over a filter blanket or bedd.~ng of
\--~'--+-1---1 graded grav€11 in a Jayar 1.5 t!ml!s
I (or more) asthlck as the largest l-+-t-t-t-lft-t-t-H-tl-- -19oo.2s
1--i-+--t--1 &tone diameter. I
105
~l~tr-~',-=~~~11~=~~-l=~~-l--~+--+~Jt-+~-t-itl--1t_ti-;1t-t'c1fjt_j~~J=~;=~f=b2-1-
+-l-l~-t-t-t-t-t-t-llll7-r--
_ ___ !-r~~--- ~- 1~-+-+-+--r-r-J,_-
I 1320.57
10
::1!
'
ttr=r~l--4-~J-r-+-+----~~+-=tt=.t1~~tJri=t1t-t-n-tii=tu
<3)
~ 9 o '~ - -\- J--1~-l--1-4--h-1-+-+~5sr-+--b/r-.'r-:

::: _ 11-- ____
+t-t-HIIt1-
-1--++-+'- -\-.-1-++-+--'H--t--t-1 --1--
896.86
"
cs
-=<t
i1 <-+- 1 ·1~ -~,-1~~=--~-~CC~--1--++++--+--+-A 1 ~rt-rt-t-l!lll
1 ..... -- - ---1- ---+-v,·I+~+--~--~-
"'"'1- I
f= · , '
1 1 _ 652.92
I
I ~ 75 h ! i _;__~-'-- _LJIS_.o --+L-1-~L'-''~-1--l---l--Hr+,
_ t--1~' __ _I I
-t-'H-t-1
sL-t--t-H-++H---t-l 1
"" U)
:1!c::
I
'
' . i II
!: + . ; : \ f \ r-f-~~i- +-1-+--t--t--+-+-+++-t--l-;~aO.O<I
--1~ -~
CD
0
.J
w
t-o
-'- ..,
.. ' •
. .• ' •
'
- t-1 i
' I ! I "'3 I
=-t,-j= j-~.---+-+--H-+-+--ir-2<~4.9<>
%1 (')() , ! " , I I I
~ t±J~Tr~:=r=:~l-T··-,-L-'-l~~····~-
w !
"'1-
0
~ Ll i_:_l, . i-,--r--- - ',~Az'"' 1-F--- f·ZFF --1--1--lc--t--1---- --~ "'

g I ' 1 '
~+-·-t-'---~-t·--r--
' ;
. ;- , j
1
--- i
0 I Q
-r -~1-+-++-+--t--i
t-139.21
..J
<(
0
"'45 l i : '· I ! I i L 1
• : • NOTES a::
~f---f--+·-f---t~+--f---t-! : -r-T--t , w
--+- - - --f---- -t-1-Vf---i--

1
, I, Curve shows minimum
it
----~~ ;~:~:;a,::~:.':":n•;ory ra
- 1
' - - -1--
~rr
1---t
1
:
--
, 7- v\ Y •
W-
F
1
-1--
i F
\ Curve _is tentative and
subJ&Cttochoogeasa
result of further tests '-4L78
-71L89
"'~
1-
___ .,
0
:X:
30 1 4S-> 1 or oporatingexperlencos
f--\--'1-/
~
~- --- L F points ore prototype "'
I4J
1j
_~--~-~-- riprap Installations ,_20.63 lit
1/ which fallod.
1-- ---- --- -~- --- ----- ' s
15 1- -- ... - - . . . . ·····/' -....... - - - I -- - fno;~:~a~~:n•satistactwy ' - 9.23
: ~~r ·~~.~ -J~t=~·- 2 3 4 5 6

.~::{
1
BOTTOM VELOCITY IN METER PER SECOND
CURVE TO DETERMINE MAXIMUM STONE SIZE IN RIPRAP MIXTURE
FIG_ 7.18
•
7.10.2 Free Board in Stilling Basin
Free board is provided against overtopping by surges, splash, spray and wave action set up by the
turbulence of the jump. The following empirical formula expressions provides values which have proved
to be satisfactory
Free board (in ftl ~ 0.1 (V 1 + dz)

where vl ~ velocity before formation of jump
d2 ~ depth below the jump
7.10.3 Free Board in Piers
For the bridge portion, height of piers will be the same as abutment.
For the upstream, 1 m free board may be adopted above afflux elevation corresponding to 100-year
flood. For the downstream, it would be based on surface roughness.
7.11 DESIGN PROCEDURE IN BRIEF
For the facility of the designer, various steps involved in the design of dam are summarised as
under:
I. Data Required
i) Design flood
ii) Stage discharge rating curve at the site
iii} Maximum water level
iv) River cross sections at the site, upstream and downstream
II. Parameters to be assumed

i) Lacey's silt factor (f)
iii Safe exit gradient
iii) Afflux
III. Following to be designed

i) Pond level
iii Shape of crest, glacis slope. coefficient of discharge
iii) Water way, discharge coefficient, crest levels, afflux
iv) Depth of sheet piles in relation to scour depth and exit gradient
v} Level and length of downstream floor in relation to the energy dissipation arrangement
vi) Thickness of downstream apron (floor) with respect to
a) uplift pressure
b) hydraulic jump
vii) Design of protection works their length, thickness etc. The procedure is illustrated in Fig. 7.19.
107
Appendix A
The Gumbel Method
This method will give a fair assurance of yielding acceptable values, especially for estimates up to 25-
year floods, if available streamflow records covers at least' 20 years. For such short recoid, graphical
linearization by plotting on Gumbel probability paper is adequate. However, for bigger floods like the 50-
year, 100-year or 200-year flood, corresponding theoretical values can be extrapolated by mathematical
computation.
Briefly, the Method involves the collection of streamflow records for a damsite under consideration
from the annual publications of the "Surface Water Supply Bulletin" prepared by the Hydrology Division
of the Bureau of ~ublic Works covering at least twenty (20) years, picking out the biggest flood discharge
in each year (Annual Peak Flow), thence rearranging the data is descending magnitude, followed by com-
puting the probability that a flood of specified magnitude will not occur in a given year and/or calculating
the reduced variate and corresponding flood discharge for any selected return period, and finally plotting in
the Gumbel probability paper.
The following is a step-by-step procedure of performing flood frequency distribution analysis by

Gumbel Method:
A. Graphical Linearization (Good up to 20-year flood only)

(1) After compiling the annual or yearly peak discharges (designated as Q in the tabulation), rearrange
them in descending magnitude and in another column designated as "m" (order number) number
them from 1 toN (N being the number of years of record).
(2) Calculate the probability, P, that an event will be equalled or exceeded in any one year as given
by the formula
p ~ _!]1_
(Record this in another column.)
N + 1
(3) In the next column, calculate the prol)_ability that the event will not occur in a given year, as given
by the formula ·
P, ~ 1 ~ P
(4) Plot the points on the Gumbel probability paper with P, ~ values as abscissas and Q ~ values as
ordmates.
(5) Draw with a straight edge the mean line that best ~ fit through the plotted points.
B. By Mathematical Computation using Statistical Principle (For 25-year, 50-year, 100-year and 200-year
flood)
(6) Sum up all the yearly flood discharges and take the mean, i.e.,
L;Q
Q~N
(7) In another column place the heading. Q

Q value. Q. This means that you have to subtract Q from each
(8) Square all the (Q Q) ~ values and sum up to obtain L;(Q ~ QJZ.
(9) Calculate the standard deviation, D,, according to the equation.
Do
·'
~ j L: (Q
N
~- Q)Z
~ 1
108
DIVERSION DAM DESIGN
HYDRAULIC DESIGN STRUCTURAL DESIGN
FOR
r
SUBSOIL FLOW
t
FOR SURFACE FLOW
I
I l
t
DETERMINATION OF DETER Ml NATION OF
J,
CREST LEVELS WATERWAY +
EVAWATlON OF DESIGN WITH
~
DESIGN WITH
UPLIFT PRESSURE EXIT GRADIENT SPILLWAY AND AFFLUX AND EFFECT OF RESPECT TO RESPECT TO
UNDERSLUICES DISCHARGE/ M. R E TROGPE SSION HYDRAUUC JUO'P SCOUR
f
DETERMINimON OF DETERMINATION OF DETERMINATION OF
DOWNSTREAM FLOOR LEVEL LENGTH OF DOWSTREAM UPLIFT PRESSURE
FLOOR
DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM DESIGN OF DOWNSTREAM

DEPTH OF UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM PROTECTION WORKS
SHEET PILES
STEPWISE PROCEDURE
FIG. 7.19
(10) Compute the value of the reduced variate, "y", for the required return periods, T, (say T,
25 years, 50 years and 100 years)
according to the equation
y ~ - Ln
- 2.3 log /2.3 log T 1)

\ T,- 1
(11) By substituting computed values o! "y" from step 10, calculate the corresponding flood discharge
Qr, for each return period, according to the relation:
y ~ -a' (Q, -
-
Q) + c
D,
where the factors a' and C are a function of N (see Table 2 ·- 1)
Table 2 - 1
N a' c
10 0.970 0.500
15 1.021 0.513
20 1.063 0.524
25 1.092 0.531
30 1.112 0.536
35 1.129 0.540
40 1.141 0.544
50 1.161 0.549
100 1.206 0.560
1,000 1.269 0.574
1.283 0.577
(12) Plot the points on the Gumbel probability paper with the return periods, T., or reduced variates,
y, as abscissas and the respective calculated flood discharges, Q., as ordinates.
··-~-:~
110
Numerical Example:
Flood Frequency Distribution Computation by qumbel Method
Year Annual
p m
Peaks Q m P, 1- p
N + 1
(cu. m./scc)
1951 60 83 1 0.091 0.909

1952 46 60 2 0.182 0.818
1953 29 57 3 0.273 0.727
1954 5 46 4 0.363 0.637
1955 18 36 5 0.455 0.545
1956 31 31 6 0.546 0.454
1957 27 29 7 0.637 0.363
1958 36 27 8 0.727 0.273
1959 57 18 9 0.818 0.182
1960 83 5 10 0.909 0.091
Plot the values of Q and P, on the Gumbel probability paper and draw a straight line thru the points
plotted.
To determine the magnitude of say, the 25-year, 50-year and 100-year flood and/or other bigger
floods, proceed as follows:
Q (Q- Q) (Q- Q)2
83 43,8 1920.0
60 20.8 435.0
57 17.8 319.0
46 6.8 46.0
36 - 3.2 10.2
31 - 8.2 63.8
29 - 10.2 104.0
27 - 12.2 149.0
18 - 21.2 450.0
5 - 34.2 1170.0
Total ~ 392 (Q - Q)2 ~ 4667.0
N ~ 10
Q~ 392 39.2
10
111
Standard Deviation, Ds ~ j (Q- QP
N- 1
j 46967 520 ~ 22.8
For return period, T r 25
Reduced Variates, y -Ln(Ln ~)

T,- 1
25
- 2.3 log (2.3 log )
24
- 2.3 log (2.3 x 0.01703) ~ - 2.3 log 0.0392

- 2.3 (8.59829 - 10) ~ - 2.3 ( -1.4067)
3.23
For return period, Tr 50:
50
Reduced Variates, y - 2.3 log (2. 3 log - )
49
- 2.3 (8.296 - 10) ~ 3.92

For return period, T r 100:
100
y - 2.3 log (2.3 log 99' )
- 2.3 (7.997 - 10) ~ 4.61
The other equation for reduced variate is:

a'
y (Q,- Q) + c
From Table 2-1, for N 10: a' ~ 0.97
c ~ 0.50
0.97
y (Q, - 39.2) + 0.50
22.8
0.0425 Q, - 1.666 + 0.50

0.0425 Q, - 1.166
Finally,
ForT, ~ 25:
3.182 0.0425 Q25 - 1.66
Q25 0.0+ 1.166

3.182 ~ 1 0 2. 30 cu. m./sec.
425
112
ForT, 50:
3.92 + 1.166 119.50 cu. m./sec.

Qso 0.0425
For Tr 100:
4.61 + 1.166 ~ 135.91 cu. m./sec.

QJOO 0.0425
The plotted flood frequency curve on Gumbel probability paper is shown in Figure A·l.
113
:----·---
Gil• '·~ 'POBABILITY
·r , .
' . ·- o:: .. ,·I'.H. ,,
[: ; . ' : ::
·'. .·~ . +
.. '
. . · · -·
•...
f ...... •. . .'.•·.·•_.··.t;,,·,, I
...
~ fL+t.l.r.·.H•··Ul\.. 'r!-l.::·tr +
.. ·~: .,; : • :::l·f.'l ···!'''!···•······:.·. ' I·! 1.11\ ~: ITtll·.
'
': .·: .. 1: ! I
.. : ··.:.L.· '• ---'_+'",",-·,+,-.. ' •.c..· :'·tl·i•·.. :. , · 1'-.',._
'···.· ·,.
'.' ', , :'' I' ,
, -. - - ·
· •. ·••·•,,·••,. c·.·-.·.-
',I , ,·.•. . . •.·.· ·-· ', . , ......... · . ··. ..:• ;·, ': '· .'
---:·
E • c':, ..· ,l. ,.:·, :·, . . ' i,
... y
+.·.·
!li:i
r1.•
1
.. _
trlil: ,'I ·.. ·• ' · .. . ·-- ~=-~+·-'rcc-~·1--'-++-+---'• :.·~"-···'+· 'r' -:·. ·.·
..... ·c iri
:[.~ I? '
' ·• • ' "
1
l!J i .I
CJ
(Jl
u· ;I : :'
· ' HlfHrH ,.• • ,.... · · · · ·
': I 11 1 ,.F
.. 1 :····.·.·., i'H• '" .... ------ ' :
· ·· · · · · · · · ·• · · · · · · · · ·
'
A'
'
· · ,._·-····H!··t+~···"j- 1+~+
:: I
(l : ' :I I I :I !TiTTT: I': 'I'' ,, . ' L '·--.'.J..!--+J--.. ,..,...,¥V::_;..l_.f..;...''-4---·i-''''---+---C.,.'~

'H+mic'-itlttti++'+'+1·tti
J:
,.,
' " ~ .· t:.'if'l,·'··!''.·,'.. ;
',.· ··,',• . . L,,· .. ' '' -.- ' _:_ . ' '/
;A' '·'·' ' ; . I: I I I H+i++'+'+
::!.it:!!· ..
~
Cl
m
H+ 'itl~-7-'i-•-H+t+•·r- ·
. ... I ; r~f 'lh -:-1'-H~•H+;+tti:+thct+•-,;-t-i-7-·•t ··----
: ' . ·
·+1.0<".,7+(-+~:.;.·~•H+:...~++H-1......;-++-'-++++__L_,+."H. ' ' ·'.,
' I i !.'·.. Iii H: I
z
(l
c
:;::
"tJ
m
:n
~~#l~t~~~ r~:rt~ t :~-:;f_=H-:'=·,~· _··=:~::~:-·L~_+1-+ -+ "'-:•1:~ ',-,·-~:,+-':;'~_:;:L~. it.,·+~t~I~-:-"+i;f+.~ ~f.Hf fi:H~r ;!it.+ HHit1t-~t-·
1
1
1
(Jl .
m
(l tJt1h±H i 1:::' ..t-H
1 :Ti ti~ K rr~ ~+ . tPiTj; 1, : rt4i++L~.·.irQ .J[_! ' 1 ~ . r, ·'+::4·.~....., ~~-~
0 !
z ' ·.+--+,-_F,--. ' L,_ th-l+l+IHH+I--t+t++-H++-H
I I I I ~J. ; :1 f iTt!+.~IJJ..LLL dlfL!Jli TTl
1
JiriJnL ~t 1 !-I! 1 l
1 .
1 .
1
CJ I - .'·,··It'.'
+1H'l·tU-J%.:. .~.·1cL.·_ j.r' .• ,: __.: .:.:_..~ .L...LLLlJ_,:

1 .~ '. LLLL_I'L- .!·'..,:~.;.·.·.:r: l....: •-.~-1---.~-.,!_.;.. ,.---~--·! -~'- iHH-t'fHHriH+tn
1 1
1
1
· i ' ! : '1
1
!
'"'r·+-··~i--ri+tL_C:~: ~~T'.,•.-i,--llrl_~,_11llliT ~T-·.::.T'-h-:~·~···.~,~:,.
" " " +.'- , : ,! ! • · : : ; : ! : +i'
!+'
', H 1 +H.-r-m·"~
'ly,j;+:
1 TTITI 11 'I,,;,; '•LflLLHl'il.:,.,._:u_:,.thl.' '•, i :'L!i :.LU!',I·II.,I'LI' '-+-- ·,rr ··Hi'HfHttt+i
' .:',! 1
1;LUi• 111 1111l 1 11U4ll LL:U : : : " ..1. 1: 1 ' TTTT ' r-+'+1+++
Ill I lilil Ill I' ilililll !iT':; I
1 ;
I ' -r- ! : 1
II
Pr -.Oil G .10 .20 .30 .50 .70 .80 .90 .95 .97 .98 .99 .995 .9975 .999
y~
-2.0
'-- _.fL.o_________o_L.o__~g~e_m_.__LLo_________2.J.._o________3~._o_________4~._o______~_5L.o ________~7.0y
_________6L,.o
m Tr
1! •8ABILITY, Pr • (I- N +I I REDUCED VARIATE , y.- ln ( Ln -:r;:::[ I
.. ---........ ~c URE__ ~"".-~ I FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS BY GUMBEL METHOD
---·- · - - - - · · · - - - - - - - - - '
.CHAPTER 8
STRUCTURAL DESIGN
A. (SPILLWAY SECTION)
Solid Gravity
8.1 GENERAL
In the structural design of the solid gravity overflow section of the dam, it is essential that all
design loads are carefully chosen to represent as nearly as can be determined, to actual loads that will
act on the structure, and that all the resistive forces used in design represent as accurate an evaluation
as possible. The design can be made more rational by utilizing fully the data available from the
investigations.
A gravity dam as the name implies derives its stability from the force of gravity of the material
in its section and thus should have sufficient weight to withstand the forces and the overturning moment
carried by the water impounded behind it. The loads in turn are transferred to the foundations.
8.2 REQUIREMENT FOR STABILITY
The design shall satisfy the following requirements of stability.

a) The section should be safe against sliding on any plane or combination qfplanes.
b) The section should be safe against overturning.
c) Unit stresses in the material of the structure (body of the dam) or pressure on the foundation should
not exceed the permissible limit.
8.3 LOADS AND FORCES
8.3.1 The following forces shall be considered in the design:-

a) Dead load (and liveload, if any)
b) Pressure of pond water and tail water
c) Earth and silt pressure
d) Uplift pressures
e) Earthquake forces
i) Horizontal Inertia Forces
iD Vertical Inertia Forces
iii) Hydrodynamic Forces
fl Reaction of the foundation
115
There would be no occasion for ice pressure. Wind pressure and wave pressure would be negligible
compared to other forces and hence this need not be considered in the design of spillway section. Stresses
due to variation of temperature being insignificant, are also ignored.
8.3.2 Forces Inducing Stability and Instability
a) Factors which promote instability are:

i) Pond level and tailwater loads
iii Earthquake forces and silt pressure
iii) Uplift pressure
b) Factors which promote stability are:
i) Dead load
iii Shear resistance of the dam and foundation
iii) Quality and strength of concrete
iv) Strength characteristics of foundation and abutments. These factors also vary. Most important are
dimensions and weight.
Whereas, factors as dead load and static reservoir load can be calculated accurately, other factors such
as earthquake, silt and uplift pressure, should be based on assumptions.
In case of dams on permeable (soil) foundation concrete cutoff walls are generally provided. The cut-
off, if properly located provides an additional ,factor against sliding.
8.3.3 Design Assumption
The following assumptions are made for calculation of stability:-

a) The base width determined by projecting the spillway slope to the foundation line will act as
effective foundation width and all concrete downstream of this point is disregarded.
b) Loads coming on any transverse section is carried entirely by this section without transfer of
load to adjacent transfer section or to the abutment.
c) Vertical stresses vary linearly from upstream face to downstream face.
d) The material in the foundation and in the body of the structure is homogeneous.
e) The stresses in the foundation and the body of the structure are within elastic limits.
f) No movements are caused in the foundation due to transference of load.
g) The resistance offered by steel sheet piles or cutoffs against sliding and overturning are disregarded.
8.4 LOAD COMBINATIONS
Design should normally be tested for the following load combinations. Any other combination of loads
which have reasonable probability of simultaneous occurrence depending upon peculiar loading conditions
and/or special site conditions, should also be considered:
Load Combination A Dam completed but no water in pond and no tailwater.
Load Combination B Water level on upstream at crest level. normal dry weather tailwater, full
uplift, silt deposit up to crest level.
Load Combination C Upstream water at afflux elevation, tailwater at retrogressed flood elevation,
full uplift, silt on upstream at crest level.
116
·'*lNA\ii&iL&. 2
Load Combination C1 Same as C - with no silt deposit on upstream
Load Combination D Combination A with earthquake.
Load Combination E Combination B with earthquake.
8.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
8.5.1 Dead Load
This shall comprise of weight of concrete/masonry plus the weight of piers, bridges and other appur-
tenances, if any.
For preliminary design unit weight of reinforce concrete shall be taken as 2400 kg./cu.m. and of masonry
2300 kg/cu.m. The total weight of dam acts vertically through the centre of gravity of the cross section.
8.5.2 Live Load
Liveload, in case a bridge is combined with diversion dam, should be taken as per standard practice in
!fridge design.
8.5.3 Pressure of Pond Water, Tailwater and Flowing Water Upstream
i) Static Pressure
Unit weight of water shall be assumed as 1000 kg/cum. Static water pressure shall be assumed to
act normal to the face of the section and to vary linearly from top to bottom. Tailwater pressure shall
be based on water surface elevation as per retrogressed rating curve.
ii) Dynamic pressure
The force of current intensity of pressure due to water current may be calculated by the formula:
where P = intensity of pressure in kg./sq.m. due to water current.

V = velocity of the current in metre per sec. at the point where the pressure intensity is being
calculated.
The value of v2 shall be assumed to vary linearly from zero at the point of deepest scour to the
square of the maximum velocity at the free surface of water. The maximum velocity may be assumed to be
.[2 times the maximum mean velocity of the current.
8.5.4 Earth and Silt Pressures
8.5.4.1 General
Gravity dams are subjected to earth pressures on the upstream and downstream sides where the
foundation trench is so backfilled. In the low dams, earth pressure are insignificant and should be ignored.
Silt deposited on the upstream of the dam, for purpose of design, is treated as a saturated cohesion-
less soil having full uplift and whose value of internal friction is not materially changed on account of sub-
mergence. The experiments carried out indicate that silt pressure and water pressure exist together in
a submerged fill and that the silt pressure on the dam is reduced in the proportion that the weight of
the fill gets reduced by submergence.
117
8.5.4.2 Criteria
For calculating forces due to silt, the following criteria is recommended:

a) Horizontal silt and water pressure is assumed to be equivalent to that of a fluid weighing 1360
kg .1m3
b) Vertical "silt and water" pressure with a combined density of 1925 kg/m 3
c) Increase of silt pressure due to earthquake being insignificant may be neglected.
'
8.5.5 Uplift Pressure
8.5.5.1 Uplift pressure under a concrete dam on pervious (soil) foundation arc related to seepage through
permeable materials. In such type of foundation, little resistance is offered by the soil to retard water
percolation. The forces developed on the dam and its sub·structurc by the seeping water can cause
two types of failures.
i) Uplifting of floor
ii) Undermining of the sub-soil termed as "piping"
The concept of this type of failure has been discussed in Chapter 5 (Dams on Pervious Foundation).
The methods developed for the analysis of design of structure against the above two types of failures have
been detailed in Chapter 5, para. 5.7.
Uplift pressure at any point can be calculated by the procedure discussed therein taking into account
the effect of the upstream and downstream cutoffs, interference of cutoffs (piles), thickness of floor
and slope etc.
8.5.5.2 Effect of Earthquake
During an earthquake, the water pressure is changed by the hydrodynamic effect. However, the
change is not considered effective in producing a corresponding increase or reduction in the uplift farce;
Because of its transitory nature, it shall be assumed not to have any effect on the uplift.
8.5.6 Earthquake Forces
8.5.6.1 General
Earthquake imparts acceleration to the dam which usually increases the effective loadings in the
structure. In the stability analysis therefore because of the additional force, both horizontal and vertical
earthquake loads should be applied in the direction which produces the least stable structure. In order
to determine the total forces due to an earthquake, it is necessary to establish the earthquake intensity
or acceleration. This is usually expressed in relation to the acceleration due to gravity.
Seismic coefficient used in the, design of any structure, is dependent on many variable factors
including the variation in the soil conditions. It is necessary to indicate broadly the seismic coefficients
that could be adopted in different parts of the country, though, a rigorous analysis considering all the
factors involved, has got to be made in the case of all important projects to arrive at suitable seismic
coefficients for design.
Fig. 8.1 shows the seismic map of the Philippines showing the different zones and the different soils on
the basis of which the country can be classified.
118
td .•
II •
18°
14~------·
10•
s•
ll
LEGEND :
ZONE D
2 ~
3 llililllll
MAP OF THE PHILIPPINES SHOWING SEISMIC ZONES
FIG. 61
8.5.6.2 Inertia Forces
For Philippine conditions and size of the structure, in tl;w analysis of low dams followiJ;~g criteria
should be followed:
a) A horizontal acceleration of 0.15 g shall be assumed and vertical acceleration of 0.1 g unless modified
by seismic observations.
b) Vertical acceleration should be considered only in stability analysis and not in calculation of stresses.
c) Inertia forces should be considered to act at the centre of gravity of the structure.
d) The horizontal inertia force shall be assumed to act from upstream to downstream or downstream '
I
to upstream to get the worst condition in design. Similarly, vertical inertia force shall be assumed
to act upwards or downwards. Also, horizontal inertia force and vertical inertia force shall be
assumed to act simultaneously.
e) Full weight of the mass and not buoyant weight should be used in calculation of inertia forces.
8.5.7 Hydrodynamic Forces
Due to horizontal acceleration of the foundation and dam, there is an instantaneous hydro·
dynamic pressure (or suction) exterted against the dam in addition to the hydro-static forces. The direction
of hydro-dynamic force is opposite to the direction of earthquake acceleration. Based on the assumption
that water is incompressible, the hydro-dynamic pressure at depth y below the reservoir surface may be
calculated by the formula:
Py ~ C o: h wh
where Py hydrodynamic pressure in kg{m 2 at depth y

c coefficient which varies with shape and depth.
o:h design horizontal seismic coefficient
w unit weight of water in kg/m3
h total depth of water in m.
The value of C for vertical face or constant upstream slopes may be obtained from the equation:-
where
y ~ depth below surface

Cm ~ maximum value of C obtained from figure 8.2
The value of C can also be obtained directly from figure 8.3
The approximate value of total horizontal shear and moment about the centre of gravity of a section
are given by the relations:-
vh 0.726 Py
Mh 0.299 Py h2
120
"'·
J
..J
<
u
...
...a;>
... 90 0
...
%
~t"---- . . A ..
2 .......,
;I 0
..."' '~ ~ ~
v. f1 Roa. W.S.-·-.
...u
...< 60 •
'-...... '<?.( ,... .<'N~-'f"
:::;_ I ~I ~
--~max.
... .......... ...~ f... /}'·':.:.,
1
I .,
0 0
'· .,~ .....
:. ;~: •. :
~:·:-,:~
..... t'--.-,SECTION
TYPICAL
--.t
1 ,
TYPICAL PRESSURE
-P. baoo
E
~
~
""< F" <1( ~ --1'..:1 I

0 lAG RAM
-r--
)... ~ 'N-
; ,--.....
i
... I
.....
0
::>
ZO"
I : '~~
I
I
I
I
..J
<
> i : '~ I
0.1 0 . 2. 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
PRESSURE COEFFICIENT C
BASE AND MAXIMUM PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR CONSTANT SLOPING Fti:ES
FIG. 8. 2
0
'
0. I
'\ ~ ....... t-.- 1--.
)-...
.... !!':
f\ ~ ~ ~ r:::-- 1'--..
l ...
~ g 0.2 •· Res. W.S.
1-
ILO::
\ [\ ~ ~ t' ~"-.... ~.-- '.S:9
"'"'
..,...,
::> ., 0.3
\ """ ........
~
·oo .·. :· 1 l
1-
\
"" """
.. a: --. ·.. : 't l h
1\.- "
0 IL 0.4 1\ 0 ·,. I I
-
-'0
....
m:>:
1- 0.5
\ \ 4!30
"<; '30
~ ' :_'_ --~ - - !_ -:
0 .··: ;
\
""" !'\.
"'
ILIQ.
(.)ILl \ \ c60
~
\
z c 0.6
~_J
<I><( \ \ \ \ 1\ [\
- 1-
"'o
ll
I-
0.7
0.6
. ~
75°
\ \
1\
\ \
,.,j.: 0.9 1\
1.0
I \
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.9
PRESSURE . COEFFICIENT C
I
c--c
-2mh
-(2--J+ jY
h
-(2--l
h h
(y y y]
wh.ere: Cm is maximum
C value from figure
COEFFICIENTS FOR PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION FOR CONSTANT

SLOPING FACES
FIG.8.3
:t i j Mti\\t'M%! tAb IU¥ I 2

where
vh hydrodynamic shear in kg./m at any depth y
Mh moment in kg. m due to hydro-dynamic force at any depth y.
8.5.8 Reaction of Foundation
8.5.8.1 Under stable conditions, the resultant of the horizontal and vertical loads on the dam shall be
balanced by an equal and appositive force which constitutes the vertical reaction of the foundation.
In the stability analysis the following shall be the assumptions.
i) It will be assumed that resultant of all vertical and horizontal forces including uplift is balanced by
an equal and opposite reaction at the foundation, consisting of the total vertical reaction and the
total horizontal shear and friction. It will also be assumed that locations of these forces are such
that summation of their moments is equal to zero.
ii) Distribution of vertical reaction along the base shall be assumed as linear and calculated by
eccentric loading formula. The foundation reaction shall be computed taking into account the
uplift pressures and to this computed foundation reaction, uplift pressure should be added to deter-
mine the total upward force at any point.
iii) Internal stresses and foundation pressures should be calculated both with and without uplift to
determine the worst condition.
','k
-;~ 8.5.8.2 General Procedure
\}
The general procedure in calculating the foundation reaction should be as follows:

i) In fig. 8.4, by analysing one metre strip of the dam, moments of all the forces should be taken about
the toe i.e. point D.
ii) Take the summation of all overturning moments and resisting moments (M 0 & MR)
iii) Compute net moments LM ~ LMR - LM 0
iv) Take the summation of all vertical forces T-V
v) Distance from the toe where resultant meets the base of the dam.
the resultant of all forces should be within the middle third.

vi) Foundation Reaction at the toe and at the heel fo (at the toe)~ z;Y( 1 + 6e)
B
fA(attheheel)~ I:V(1-6e) B
B B
where e is the eccentricity
8.6 SAFETY CRITERIA
8.6.1 Sliding Resistance
a) General
. Many of the loads on the dam are horizontal or have horizontal components which are resisted by
fnctwnal or sheanng forces along horizontal or nearly horizontal planes in the body of the dam. In order
123
MAXIMUM WATER SURFACE
n~~---~-=-
! _t_ b a
I ---·--/, ..
i
'\ , ,' ' '

>..~,.,.._-.,.,.,.-~
j_~--- ~--- --..·-·_.:.__,;;_;___=:_·_. ·_._·
I ... • .. ·..
=--"+'---'---'-'--"'
c d
CONTRACTION JOINT
WATER PRESSURES ACTING ON AN OVERFLOW CONCRETE DAM
_j'{!'!'_TER S~f!F~ACE... ;
• . . . ". : ...·.'
-
-~ ..
'o
I
B '
BASE AND UPLIFT PRESSURES
FIG. 8.4
t~ ;u wa *Ed •Rt-kl 9b 8. f4 IQ
that the dam may not slide on any planes, the total forces tending to slide the dam should not exceed
a certain ratio of the normal force on the planes. Sliding resistance is also a function of the cohesion
inherent in the materials and at their contacts and the angle of internal friction of the materials at the
surface of sliding.
b) Criteria for Design

i) If cohesion is absent or insignificant and friction is the only force resisting sliding the factor of
safety against sliding shall be calculated as follows:
F1 ~ (W- U)tanQ
p
where:
F1 factor of safety against sliding
W total weight of the dam
U total uplift force
0 coeff. of internal friction of the material
p ~ total horizontal force
The factor of safety thus calculated shall not be less than that specified below:-
Loading Factor of Safety Shear friction

Combination Against Sliding factor
11 A.B.C,C 1 2.0 '< 4
D 1.5 3
-~ E 1.2 1.5
;E ··:
'I
ii) In case where cohesion, in addition to friction, resist sliding, the factor of safety against sliding
J
shall be calculated as follows:
(W - U) tan 0+ CA
p
where
Fz shear friction factor

c cohesion of the foundation material
A area of base considered
The factor of safety calculated shall not be less than the value mentioned in the table above.
il iii) The value of C and 1/J may be assumed for the purpose of preliminary design on the basis of
availabe data on similar or comparable materials. The values given in the table below may serve
as a guide. For final design, these should be determined from actual investigation at the site.
iv) In the stability analysis resistance offered by cutoff shall be ignored.
v) Factor of safety against overturning should be more than 1.5 under normal condition and more
than 1.1 under seismic condition.
125
vi) Jn case shear keys are required, the forces induced by the keys i.e. passive pressure etc. should
be accounted for.
, Table No. 8.1
Material C (KN/m 2 or 100kg/cm2)
1. Hard boulder clay, hard fissured clay, hard

weathered mudstones ....................... . 300
2. Very stiff bolder clay, , ...................... . 150-300
3. Stiff fissured clay, stiff weathered boulder clay 75-150
4. Firm normally consolidated clay, fluvioglacial
and lake clay ............................... . 40-75
5. Soft normally consolidated clay (e.g. marine,
river and estuarine clay) ..................... . 20-40
6. Medium uniform sand
a) relative density 38% 0.58
b) relative density 50% 0.62
c) relative density 72% 0.72
7. Coarse uniform sand
a) relative density 50% 0.65
b) relative density 70% 0.75
8. Gravelly sand
a) 20% gravel, maxim urn size 3/4"
i) relative density 50% 0.68
ii) relative density 70% 0.77
b) 20% gravel, maximum stze 1 1/z", R.D. 70% 0.78
c) 35% gravel, maximum size 3/4" R.D. 70% 0.81
d) 50% gravel, maximum size 3/4", R.D. 70% 0.85
e) 50% gravel, maximum size 3"' R.D. 70% 0.87
9. Crushed rock, maximum size 3"
a) R.D. 50% 0.85
b) R.D. 90% 0.98
8.6.2 Resistance Against Overturning
Before the structure overturns, other type of failure would occur, such as cracking of upstream
material due to tension, crushing of toe material and sliding. The structure may therefore, be considered
safe against overturning, if the following conditions are fulfilled;
i) No tension on the upstream face
ii) Compressive stress on the downstream is within allowable limit in the foundation material.
iii) Factor of safety is adequate against sliding.
126
8.6.3 Safety Against Foundation Failure
8.6.3.1 Design Criteria
The unit stress in the foundation must be kept within prescribed maximum values. The foundation
should be investigated and maximum allowable stress established.
i) Maximum vertical pressure on foundation material near the toe shall not exceed the allowable
bearing pressure of the soil.
iii The allowable bearing pressure in final design should be based on field soil investigation.
De termination of Bearing Pressure:
Allowable bearing pressure

Q 5 - 4 N2 B + 16 (100 ;. N 21 D; where:
Q Allowable bearing pressure in kg./sq. m.
N = Number of blows per 30 em. in the standard penetration test.
B Smaller dimension of the well cross·section in metres
]) Depth of foundation below scour level in m.
For preliminary design the allo~;vablc bearing pressure may be assumed as follows:-
Material Allowable Bearing pressure

Tons/sq. ft. kg./cm.Z
1. V cry dense sand

and gravel (N > 50) 4.0 3.6
2. Dense sand & gravel·
(N ~ 30 - 491 3.5 3.2
3. Medium dense sand and
gravel (N ~ 10 - 29) 3.0 2.7
4. Silt and clays
Soft (N ~ 6) 0.25 0.23
Medium (N ~ 5 to 101 0.50 0.66
Soft (N ~
11 to 20) 1.00 0.91
Hard (N > 201 1.50 1.37
where:
N = is the standard penetration value, for silt and clays.
iii) During operation and after construction of the dam, the foundation will remain submerged. The
value of allowable bearing pressure mentioned above should be halved for use in design cal-
culations.
iv) Under seismic condition allowable bearing pressure shall be increased by 25 per cent. In case of
raft it can be increased by 50 per cent.
3.6.3.? !~the "::'!"" of N foro q~,.. s0il '-" !es~ the.:!"!. 1.0 v~lJ:?.~.:n:: r:1useC bv ee.::thoua_ke may cause liaue·
factior.. ln ·cna·c (:a.st:, adeqtWH: comp;H:tion is to or, don(; r,o aehir:v(: suitai1i<: vallle of N.
127
8.6.4 Safety Against Failure of Materials of the Dam
8.6.4.1 Quality and Strength of Concrete Ma;>onry
The strength of concrete/masonry shall exceed the stresses anticipated m the structure by a safe
margin.
Tensile stresses at the upstream face of the dam shall not be permitted even under seismic conditions.
Tensile stresses not exceeding 5 kg./cm 2 may be permitted on the downstream face.
8.6.4.2 Allowable stress under earthquake
i) In all calculations involving earthquake forces, either the permissible stresses shall be increased
by 33 1/30fu or the total forces or moments should be reduced to 75°/o.
ii) The permissible increase in bearing pressure is 250Jo.
8.7 CONTRACTION JOINTS
A contraction joint is a formed vertical or inclined surface between masses of concrete/masonry

placed at different times. If the concrete dam is appreciably more than about 15 metres in length
it is necessary to divide the structure into blocks by providing transverse contraction joints.
Contraction joints in diversion dam structure requires careful consideration. They must be water tight
in spite of differential settlement and must be provided for contraction and expansion of concrete to
prevent cracking.
8.7.1 Longitudinal Joint (Joint parallel to Dam axis)
No contraction joint shall be provided parallel to dam axis, except at the junction of the toe and
the stilling basin: This longitudinal joint should be provided with double water stop of metal or of rubber.
In addition, a drainage arrangement should be provided just upstream of the toe to create pressure
relief.
8.7.2 Transverse (Joints perpendicular to dam axis)
Transverse contraction joints shall be provided at regular spaces. Locations may be selected to
suit the phasing of contraction. In no ease should the spacing exceed 15 m to 20 m. According to latest
practice transverse joints are not keyed .or grouted. If considered necessary to avoid seepage loss,
waterstop. may be provided near the upstream face of the joint.
8.7.3 Transverse contraction joints form seepage planes along which the pond water can flow to the
downstream. To check this seepage, watertop is to be provided horizontally from the upstream sheet
pile to the longitudinal contraction joint to prevent the possibility of piping.
128
STRUCTURAL DESIGN
B -SLUICEWAY
8.8 GENERAL
Sluiceway portion of the diversion structure consists of the following essential components.
i) Impervious floor cutoffs

ii) Abutments
iii) Piers
iv) Divide wall

v) Energy dissipating arrangement
vi) Cutoffs
VIII Protections
viii) Flank and flared out walls
ix) Gates and gate bridge, hoist and hoist bridge, cte.
8.9 DESIGN CRITERIA
8.9.1 Cutoffs
The upstream and downstream cutoffs of the diversion structure maybe of the steel sheet piles
or of masonry or reinforced cement concrete. The depth of the cutoff shall be fixed as per provisions
given under Hydraulic Design.
8.9.2 Impervious Floor
I Generally there arc two types of floor, viz:

a) Gravity type: where the uplift is balanced by the self weight of the floor only considering unit
length of floor.
~
.)~
·.._· b) Reinforced concrete raft: In this type, the uplift pressure is balanced by the weight of the floor,
piers and other self imposed dead loads, considering the span as single unit. While the gravity type of
·_J- ~._-
floor can be of either plain concrete or masonry, the raft type should be of reinforced concrete only.
8.9.2.1 General Requirements

The floor shall be designed against the following forces:
o.) Uplift pressure

Uplift pressure at any point shall be calcnlated as per procedure detailed in Chapter 5 "Dams on
Pervious Foundation", taking into account the upstream and downstream cutoffs, 10tcrmcdiatc cutoffs If
any, interference of cutoffs (piles), thickness of floor and shape of the glacis.
bl Hydraulic Jump
The adequacy of the thickness of downstream glacis and downstream floor shall be checked under
unbalanced head condition with the formation of hydraulic jump, as laid down under para 7.8 (ii). For
this purpose, the gate operation chart and corresponding downstream water level may be made usc of.
8.92.2 Design Criteria
a) Gra.1Jity floor
The following should be the design requirements.
il The thickness of floor should be at least 10% more than the thickness calculated to counteract
the uplift pressure at that point under the worst combination of loads under different conditions
considering submerged weight of floor.
ii) The floor may be independent of piers and abutments {in which case water tight seals can be pro·
virled) or rnonolithic with piers and abutments.
iii) When the floor is of plain concrete, suitable temperature reinforcement shall be provided.
b) Reinforced Concrete Raft
i) The floor shall be designed considering as a raft as per the theory of beams on elastic foundations.
Theoretically, the soil reaction is not uniform but for simplicity in calculation, it may be taken
as uniform except for large spans on flexible foundations in· which case it should be evaluated
by Heteyni's method of beam on elastic foundation.
ii) For shorter spans the floor shall be designed as a continuous beam resting on homogeneous
foundation. The abutment, if necessary can be made independent by providing a joint in the raft
with water seals of acceptable standards. The raft shall be designed for the moments caused
by the worst combinations of forces
a) Uplift
b) Soil reaction
c) Moments transferred from abutments
d) Seismic forces
iii) For the purpose of analysis, the entire width of the raft may be divided into different sections,
dependmg on the loads and moments anticipated to act over the different sections, such as
upstream section (including glacis), gate, downstream glacis and downstream floor sections.
8.9.3 Abutments
8.9.3.1 General
Abutments are vertical walls or inclined walls. Mostly they are kept vertical from the crest for a
sufficient length, then flared or warped.
130
Abutments ar(~ gPIH~r:dly dcsi);Iwd :ts rcl31nmg '-'Valls separated from the main floor hy an ex~
pansion _joint. \Vil.h sells. In somp cases, if t.hP totZ~l \vaterway between the abutmcots docs no\. exceed
-10-50 met.res, the abu!mi:n(s ;~n: !'onsi.r·u<"tcr.l monolithic with the main floor and the whole section is
designed as <! t.I·ough. J'(Jl' :lnalysi:---:, alnnt.;· Uu: flow dired.ion. the abutments are generally divided into
three or four hlod:.s. upstream h!nck. !~at(' bridge, road/rail block and downstream block depending on
loadings, .separat.t•d hy joints with seals and designed t.o resist the loads and momt~nt.s active on the
rcspc<:t.ive blocks.
8.9.3.2 Top Width
Top widl.h of !.he ahut.rncn\ in (':tch hlo<'k shall be fixed as per tlw requirements due to the loads and
moments, minim urn width rpquir('d for b\oekouls of main gale, stop log grooves and bridge bearing
etc. Minimum width of ahut.ment.s clear of bJ·ock outs should be about 600 mm. In the gate and road/
rail bridge blotk it. is g(~tH:rally kt~pl as l2SO t.o 1100 rnm.
8.9.3.3 Design Criterb
Loads and Forces
Abutment. should he (ksigncd !.o withstand !.he following loads and forces
a) Dead load
b) Live load due t.o t.hc moving t.r·al"fic ovr~r the bridge where, provided
c) Impacl and Braking effect
d) Earth pr('-'>surc, livl' load surcharge and sat.urat.ion pressure~.
e) Earthquake forces:-··
i) Horizontal inertia fore<·
ii) Dynamic increment. of earth pressures.
Water lev(:\ on sluiceway sid(~ .will he governed by the river stage. Water level on the backfill side
will be governed hy hydraulic gradient line from upstream to downstream prevailing, due U; the river
st.1gc during the post. construction period, an·d subsoil water level during construction period. In order to
find out the "vorst. effect, cakulations should he done under the foilowing conditions:-
i) Construction t·omplekd, full backfill, sat.urat.ion level at. subsoil \Vater level or ;)ond level \Vhichever
is higher, sluiceway side dry. "
ii) Design floor! co:;rlit.ion
iii) Annual or norm{tl flood tondit.ion Un case annual flood data is not available, it. may be taken a.s
60°/o Lo 70°/o of cksign flood).
8.9.3.4 Safety Criteria
i) The abulment scr:lion shall he checked for sarcty against allow<lble bearing pressure, overturning
and sliding.
Allowable bearing pressure should be determined by field and laboratory tests:--
ii) Factor of safety againsl overturning and sliding should be as under:

F.O.S. Loading Condition
----~-·~-~·---
-1 Sliding 1.50 under normal condition

I under seismic condition
1 1.20
j 1.50 under normal condition
Overturning
l 1.20 under seismic condition
!l 8.9.3.5 The value of friction shall be determined by field investigations, However, following values may
:t
serve as a guide.
1 i) coarse sandy soil

containing no silt or clay 0.55
I ii) Coarse sandy soil
! containing silt 0..15
Ij 8.9.4 Piers
l
8.9.4.1 General
In diversion dams constructed as reinforced cement concrete structure, the piers are constructed
I monolithic with the floor of the diversion structure. This is so in the case of floor designed as a raft, in
the case of gravity type of floor, piers are generally constructed independent of the floor. Proper joint
and sections arrangement between the gravity floor and all round should be provided.
I 8.9.4.2 Thickness of Pier
The thickness of the pier shall be fixed from consideration of (i) forces and moments transferred by
the pier to the floor/foundation (ii) minimum thickness required at the block-outs for the main gate and
stop log grooves and also (iii) the weight of the pier required for counteracting the uplift pressure.
The thickness of the pier for reinforced cement concrete structures generally varies from 1.5 to
2.5 meters
8.9.4.3 Length of Pier
In the case of a raft type floor of the diversion structure, the piers shall generally be extended
up to full width of the raft to avoid cantilever action of the raft at the ends. In the case of gravity type
i floor, the length of pier can, however, be restricted according to the minimum requirement from con·
siderations of road/rail bridges, hoist bridge space required for housing instruments if any, main gate
groove, stoplog grooves, space for storage of stoplogs, adequate length to prevent cross flows occurring
which may cause damages to the floor and beyond.
8.9.4.4 Height of Pier
On the upstream side, the pier shall generally be constructed above the pond level with adequate
free board. The height shall be fixed as per requirement of the weight of the pier in counteracting uplift
pressure.
On the downstream side, the piers shall generally be constructed above the high flood level up to about
3 m beyond the end of the bridges and instrumentation platform, if any, and thereafter the height could
132
I
be reduced according to low flood levels on the downstream side. In the portions where road/rail bridges
are provided the height of the piers shall be fixed such that the bearings of the bridges are not affected
by the high flood. Adequate allowance shall also be made so that the beams of the bridges are not hit by
floating debris during high floods.
In the main gate portion, the height of the pier shall be fixed so that during high flood, the bot-
tom of the gate is at least 1 metre clear of the affluxed high flood level. In earthquake regions,
however, the top level of the pier could be restricted to the top level of the abutments and steel
trestles provided over the piers for housing the hoist bridges for operation of the gates and stoplogs.
This arrangement would reduce the loads and moments due to inertia during earthquakes.
8.9.4.5 Design Criteria
General
Pier shall be designed to withstand the following loads and forces:

a) Dead loads
b) live loads due to road/railway bridges.
c) Force due to the braking effects of live loads on road bridge.
d) Dead and live loads of gates, stop logs counterweights and the hoist bridge.
e) Force due to water current flowing obliquely.
fl Differential hydrostatic pressure with one side gate open and the other adjacent gate closed.
g) Seismic forces.
h) Hydrodynamic forces due to seismic conditions.
Wave pressure is insignificant compared to other forces and may be neglected. Forces due to tractive
effort on road bridge is less than that due to braking effect and thus need not be considered. Where
the height of pier is more than 12M, tractive force or braking effect should be considered.
8.9.5 Loading Combination
While considering earthquake forces, the following points should be kept in view:-
il Earthquake need not be considered to act simultaneously with design flood. Earthquake may be
considered to occur along with mean annual flood. In the absence of data on annual flood, the value
of mean annual flood may be taken as 60% to 70% of design flood.
iii Vertical inertia forces should be considered while testing stability of the structure. It need not be
considered in calculating stresses.
iii) While evaluating inertia forces, full weight of the mass should be taken, ignoring reduction due to
buoyancy or uplift. Only in case of evaluation of dynamic increment or decrement of lateral earth
pressure, buoyant weight should be adopted.
iv) Horizontal earthquake forces are to be calculated for full dead load, but not for full live load.
Fraction of live load for which earthquake force is to be calculated, is indicated below:-
For stability calculation -
Railway Bridge 50%

Road Bridge 25°/o
l~ 133
~
For stress calculatian
Hailway Bridge 100%
Iload Bridgl' 50°/o
For working out. live load or hridg(', seismic force due to live loarl shall he ignored when acting
in the direction of traffic but shall iw LakPn int.o eon~idcration \vhen actin~ in a direction perpendicular
to traffic.
v) I\~rrnissible stresses maybe irwn~ased by ;-n 1;:-J 0/o or Uw forees/monwnts m;tyhe reduced to 75°/o.
Subj('d to the considerations inclie;~t.cd above, t.hP loadinJ-?: eornbinaLions which givP t.he \vorsl effect,
should be used in t.he design.
8.9.6 Evaluation of Forces
a) Dead Load
F'or preliminary design the following data maybe adopted:--··
Unit weight of water 62.5 lbs/c.ft. (1000 kp;lm")

Unit weight of dry eart-h = 100 lhs!c.ft. (lGOO kg/m:3)
Unit \Veight of <·ompact.ed ('Jrl h J 20 lhs/c.ft (Hl20 1q;lm'1)
Unit wl'i~~ht. of s:lt.urat.Pd c:1rth ~ 1:JG lbs/e.ft (21 GO kr;/m 1 )

Unit w(~ight. of suhnwrg('d l'arth 72.:51 lbs/c.ft (llGO kg/nr3)
Unit wPight of conerdt' ~ 1:JO lbs/c.ft (2:100 kp;lm 1)
For <h~tailcd design. specially for major projects, unit weights should be based on results of invcstiga·
Lions on materials available at the site.
Gat.P Brid,t;(' ··- It. should he designed for the rated load of gates, hoists and hoisting equipmcnts.
In abscnee of data, prclin1inary calculations maybe based on following assumptions
il 100 Jbs/ft." 1-188 lZgim 2) -~ for opcratinr; platforms without sloplogs,

for operating platforms \Vith sloplogs.
Detailed design should be cheeked using actual loading ::tftcr the gates, hoists and hoisting cquipmenl.s
have been designed.
In road bridges, standard bridge loading should be used,
c) Earth Pressure
Earth pressure rnay be evaluated by the procedure detailed in para 8.9.7. The following assumptions
should be made when working out the earth pres~ure.
i) If the backfill is compacted. water load <.can be ncglecterl. If the backfill is not. compacted. hydro·
static pressure up to maximum saturation level should be considered in addition to earth prc;surc
which will r.onsisL of two parts:~
134
a) Pressure of submerged earth below saturation level
b) Pressure of moist earth above saturation level
ii) Weep holes, though provided, should b'e considered as inactive when analysis is done under non-
scisrnic condition.
d) Inertia Forces
Unless otherwise specified in relevant earthquake code of the country, the seismic coefficient should
he adopted as under:~
Horizontal seismic coefficient -- 0.15 g

V erlical 0.1 g
The inertia force which is obtained by multiplying the full dead load (without reduction due to
bouyancy) by the seismic coefficient maybe considered unchanged along the height of the structure.
The inertia forces will be assumed to act at the center of gravity of the structure.
The horizontal inertia force shall be assumed to act in any horizontal direction. For calculating
stability, it shall be combined with verticil inertia force acting upward, and [or calculating foundation
pressure it shall be combined with vertical inertia force acting downward. As discussed under para
8.5.6.2 for the design of spillway, vertical inertia force need not be considered while calculating concrete
stresses. Vertical inertia force should be calctilated not only on concrete masonry, steel etc. but also on
water load.
c) Hydrodynamic Forces
Method of evaluation of hydrodynamic forces due to earthquake has already been elaborated in
para 8.5.7.
8.9.7 Effect of Earthquake on Earth Pressure
8.9.7.1 Active Pressure Without Surcharge
Active pressure due to earth[ill under seismic condition shall be calculated by the formula:--- This is
illustrated in Fig. 8.5.A.
where: Pa active earth pressure in kg/n1eter length of the wall

w ~ unit weight o[ soil in kg/m3
h height o[ backfill
c, (1 - cxv) cos2 (r/J- ex - rl)
cos i\ cos 2 A cos ( J" + o: + ?t ) sin((/) + J ) sin((/) - i - A )
[ -1 + --- ( cos (i -cx:l cos (! + o: + A )
The maximum of the two being the value for design.
o: h horizontal seismic coefficient

o:v vertical seismic coefficient
135
yJ angle of internal frielion of soil
J angle of friction belv·/een the wall and the carthfill

ex:: angle which earth face of wall makes with the vertical
slope of earthfill
Point of /\pplication
From thP total pressure calculated as above. the static active pressure, calculated by putting
c< h ='-< " = ,1, '"' 0, is subtraetcd. This gives the dynamic increment. The static component is assumed
t.o act at h/:~ above the base. The dynamic increment. is assumed to act at mid-height.
3.9.7.2 Passive Pressure Without Surcharge
Passive pressure due to earthfi!l may be calculated as follows: - This is illustrated in fig. 8.5B.
(l.oC vi cos2 ((/J + « - A I

where
A
COS I! CO!)
~-~--:-~(. ,·····
COS fJ --
c
o- + I!A I [ 1 - ( sin(~ ·- J I sin. 1</J + i - n I )'/z ] "
cos (i -o<. l co~ ( <f -oC + i1 )
Point of Application
Minimum of the two values being adopted in design.
From the static passive pressure obtairied by putting oe h = c<. v = 0, the dynamic passive n
pressure as obtained above is to be deducted to get the dynamic decrement. The static passive pressure
will act at h/:J and the dynamic decrement shall be assumed to act at an elevation 0.66 h above the base.
8.9.7.3 Active Pressure Due to Uniform Surcharge
where:
q = uniform surcharge per unit area of inclined earthfill.
Static component will act at mid·height and dynamic increment will act at 0.66 h.
136
jj ;&J. 1J££ill&k iii. CU£1 JWi

DIRECTION Of HORIZONTA~,.,--
EARTHQUAKE ACCI!:LERATION
B
ACTIVE PRESSURE (FIG. 8. 5 A) PASSIVE PRI!:SSUI'lE (FIG. 8. 58)
EARTH PRESSURE DUE TO EARTHQUAKE ON

RETAINING WALLS !ABUTMENTS)
FIG.8.5
r - - - - - - , - - - -··--- .,
'
/ ''
/ '
/
/
/
'
h '
Dl STRIBUTION OF THE RATIO LATERAL DYNAMIC INCREMENT

WITH HEIGHT OF WALL VERTICAL EFFECTIVE PRESSURE
FIG. 8.6
8.9.7.4 Passive Pressure Due to Uniform Surcharge
,:.;
1
•••••
Static component will act at mid·lwight and dynamic decrement at 0.66 h.
8.9.7.5 Effect of Earthquake on Subsoil Water in the Backfill
Dynamic increment in active earth pressure and dynamic decrement in passive earth pressure, in case
of submerged backfill shall be calculated as indicated above with the following modifications:-
a) / for submerged fill - 'h x J for dry fill
where:
W s = saturated unit weight of soil in gm/c.c.
c) For w use buoyant weight while calculating static pressure as well as dynamic pressure.
Hydrodynamic pressure on account of water, contained in earthfill shall not be considered separately
as the effect of acceleration on water has been considered indirectly.
In partially submerged backfill, the ratio of the lateral dynamic increment in active pressures
to the vertical pressure at various depths along the height of wall may be taken as shown in figure 8.6.
The pressure distribution of dynamic increment in active pressures may be obtained by multiplying
··~.·
-~
..
••
the vertical effective pressures by the coefficients in the figure, at corresponding depths.
This procedure may also be used for determining the distribution of dynamic pressure increments.
In the fig. 8.6,

h height of wall
h' ,.- height of submergence
Ca value of dynamic earth ptessure for saturated backfill
Ca' value of dynamic earth pressure for submerged backfill
Ka value of Caw hen« h ~ «. v ~ il ~ 0
Ka' value of Ca' when« h ~ «: v ~ il ~ 0
To find the value of dynamic increment in active pressure at any depth (d), calculate the vertical
•.:!'·•
pressure at d. Also from the diagram find out the value of horizontal intercept (X). Then dynamic
.•'}§ increment = vertical pressure x (X).
138
8.9.8 Hydrostatic Pressure
When one of the adjacent gate is jamncd and water is static on that side of the pier, while water is
flowing on the other side, a hydrostatic pressure equivalent to velocity head will act on the pier. The worst
effect will be when velocity is highest i.e. during design flood condition.
8.9.9 Force Due to Water Current
Piers intended to be parallel to the direction of the current shall be designed for a deviation
of 20 degrees from the normal direction of the current. Intensity of pressure normal to the pier and acting
on the area of the side elevation of the pier can be solved by taking the component of velocity of the
current in a direction normal to the pier and applying the following formula:-
p 78 v2
where: p intensity of pressure in kg./sq. m.
V ~ component of the velocity at the surface (normal to the pier) in m/s
The value of V2 shall be assumed to vary linearly from zero at the junction of pier with floor to the
square of maximum velocity at the free surface of water. For the purpose assume maximum velocity to be
[2 times the maximum mean velocity of the current.
The value of P should be integrated to full height to get the total head on the pier.
The effect of current shall in no case be taken as less than that of a static force due to a difference
of head of 0.25 metre between the opposite [aces of a pier at high flood leveL
8.9.10 Longitudinal Forces in Road Bridge Force Due to Braking Effect on Road Bridge
Unless otherwise specified by road bridge' code of the country, the braking effect shall be evaluated as
follows:-
' a) In case of a single lane or a two.Jane bridge.
Braking effect shall be twenty percent of the first train load plus ten percent of the loads of the
succeeding train or part thereof. Considering loads in one lane only when the entire first train is not on the
full span, the braking force shall be taken as equal to twenty percent of the loads actually on the span.
b) In case of bridge having more than two lanes -

As in case {a) above, for the first two lanes plus five percent of the loads on the lanes in excess of two.
c) The loads shall not be increased on account of impact.
d) The force due to braking effect shall be assumed to act along a line parallel to the roadway and
1.829 m above it. While transferring the force to the bearings, the change in the vertical reaction at
the bearings should be taken into account.
139
.§@ &W zp tm ;c
8.9.10.2 Longitudinal Forces Due to Reactions in Bearings
The longitudinal force at any free bearing shall be limited to the sum of dead and live load reactions
at the bearing, multiplied by the appropriate coefficient of friction as under:-
Roller bearing 0.03

Sliding bearings of
hard copper alloy 0.15
Sliding bearing of
steel on cast iron
or steel on steel 0.25
Longitudinal force at the fixed bearing shall be taken as the algebraic sum of the longitudinal forces,
at the free bearings in the bridge unit under consideration and the force due to the braking effect on the
wheels.
8.10 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
8.10.1 Longitudinal Joints
No longitudinal joints parallel to the dam axis should be provided in the sluiceway portions except
under special circumstances. As the downstream toe of the sluiceway, where piers get discontinued,
a longitudinal joint may be provided for convenience of construction. This joint shall however be pro-
tected by a double line of water stops. In addition, suitable arrangement for pressure release should be
provided just upstream of the toe. The joint so provided should be continued up to the abutment and
end of the pier of sluiceway. Vertical joint in the abutment shall also be backed by a suitable graded
filter.
8.10.2 Transverse Contraction Joints
The transverse contraction joints form seepage planes along which reservoir water can flow. For
providing such joints the procedure to be followed shall be the same as discussed under "Spillway".
8.10.3 Weep Holes
. Weepholes shall be provided in the abutments to facilitate drainage of the backfills. The spacing and
Size of weep holes would depend upon the amount of drainage, type of soil in backfill and sub-base
and the extent to which the structure should be protected against uplift. Graded filters at the back of
·.·.~ the weep holes should be provided to prevent washing of the backfill materiaL
8.10.4 Backfill Material
Expansive soils should not be used for backfill behind abutments. Wherever possible free drainage
materials should be used, because: '
il The higher angle of internal friction of the free-draining material will result in lower lateral earth
pressures.
ii) Saturation pressure can be reduced or eliminated by adequately draining the backfilL
:;~ 140
·.• i,
...·.·1··
8.10.5 Backfill Drainage
Backfill should be maintained in a drained condition. There are many techniques available to achieve
this objective such as:
i) Preventing water from entering the backfill.
ii) Installation of sub-surface drainage system.
iii) Providing weep holes as discussed above.
141
STRUCTURAL DESIGN
C -DIVIDE WALL (TRAINING WALL)
8.11 GENERAL
8.11.1 Location
Undersluices, river sluices and spillway of the diversion dam are separated by properly designed
divide walls (lraininp; walls). Their function lay out and hydraulic requirements have been discussed
in chapters 6 and 7. As described thereunder, the divide wall may extend both upstream and downstream
to the end of the impervious floor. In some. cases, however, the length of downstream portion of the
divide wall can be curtailed/omitted if so indicated by hydraulic model tests.
8.11.2 Position, Length and Height
Lengths and height and width of pocket to be determined as detailed out under para 6.4.
8.12 DESIGN CRITERIA
Divide wall shall be designed as a retaining wall against the following forces.
a) Hydrostatic pressure due to difference in water level on the two sides created with one side gale
open and other side gate closed.
b) Force due to water current flowing obliquely.
c) Wave pressure
d) Inertia force due to earthquake.
e) Hydrodynamic force due to earthquake.
f) Earth pressure assuming pond silted up to spillway crest.
8.12.1 Load Combination
Load combination shall be the same as specified for the design of pier described under para 8.9.5
and para 8.12.5. This should also be tested when spillway portion is silted up.
8.12.2 Evaluation of Loads and Forces
Evaluation of loads and forces shall be due according to para 8.9.3.3.
••.·.;..(J
'~
142
l----1<~" rb•tructed
ere st
"
\
\
\ Unobstructed crest
------r--------
pproxtmate pressure line
i
I~ hw
PW =
StIll ter level
I 2/3 hw
l-----2.4hw
WIND PRESSURE AND WAVEDIAGRAM
FIG. 8. 7
8.12.3 Wave Pressure
Wind blowing over the pond area causes a drag on the surface. The effect of the drag is to pull the
top surface along the direction of wind and thus ripples and waves are formed.
Wave pressure can be calculated as under:-
hw ·~ 0.032 1/VF + 0.76:1 - 0.271 Fli1
where:
hw height of wave in m.
F fetch of reservoir in km.

V velocity of wind on water surface in km./hr.
Maximum unit pressure Pw due to wave (in t/m 2l is given by the formula. (Fig. 8.7}
Pw ~ 2.4 whw. This occurs at 0.125'hw above the still water level.
The total pressure (in t} is given by the relation:
Pw 2400 hw2 kgJm2 ~ 2000 h2w (approximately}

represented by triangle ABC acting at 0.357 h2 w
8.12.4 Foundation Design
The foundation of the divide wall should be extended below the scour depth. It can be limited
to a depth of 1.25 H below the HFL at the nose portion in view of the protection of cement concrete
blowing and riprap all round the nose. In case of masonry divide walls, it is necessary to provide well
foundation, otherwise it can be of steel sheet piles where it is possible to drive the sheet piles to sufficient
depths, taking them well below the deepest possible scour. The depth of the foundation may be decreased
progressively towards the impervious floor of the dam up to a minimum depth of the main cutoff.
The upstream and downstream walls shall be separated out from the main pier beyond the impervious
floor of the dam/weir by joints ..Joints shall also be provided in the divide walls at places where there
are changes from sheetpile/cutoff foundation to wall foundation.
8.12.5 The divide wall is likely to be subjected to a maximum differential pressure when the full dis-
.·.il
~] charge of the river is passing through the undersluices and no discharge is passing over the spillway.
In this case there will be difference of water level on two sides. Upstream wall shall be designed to resist
the differential head on account of the velocity of flow in the pocket due to the gates adjacent to the
divide wall on either side being kept open and closed position.
The downstream wall shall be designed to resist the moments due to the differential head caused by
the closure of gate on the side and opening of gate on the other side. It shall be based on model studies.
As it is difficult to assess the hydrostatic forces discussed under 8.12, it is customary to design the
wall for a differential head of 2 m for preliminary designs. This can be combined with silt pressure where
such a combination becomes critical.
144
I
CHAPTER 9
INTAKE WORK
9.1 GENERAL
The intake works also known as Head Hegulators or Head \Vorks is provided ::tl the head of the off
taking canal, immediately upstrearn of a diversion dam. Its detailed funrtion, location and layout have heen
discussed in Chapter 6. para G.G. As discussed therein, the int:d'\e work should he suitably aiigncd so as
to reduce silt entry into the ('anal to a minimum and avoid back flow and formation of stagnant zone
in the pocket.
9.2 LAYOUT
The axis of the work is thus normally aligned at <:~n angle 90° - 110° with the axis of diversion dam
as shown in Fig. 9.1. Because of its inter-relation with the diversion worl\, the layout should be established
with model studies, if considered necessary.
Where possible, intake works should be located on the outside of the bend or the eoncavc bank of the
river for effective sediment exclusion from the offtaking eanal. At the outside of a river bend, the top
high velocity water flows outwards and is then defleeted towards th(~ head whereas the slow moving bed
water is deflected across the bed to\vards the inner convex side of the curve causing deposition of
sediment at that side. A canal taking off from this convex side will draw excessive charge of bed materials.
In the case where a eanal is to be considered on each side of the river, the dam and head works
structure should be located on a straight portion of the river. It is also preferable to locate the dam and
intake work at a point along the river where the offtaking canal will be along natural ground above
designed flood level. Such a location will require a higher dam, but will avoid the need for expensive
·protection work along the canal to protect it against damage from flood flows in the river.
In most of the eases the intake works will be constructed on the lower reaches of the river on per·
meable foundation comprising of sand, gravel or silt. Mostly, intake loeation and surface topography rather
than geology would thus determine the site to be adopted. The engineer in charge should therefore
review carefully the possible sites before any extensive foundation exploration \'>'ork is undertaken.
9.3 TYPES OF STRUCTURE
Type of Intake Works may be open type or pipeibox conduits. The form of the control structure for the
intake works depends on the type of gate used which arc most distinguishing feature of this structure.
The type of gate to be selected would depend on the flow condition of the river under which they arc to
operate and the amount of water to be diverted. Barrel (Box) type may be adopted \vhen chance of silting
up is remote and where open type trough structure is uneconomical.
145
DAN AXIS
i 01'" CANAL INTAKE
i
ALIGNMENT OF INTAKE
DAN AXIS
.J9____
fi
j'
BLOCK PROTECTION
l "~
l
--,-
UPSTREAM INPflf;VIOU8 FL.O<m
! /
r--1. - .
SHEET PILl!"
Plli:R
.SLOPE IIH 2 DO'ilNSTFEAM FLOOf\
n==---·-·
.
.
DOWHST£'".!:1\N SH!:ET PILE
INVERTED FILTER
TOE WALL L
LOOSE APRON
CANAL
TYPICAL PLAN OF INTAKE
LAYOUT OF CANAL HEAD REGULATOR

FIG.9.1
In the open type, the ~ontrol structure takes the shape of a rectangular flume subdivided into a number
of bays by piers which are surmounted by an operating deck. On some of the larger installations
where an operaLing road is involved, a bridge is provided in addition to the operating deck. This type
of control structure is generally preferred because of its acccssability for repairing the gates and for
the removal of debris and drift. At some locations submerged gates arc employed. The vertical-lift
gates or the top-scaled gates are the customary submerged types. To close the remaining portion of the
structure that is not closed by the gate panel walls, also termed as breast, walls arc used. These walls
are designed as reinforced-concrete slabs supported against the piers or buttresses.
At reservoirs where the intake structure is constructed through an earth embankment or a small
earth dam, the so-called closed type of structure is used. This type is essentially a buried conduit con-
sisting of a single or mtdtiplc·barrcl reinforced-concrete section which extends through the embankment.
The flow through the structure is controlled by top-scaled radial gates or vertical-lift gates which arc
located near either the center of the embankment or the upstream end of the conduit. To avoid having
the conduit under full reservoir pressure, a condition which would increase the danger from leakage
if cracks should develop in the \valls of the conduit, it is desirable to have the control gates located ncar
the intake to the structure. The disadvantage of this location is that an access bridge would be required
from the top of the embankrnent to the operating deck of the eontrol structure. Trashracks should always
be provided at the intake to prevent trees and other clrift from getting lodged in the closed conduit.
9.4 HYDRAULIC DESIGN
9.4.1 Pond level
Pond level upstn~am of Lhe intake is generally obt11incd by adding the working head to the designed
fuH supply level in the canal. The working head is the head required for passing the designed discharge
into the canal and includes the head losses in the regulator.
'
9.4.2 Water way and Sill level
'
Sill level is fixed by subtracting from pond level the head over the sill required to pass the full supply
discharge in the canal at. specified pond level. Considerations for fixing sill level (crest level) and water
way, have been detailed in Chapter G, para 6.6.3.
The hydraulics of intake 'vorks usually involves either one or both of two conditions of flow - i)
open channel or (free flow) ii) full conduit or (pressure flow). Analysis of open channel flow either
in open water way or in a part full conduit, is based on the principle of steady non"uniform flow
conforming to the law of conservation of energy. Full pipe flow in closed conduit is based on pressure flow,
which involves a study of hydraulic losses to determine the total heads needed to produce the required
discharges.
Hydraulic jump, basins and impact. block clissipators are normally employed to dissipate the energy
of flow at the downstream end of the intake work. These devices arc designed on the basis of the law
of conservation of momentum_
il*
:!~
9.5 OPEN TYPE STRUCTURE
?:ii
>$
;q DESIGN PROCEDURES
A The following design procedure is generally adopted in determining various components of the (open
'·~ type) intake work.
i) Crest level and waterway and the number of piers and span width are first determined.
ii) A sloping glacis is provided and continued to the level for the formation of hydr<1ulic jump under
different diScharge conditions.
147
iii) A length of horizontal floor beyond the glacis to satisfy requirements of stilling basin discussed
in chapter 7.5 "Energy dissipation" is provided. At the end of the basin a vertical cutoff is
provided.
iv) The glacis and downstream floor is checked against uplift and exit gradient as per procedure
ou tlincd in chapter 5.
Normally, under static condition, the worst condition for checking the floor would be, when the canal
is dry and design flood is passing in the river. If the uplift pressures are too high, a reinforced concrete
mat maybe necessary from economic consideration and in such a case the piers may have to be extended
i)' down the glacis to provide for the end support against bending of the slab.
-?)
'.'.'.1'
v) At the time of the formation of hydraulic jump when part discharge is passing into the canal, the
glacis should be checked for the unbalanced head for different discharge intensities.
vi) For reducing pressure, the impervious floor upstream of undersluices is sometimes extended to
the end of the intake work.
vii) In the case of gate controlled structure, when the high flood level is much higher than the pond
level, provision of a breast wall i~ necessary, as discussed in para 9.3. The breast wall spans from
pier to pier and is designed to support its own weight in addition to the water pressure acting
against it. When fully closed, it shuts the opening from crest to bottom of breast wall. Without
.'I'
;"f
.··
the breast wall it is sometimes uneconomical to provide gates right up to high flood level.
Various parameters/components involved in the design should be determined as under:-

I
~X
j
};
9.5.1 Waterway
I
·.·,···
Flow in an open channel intake work shall be similar to that in open channel spillway discussed in the
foregoing chapters. When the submerged slide gates are used, discharges through the control with the
gates completely raised will be open crest flow.
The required head over the sill H, for passing a discharge Q, with an effective waterway L, shall be
worked from the following formula:
Q CLc H c3 l2
where
Q = discharge in m:3/s,
C a coefficient
effective waterway in m; and
II, required head over the crest for passing a discharged Q, in m.
. In the formula given above the exact value of C depends on many factors including the head over the
stll, shape, wtdth of the stl!, tts hetght over the upstream floor and roughness of its surface. It is, therefore,
recommended that for large mtakc structure. the value of C be determined by model studies where values
l~ascd on prototype observations on similar structures arc not available. The value of C should be modi-
fled for submerged conditions as outlined in Chapter 7.
After having decided the effective waterway, the total waterway between the abutments including
piers shall be worked out from the following formula:
L, ·~ L c + 2 (N K p + K.,\ I H.t +. W
148
where
LL total w~terway,
Le = effective waterway
N number of piers
pier contraction coefficient
Ka = abutment contraction coefficient
II(, head over erest,
W total width of all piers.
9.5.1.1 Recommended values of KP are as follows:
a) For square nose piers with corners roun?ed with a radius

equal to about 0.1 of the pier thickness:
- O.lt
rR
KP ~ 0.02
I t
* b) For rounded nose piers:

~-R 0.5t
j
KP ~
O.Ql
t
c) For pointed nose piers:

\
Kr ~ 0.00 ):60°
9.5.1.2 Recommended values of Ka are as under:
a) In square abutments with head walls at goo to the direction of flow:-
Ka ~ 0.2
b) For rounded abutments with head walls at

goo to the direction of flow:
for 0.5 H 0 .> r > 0.15 H,,
K0 ~ 0.1
9.5.2 Width and shape of sill - Width of sill shall be kept according to the requirements of the gates,
trash racks and stop logs subject to a minimum of 2/3 H,
The edges of sill shall be rounded off with a radius equal to H 8 • The upstream face shall generally be
kept vertical and the downstream sloped at 2:1 or flatter.
14g
9.5.3 Shape of Approaches and Other Component Parts
The shape of approaches and other component parts may prcf(~rabiy he fixed by means of model
studies. However, for works of medium size, the eritcria given as under may be adopt.cd.
9.5.3.1 Upstream Transition
Joining the vertical abutment of slui(~eway with upstream verLical abutment of intake is made hy
providing a circular curve of radius equal to three times the depth of flow over sill excludei roof or over
intake sill, if there is no silt excluder. This is done for smooth entry of \Vater.
The other upstream vertical abutment. of intake is joinC'd to vertical wing wall in similar manner.
The transition from vertical \ving- wall to guide bank slope is done by means of warped retaining wall or
broken back transition.
9.5.3.2 Downstream transitions
Wing walls shall normally lw kept vertical up to the end of t.lw Impervious floor beyond which they
shall be flared from vertical to the actual .slope of the canal section. However, in order to obtain greater
economy the wing walls may be kept. ycrtieal up to the t.cc of glacis beyond which they may be
flared g-radually to l/2H: l Vat the end of impervious floor.
In the remaining length, wing walls may be flared from 1/z:l to the actu~d shape of the canal section.
The wing wall section shall be designed as retaining wall only up to the \Vater side sloPe of 1h:l beyond
which it shall he assumed resting on compacted backfill and designed accordingly. Vertical joints should
be provided al the end of impervious floor and on the self-supporting scdion.
9.5.4 Design Criteria from Surface
Flow cons£deraiion - In the case of intake work on permeable foundations, the following factors
need to be determined. (In case of downstream non-erodible beds protective measures may not he necessary).
9.5.4.1 Depth of Upstream Cut·Off
On the upstream .side of the intake .work, cut·off shall be provided and taken to the same depth as
the cutoff upstream of diversion work.
9.5.4.2 Stilling Basin Dimension and Appurtenances
Thes0 shall be provided on the same principles as adopted in case of sluiceway.
9.5.4.3 Thickness of Floor on Sloping Glacis with Reference to Hydraulic Jump - The hydraulic
JUmp profile shall be plotted under different conditions of flow. Average heig-hl of the jump trough shall
th~n b~ obtamed by deducting the levels of the jump profile from corresponding hydraulic gradient line.
Th_Is will be taken as the unbalanced head for which safety of glacis rloor shall be ensured. As a rough
g-erde the unbalanced head may be assumed to be 'h ld 2 - d 11. where d 1 and d 2 arc conjugate depths
at the bcg1nmng and end of the hydraulic jump.
150
9.5.4.4 Downstream protection
At the end of concrete floor on the downstream an inverted filter 1.5 to 2 D long (D being the depth
of scour below bed), consisting of 600 to 900 mm deep concrete blocks with open joints laid over 500 to
800 mm graded filter should be provided.
Downstream of the inverted filter, loose apron 1.5 D long of boulders of stones in wire boulder crates
shall be provided so as to ensure a minimum thickness of lm launched position. The individual stone
size should be heavy enough to resist displacement by the highest calculated velocity at the end of the
floor.
Where the working head and velocity are too small, small size blocks or required stone size can be
considered as rip rap.
Upstream of the impervious floor, blocks and loose apron shall be provided which should be similar
to that provided upstream of the dam.
9.5.5 Design Criteria from Sub·surface
Flow Considerations - The factors enumerated below should be considered.
9.5.5.1 Exit Gradient at the end of Impervious Floor
Value of exit gradient should be determined as per the procedure formulae given m Chapter 5. The
factors of safety for exit gradient for different types of soils shall be as follows:
Shingle 4 to 5
Coarse sand 5 to 6
Fine sand 6 to 7
9.5.5.2 Total Length of Impervious Floor
As the length of downstream floor and downstream cut off are inter-related, total floor can be de-
creased by increasing the depth of downstream cut-off and vice versa but increase in depth of cut off
would result in the concentration of uplift pressure, specially in the lower half of the floor. A balance
between the two should be worked out on the basis of economic studies.
Total floor length required shall be the sum of:

a) horizontal floor in the downstream from the surface flow considerations;
b) length required to accommodate sloping glacis and crest;
c) about 3m upstream of the crest or length required from other considerations.
Depth of downstream cut-off should be worked out for this floor length lo ensure safe exit gradient.
If depth of downstream cut·off so calculated is excessive, it can be reduced by increasing upstream floor
length. As a rough guide depth of downstream cut-off should nol be less than (cl/2 + 0.5), where d is
the water depth corresponding to full supply discharge.
9.5.5.3 Floor Pressure
Uplift pressures at key points on the floor should be determined as per procedure discussed in
151
-----~~-~·~................ ~------
Chapter :), coiTl'sponding- t.o the condition t.h,1t there: is hi.Rh flood level in the river upstream of head
regulator and no water in tlw canal downstream of the intake \Vork. Upstream of sill, only nornimal
floor thickness of about l m. should lw provided.
9.5.6 Structural design
The componl'nl.s of the intake work being· similar to those of sluiceway their structural design shall
lw done in Lhe s;1nw manner and as for sluiceway.
9.5.7 Hoist Bridge or Operating Platform
/\ bridge or working platform shall be provided for operation o[ g::J.Les and stop logs. The length
of \Vorking platform should dqwnd on the travel of gates.
9.5.8 Free Bourd
J\cl(:quatc· free bo:trd ;1s pPr n·quirPnlent disrussed in Chapter 7 should be provided while fixing height
of abutments. which on the upsLn~am sick should be at the same level as for diversion dam.
A typical open type Intake \York is sho\vn in Ii'igurc 9.2A & 9.ZB.
9.6 BARREL TYPE STRUCTURE
9.6.1 General
In this type of work. the hydr<1ulics usually involves the following conditions of flow
i) Part full conduit (free Dow)

iii Full conduit (pressure flow)
Analysis of parl.ial!y flo\ving flow is based on the principle of conversion of energy and that
for the ful! condud. flm\· involve'S sl.udy of hydraulic losses to determine the total head needed to produce
the requirpd disl·harges.
Tlw siJ.(' of tlw water way would thus be fixed from the following considerations.
a) Total head loss should remain within !.he permissible limits.

b) VPlocit.y should lw mon· than flushing velocity and less than eroding velocity.
c\ ?vlinimun1 dinH'nsinn of opening should In~ such as t.o p('rmit. clearance of debris inside the barre~
manually.
9.6.2 Evaluation of Losses
9.6.2.1 Transition losses
Loss at. inl<'L :1nd ouLll't due- to ch:tngP in flow section ·-

.,
v,)~
This should hl' ctlcu!al.t'd :1s K (

tg·
152
•
where
v ~ the higher of the velocities of flow before and after transition
1
v = lOwer of the velocities of flow
2
g ""' acceleration due to gravity
K ~ a coefficient, its value depending on different types of transition, given in the table 9,1,
Table 9.1
Coefficient Coefficient
Types of transition at outlet
at inlet
--~-----·---··--·--·---------
a) Open transition to
closed conduit
i) stream line warped to 0.2
0.1
rectangular opening
ii) straight warped to 0.2 0.3
rectangular opening
iii) straight warped with
bottom corner fillets 0.4
0.3
to pipe opening
iv) broken back to rectangular 0.3 0.5
opening
v) broken back to pipe oA 0.7
opening
b) Closed transition
square or rectangular
to round (maximum
angle with center line 0.2
0.1
~ 7'h 0 )
If the submergence at outlet exceeds one sixth of the depth of opening, the head loss coefficient would
be 1.0 at the outlet.
9.6.2.2 Friction Losses
a) Friction loss in Barrel (conduit)

·'_-~
·~~ Friction loss should be calculated by Manning's Formula:-
y2 L n2
R 4/3
where: V = average velocity in barrel in m/s
L length of barre I
n = coefficient of rugosity of barrel surface
R hydraulic radius of barrel section.
Value of n for concrete surface may be selected from the table 9.2.
155
Table 9.2
Concrete with rough joints ................... . 0.016 to 0.017
Concrete with dry mix, rough' forms .. _........ . 0.015 to 0.016
Concrete with wet mix, steel forms ........... . 0.012 to 0.014
Concrete, very smooth ....................... . 0.011 to 0.012
For design calculations, n may be taken as 0.015 unless otherwise specified.
b) Loss in pipe
L y2
f ·---
!) 2g
where f = Darcy's friction factor - its relationship with Manning's n, is given in Fig. 9.2 C
D Diameter of pipe in metres
V Velocity in m/scc.
L Length in metres
9.6.2.3 Bend Losses
Coefficient of loss at bend in circular section may be adopted from figure 9A·1 (Head Loss in pipe
bends) •
Head loss at bend in rectangular section may be calculated from the following formula:-
?
hb ~ F I :!:.. X G )
2g 180
where hb = head loss due to bend in metre

F 0.124 + 3.104 I Z~ )1!2
S width of the barrel in metre

R = radius of bend along centre line of box in metre
G ~ angle of bend
g acceleration of deviation in.dcgrces
9.6.2.4 Loss due to change in direction of flow while entering from approach channel toward the intake:
This can be calculated by the formula given in para 9.6.2.3 above.
156
' , •. , ' •>'.->
'~----···->''·•' '''"'/!": •,__:,_-,,_. _;c:,i;;:~:i;&;{;:,;0":f)~;;:lfiiliL::-,-;;:--" ' "-'""' ;~:;,,,-. "·'"''' ,·,..... ~ .... Y·'.<v:' ;;x;~!_,~:'!-~\5:""-;-;.,~;'.'J>.':;;.;:,<.o'""<- · ,.,,<~;.,:,;;; '-H"'~.'uo>•~·"'·~-"•'
,,,,__._,.
---------------------"'·----------------~-------------"""""11
OPERATING SHED
AND PLATFORM
"
EL 123.40
I:r==1::J 1=1"'" ~G-1. PIPE 'RAILINGS

~EL.I22.00 EL .121.00
EL 12o,wj__
-- '
:: :: [
~c- >OO,HCOO~
FFLUX ;L,
-, (6
.S;t
M. THK. RICH
CRETE
I
I
&
.. ~ .. -· '~'
I I l "·-4-4.30X 1,55 INTAKE I I 1.50X 1.50X .90CONC.BLJ)CKS GOKGS.BOULDER
DRAIN
GRADED
PIPE
FILiER
.
'
3oo 3oo 350_W_o_
LEAN CONC
t:
PART-IAL SE:CTION OF SLUICEWAY SHOWING FACE OF INLET INTAKE
8 STEEL GATE
2020 I 410 I 21so

I RIP RAP' 90 CM. THICK
LEL.121.00
!!Il== J. 'I • r--"' . •,:._- • .... • •
....
-
NOTE:
'-·
. 'j -~
.'
..
REINFORCEMENT ARE NOT SHOWN,
SECTION ARE OF CONCRETE OUTLINE
y /- ONLY.
~ j
,, '
"' '. ·, ,..:--
·'
..
"-·:·
.....___ ----
"j:
0
I ... ,. '' .
Q ·> y •.. P,
't> •\ .-v. ' t' ·a
_, .. ·. , ·.l .' *' .• ) ~- I· •• -~ ~' • •• • I> ••• ~ \
0
Q lJ jLEL.I12.45 I ' MAG·ASAWANG TUBIG RIVER IRRIG. PROJ.
I lGJ
Is~\
PROVINCE OF ORIENTAL 114 I ND 0 R 0
lJ_
I
430 1100 430 LoJ 430
l
1ool
'
430
-,
INTAKE WORKS SHEET
-----------------·-----,.,,
SECTION 11
_________________
1-1 11
FIG,9.28 SECTIONS ®
0
w•~N-'""'---·---
_,.,,_,,,,.,..• ~.---- . ---·.. ···~··~ .. ~~···""'"'''·" ""~"' .,"·'""""' ...~'=· ·-'·~''"·"-· ,0.,,. ,:.. ;.;;;;.i;;;.:;;~;:,;,;t.!£fi0Pri£''o::': ;·: .;,-;;,,;::.A-;;:._, ::;.).:.;.•::;~C·-·:c.:;~;; ,•:;,\'.:l
OPERATING SHED
AND PLATFORM
'
EL. 123.40
~G.I. PIPE RAILINGS

'122.00
EL 12o.wj_, :; :: [
J
CREST
tEL.I16.00
30CM. THK. RICH
CONCRETE
:-
CONC+E I :4:8
DRAIN PI f'E--------" I 300 I 300 J 350

410 -+-------
GRA OED FILTER
PART-IAL SE:CTIO N OF ~
LEL.121.00
....
'' .- .
,i
.I ~:
;;
'"' '. ,.' '
' l EL.I16.00 Ii
..,:.,. ''
I II_~ I· ...
• ., ''
0
Q
) y ','' :.
\.,: -~· '-:,.' ·, ..
·., ·,' :~. ' ·- . '.<.·.·" . ,.,
'
Ij
~
·',.' ~
0
Q
Ul"C"
---~6J " 430100 430 \IOC
II
SECTION
·..
"'·-·----------- ..
~- ~·--·-·-····
_______,,,_'""""""'"""""''"'""".
--~·'· .. " -~-~~~------------·
''"'"'"'"'·"~~-;.;.=~~">if{,;.h,
; ~
··i
/
OPERATING SHED a PLATFORM
~ Il[l[ljljljljllJi,IJ Jl [
THICK CONC. WEARING SURFACE
1 1 1 1
[ [ 1' 1'1 1 1' I' 11 111' 1'1 ' 1'1 ' '" r , ,·, ,." ,
.. DRAIN
PIPE
1111
!'' IIIII•
"(;! ''
1,
'"~' ·~· " '"'"
STO~E SPAWLS WITH
75 GAP FILLED W/GRAVEL
TAIL WATER
E L .112.33 .
DRAIN PIPE EL.II2.00
"-- --t-;--BLQCK PROTECT[ Mo...---' GRADED

F I~ TER
I I 840
I I
CONCRETE CLrr -OFF WALL
OR SHEET PILE
OPEN - TYPE INTAKE WORKS MAG-ASAWANG TUBIG RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
PROVINCE OF ORIENTAL MINDORO
INTAKE WORKS
SHEET
FIG.9.2A SECTION OF
!!
~;. ~;.."'=-". ~£~ 1 n;wrv""=- =~~·~ ··>~-~~~1 -.J';;;e~'"W''t' ;,.~==""""-~"""'U~'<~-=~''":I".!:l"'""•="~'·''"''''·'·''"'
"'" ~=,...,.,.._,.,,~o '_,_., ·-e '>''f",~~'~"-'"·'~'" ~·?''" <'o''C',',;>":_"'"'""'""{•,Wfo=,.,~~,.,.~,,~"""'"'·"""""~~~.'0'-"-"'~"'''""' --~~---~.~-,.~-~-"'-"'o'<'N~-· --·--·----· '
. :·' . '
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OPERATING SHED a PLATFORM
I
I
I
I
I '--- BLOCK PROTECT! 0
I
I
I
OPEN - TYPE INTAKE
I
i
I
~--
!
1i' -~It? '10(!::1-~~M~~""~".l..'l" It$' "f 1H ~~~"""""'~
..~ ""'""''""'~,,...,,,"~"'~-
,,,..,, ., '< -·- '"'-"·'''~-----~
9.6.3 Contraction and expansion
To minimize head losses and to avoid cavitation tendencies along the conduit surface, contraction and
expansion on transition to and from gate control sections in the pressure conduit should be gradual.
For contractions, the maximum convergent an?le should not exceed that given below:-
1
tan oC = u
where angle of the conduit wall surfaces with respect to its center line
u arbitrary parameter fgD
v&D the average velocities and the diameters at the beginning and end of the transition.
Expansion should be more gradual than contraction because of the danger of cavitation, where sharp
change in the side wall occur. Normally tan o<: ~ 1/2 u. o<: should not exceed 10°.
9.6.4 Calculation of waterway
In order to minimize deposition of debris within the barrel, it is necessary to provide a m1mmum
velocity of 1.5 m./sec. Size of the barrel should be approximately determined on the basis of required
discharge and assumed velocity and then tested for head loss. If the calculated head loss is more than
permissible, the size and velocity should be adjusted.
The size of the gate opening may be approximately determined by using the submerged orifice
flow as follows and then tested for head losses.
Q ~ 0.75 A J2g H
where H available head in difference between the upstream and downstream water level
A Area of opening, Q ~ Discharge
9.7 ENERGY DISSIPATION
To avoid undesirable disturbance from the jump and to maintain free flow conditions, ample free
board should be provided in the closed conduit from the control gate to the outlet. Where sufficient
head is available it would be desirable to have the water flow at super critical velocity through the
conduit and to have the stilling pool located beyond the outlet to avoid objectionable vibration of the
structure under the embankment.
An example illustrating barrel type intake work is shown in Fig. 9.3 A & 9.3 b.
9.8 TRASHRACKS
Trashracks arc desirable at the entrance to some head works structures and arc essential when
desilting works are involved or where a lot of detritus/debris is coming in the river. Racks usually arc
constructed of flat steel bars which are set on edge and arc joined by bolts or welded to the edges
of the cross bars. The welded type provides more space teeth to pass between the bars. The rakes
can be made in panels for ease in handling. For the facility of clearing, these arc generally inclined at a
slope of 1(H) to 4(V). Velocity of flow through the gross area should not exceed about 1 m/sec. Bar
spacing is generally 25 mm to 100 mm for fine & 10 em to 30 em. for coarse racks. ·
On small Intake works, the racks are usually raked by hand but on larger works, mechanical rakes arc
generally provided.
159
-'=·
llfll
NOMOGRAPH FOR DARCY's
" f "
0.055 ----"nj'
0.10
0.09
0.050
}(
•y -------"
D OJ1 11
,, 7 It
30.0
0.045 20.0
0.08
$
·.'.·lk
0.040
0.07
0.035
0.06
10.0
0.030 9.0
0.05 -8.0
. 7.0
0.04 . 6.0
20 5.0
0.03
..-0.020 15 -
4.0
=
=
=-
_en
=
c
en 10
Cl)
3.0 :::::J
Cl
- <(
a:
>- (!)
z 2.0
0.02 u
a: z u
<(
Cl
z
._!£1 <( ...J
;~
• ::E :::::J
<(
4 1.0 a:
0.9 Cl
0.010 =Cl 3 0.8 >-
DARCY'S EQUATION FOR
= 0.7 :I:
FRICTION LOSS IN CIRCULAR
0.01 PIPES
a: 0.6
LJJ
L V2 1-
ht • t- - 0.5
D 2g LJJ
::E 0.4
MANNING'S EQUATION FOR <(
FRICTION LOSS IN PIPES Cl
y2
h ,I~ .h.
f D 3 D 2g
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN
0.005 11 11 0.2
0.003 MANNING'S n AND
DARCyt$ II f II
!•~ • 116.5n2
1/3
0.004 D I
0.4- 0. I
FLOW IN CIRCULAR CONDUITS

REFERENCE:
DESIGN OF SMALL DAMS, P. 451
FIG.9.2C
•
Appendix- 1
Loss of Heads in a Structure
Loss of Head in a structure may consist of the following:-

a) Loss at inlet transition and outlet transition.
b) Loss inside the structure due to skin friction.
c) Loss at bends due to change in direction of flow.
d) Loss due to obstruction, e.g. in trash racck.
Method of estimating the different types of losses are indicated in the following paragraphs:
1. Loss at inlet transition and outlet transition-

v 2 2
This should be calculated ask ( -2~ - V? )
2g
where velocity of flow before transition

v2 velocity of flow after transition
g acceleration due to gravity
k a coefficient value of which is given in table 9.1 for different types of transition.
2. Loss inside the structure due to friction-
Friction loss shall be calculated by Manning's formula:-
where v = average velocity in the structure in m/s

L length of the structure in m
n coefficient of rugosity of barrel surface
R hydraulic radius of barrel section
Value of n for concrete surface may be selected from the table 9.2:-
For calculation of loss inside structure n may be taken as 0.013 unless otherwise specified.
For determining depth of [low in a concrete lined channel, a value of n of about 0.018 should be
assumed in order to account for air swell, wave action etc.
For determining specific energies of flow needed for designing the dissipating device, a value of
n of about 0.008 should be assumed.
161
3. Loss at Bend
Coefficient of Joss of head at bend in a circular conduit may be adopted from Figure 9A-1.
Head loss at bend in rectangular section may be calculated from the following formula ~
y2 G-
F'•··-·-
2g 180
hh head loss due to bend in meter
F 0.121 + 3.101 ( z~ )'I'
S ~ width of barrel in meter

H radius of bend along central line of barrel in meter
g acceleration due to gravity in m/sec.2
0 ~ angle of deviation in degrees
4. Loss in trashrack
Head loss in trashrack may be calculated from the formula:-
H ~ 1.32 ( i;' )2 (sin A) (sec 1518 B)

where: H Head loss in trashrack in in~hes
T thickness of trashrack in inches

V velocity below trashrack in It/sec.
A angle of inclination of the rack with horizontal
B angle of approach
D center to center spacing of trashrack bar in inches.
162
._-_a
~
n
'L,~
.26
Loh cb•tilcH•nt!. f•r dioe I I
'1
'I,
.24
en~s df s+>oolh ihte~i or I i I I 1/
Re 4-*- F•~nol~s ruribe I. Ii !' ~
Y
i i /j , iSing~ opg11
.22
. 20 -E-
Y <V~loc ltv lin
[,'I
:,
I
. 1' ~··r. brndr
i I I I
•
1 I I±1
I
1 1
I
,..,:X: ,..,
:X: J---t- I
I l_ __ _
)>
.181~
)>
0
0
r
5
(/)
0
(/)
.16
I II I I jI'-~f{',I I II I I+-+ ':l 4 ~~

(/) (/)
m
·< (/)
()
.14
I
I i i • I i
I I' I II II.J-..+ .,
2 ,..,..,0 .12 !Y/1 1 I I I ; I / 1

IY i i i I I J.--1-:tJ I I
.,., "1'- .I J I I I I l V ,---:-}" I I 1_...-Yi ! I
"U
,..,
"U ()
,.., .10 I k'l ' it -.;:;-~ I
"
y
=.I, /i. ._ . : ' I -
~~-~
I •.
1 1 1 c __ · _I I I
z
,z . I I i I l I I I I ITq_: -~,Q-~~m=ffftft r-r-t
Ol ...;
.08
.+
0
(/) "
tD .06
.04
, 1 I~
I
~
I
I L ~~~' !,--r·r·
: I
~. . I i I I I
··;i
! !
I' i. I
'I
1 -
r±'
I
_ t=ti'j!t._
----r= -- - · ·
',
_ _' :_:::-_-
-j-- • - +-
...02 I
J~ I
.0 L.J:j
(', 0 &(0
10' 15' 20' 25'
u
30' 35' 40' 45' 50' 55' 60' 65' 70° 75° 80' 8 5° 90°
DEFLECTION ANGLE
FIG 9A- I
~i
:t1
CHAPTER 10
SILT EXCLUDER
10.1 GENERAL
River flowing in erodible v3.llcys C<l.rry heavy sediment and most of the coarse silt is in bottom
layers. In spite of the suitable location of the intake work to help sediment exclusion. a large quantity
of coarse material may find its way into the pocket which may either reduce the discharging capacity
of the canal or create regulation problem. The basic principle involved in the silt exclusion is that if
the bottom layers are intercepted and removed before the water enters the canal. most of the sediment
load causing silting up would be withdrawn. Thus, the problem of exclusion or removal of silt is to
separate the top and bottom layers so that .there is no dist.urLancc and distribution of silt remains normaL
This can be achieved by constructing tunnel type sediment excluders suitably located in front of different
bays of the intake work. It is desirable that model tests arc performed to check the performance
of the proposed design. A typical silt excluder is shown in Fig. 10.1.
10.2 LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT
The excluder tunnels are required to be placed in front of the intake structure and are aligned
parallel to the intake. Change in the alignment if found necessary, should be in a smooth curve of radius
10 to 15 times the width of the individual tunnel. River approach also plays an important part and it
should be kept straight to the mouth of the tunnel as far as possible.
10.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
Silt excluder comprises a number of rectangular tunnels running parallel to the axis of intake work
and terminating close to the undersluices. The principle being to pass the slow moving bed water, con·
taining heavy charge of the coarse grades of material through the tunnels whose tops act as platforms
at canal sill level.
These tunnels lead to pocket gates in the dam/weir which are so regulated that:
i) the tunnel does not get clogged with sand
ii) the bed water and top water are divided without causing eddies, which would throw the coarse
grades into suspension.
10.3.1 Number and Size of Tunnels
The number of tunnels is determined by the available discharge for escapage. Number of tunnels is
also fixed from following considerations:-
a) With the discharge available for flushing, the velocity through the tunnels shall exceed the self
clearing velocity.
164
EL.221.34
I.
ExlstlnQ floor EL. 217.68
PLAN OF TUNNt:.LS
H.f.L. EL. 224 62
EXISTING POND LEVEL EL. 223.17
R.C.SLAB TOP EL. 221.34
13M 2.13M 2.13 M. 2.l3M 2.13M
EL. 2
CROSS SECTION OF TUNNELS
SILT EXCLUDER
PLAN S. SECTION
FIG. 10.1
b) Size of tunnel should be such as to permit manual cleaning.
d Height of tunnel ~hould be more than the height of silt deposit in order to avoid choking.
The number of tunnels usually provided arc 4 to 6. Size of tunnels depends upon the number of tunnels,
self-clearing velocity of flow required to be provided which for the alluvial rivers be 3 m./sec. and 4.0 to
1.5 m.{scc. for the~ boulder stage river and the discharge available for escapage. Generally, 1.8 x 2.1 m.
size excluder tunnels are adopted for river in alluvial stage and 1.8 x 2.4 m. size tunnels for river in
boulder stage.
10.3.2 Spacing and Shape
The tunnc~l nearest to the head regulator has to be of the same length as that of regulator. The con·
sccutive tunnels should he spaced at distances such that the mouth of the one nearer to the head regulator
comes within the suction zone of the succeeding tunnel so that no dead zone is left between the two to
permit sediment. to deposit. Generally, a distance of about 12 m ..may be adequate for head regulators
of longer depth.
The tunnels shall be suitably bell mouthed at the inlet to mm1m1ze entry losses and improve
suction. Bell mouthing shall be done .within the thickness of divide wall and may be done on any suitable
elliptical curve.
10.3.3 Roof and Bed of Tunnels
The roof slab of the tunnel should be kept flush with sill of the canal regulators and the bed kept
at the upstream floor level of sluiceway. It is also helpful to draw graph of velocity distribution and the
corresponding integrated graph of discharge derived therefrom.
10.3.4 Exit and Exit Channel
All the tunnels outfall into the stilling basin through one or two undcrsluice bays adjacent to the
intake work. The tunnels should be suitable, throttled laterally or vertically or bothway so as to produce
accelerating velocities in the tunnels; maximum being at the exit end so that sediment material once
extracted docs not deposit anywhere in the tunnels. The exit channel to take the silt bearing water
into the river should be properly maintained downstream of the excluder.
A separate outfall channel is generally not required when the bed material is sand. If, however,
boulder and gravels arc to be excluded and the main channel is away, a lined channel may be necessary,
or a channel may have to be created with suitable training measures.
10.3.5 Transitions
Transitions to piers, in bell mouthing at top or sides, should preferably be elliptical, the major axis
being in the direction of flow and two to three times the minor axis.
10.4 ESCAPAGE DISCHARGE AND MINIMUM WORKING HEAD
Eseapage discharge (flushing discharge) of 15 to 20 per cent of the canal discharge is generally
reqmred. A m1mmum of 0.5 to 0.75 m. of working head is required for sediment excluders on sandy
rivers and minimum of 1.0 to 1.25 m. is required for excluders on shingle or boulder beds.
1
166
l
l!lU
10.5 LOSSES IN TUNNELS
These shall comprise of friction losses and losses at the bends and transitions and shall be computed
by the following formula:
a) Friction loss
where
hr = head loss in m.
V velocity in m/s
L length of tunnel in m
N rugosity coefficient depending on type of surface
R hydraulic mean depth.
b) Loss due to bend
where
Hn loss due to bend
F 0.124 + 3.134 (S/2r) 'lz
g acceleration due to gravity
0 angle of deviation in degrees
S width of tunnel in m
r ~ radius of bend along centre line of tunnel in m.
c) Transitional loss due to change of velocity in contraction

vzo v21 )
h" ~ 0.1 (-"- - - -
2g 2g
where
he = transitional loss due to change of velocity in contraction.
V and V 2 ~ the velocities before and after the transition.

1
g ~ acceleration due to gravity.

I
10.6 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
i) The tunnels should be stable against buoyancy and uplift

ii) Roof of the. tunnel should be designed for water load and silt load.
iii) Floor should be designed against uplift and foundation reaction.
167
!1:((;; .·; ; ·; 3 2& 2

iv) Walls should be designed against hydrostatic pressure assuming adjacent tunnel to be empty.
Hydrodynamic effect and inertia forces to be taken into consideration.
j
I 10.7 CONTROL STRUCTURES & MISCELLANEOUS FACTORS
1i 10.7.1 Control Structure

]j The excluder tunnels are operated by the undersluice gates. These should be regulated either for the
l
j tunnels to run full bore or to remain completely closed.
Il 10.7.2 Miscellaneous Factors
l The following draw backs should be kept in veiw while designing a silt excluder.
l i) In case the excluder is unfavorably located, tunnels do not flush the incoming debris and may
get partly choked resulting in a large,percentage of bed material to be drawn by the canals.
l ii) Higher discharge in the pocket brings in relatively more sand and thus counteract favorable
curvature.
In view of the above factors, it is recommended that before finalizing a theoretical design of
work of this nature, hydraulic model tests be carried out to check the performance of the proposed
design.
10.8 EFFICIENCY OF SILT EXCLUDER
Efficiency of silt excluder is given by
E
so- s,
~---..::.__
where
S0 total silt content that would enter the canal if there is no silt excluder provided.
S, silt actually entering the canal
In practice efforts are made to exclude everything larger than 0.2 mm in diameter and efficiency
is worked out on material of coarse grade. The same excluder may be expected to work effectively, where
the proportion of coarse silt is greater. On the other hand, the coarser the heaviest grade of silt
carried, the greater will be the slope and velocity and consequently less concentration of silt in the lower
layers.
10.9 FIELD STUDY BASED ON MODEL EXPERIMENTS
A silt excluder along the barrage at Narora in U.P. Province, India, across river Ganga, was con
structed in 1967. A brief description of the work along with model studies carried out at the Research
institute and comparison of the results with the prototype performance of the excluder has been given
I in Appendix A. The study of field performance of the silt excluder highlights the fact that the excluder
functions well and that the qualitative studies on hydraulic model do bear a relationship with the
quantitative results expected on prototype.
168
Appendix A
ILLUSTRATION OF NARORA SILT-EXCLUDER
A-1 Introduction
A 924 m long barrage designed for a flood discharge of 14.150 m3/sec was constructed across River
Ganga at Narora in U.P. State in India. A six tunnel excluder was also constructed to reduce the sediment
entry into the offtaking canal from its right bank and sited just upstream of the barrage at an angle of
107° (Figure A-ll. The excluder covers extreme right under sluice bay of 15.3 m width infront of the
head regulator. The mouth of the tunnel has been staggered by a distance of 10.8 m so as to cover the
entire width of the head regulator. The size of the tunnels has been kept such that loss through each tunnel
is the same. Top of the crest of head regulator is at R.L. 176.36 and the floor of the pocket is at R.L.
174.63. Thus, a clear depth of 1.43 m is available for excluder tunnels allowing 0.3 m as thickness for top
scale. The water depth which is available for most of the time above this floor when pond level is
maintained at R.L. 178.96, is 4.33 m. The excluder thus covers 1/3 water depth of heavy sediment
concentration. Other salient features of the barrage are given in Table A - 1.
TableA-1
1. Total length of Barrage 924.2 m

2. Spans for weir portion 54 No. of 12.2 m 658.4 m
3. Spans for sluiceway 7 No. of 15.2 m 106.7 m
4. 52 piers of 2.44 m for weir portion 126.8 m
5. 6 piers of 3.03 m for undersluices 18.2 m
6. 2 cross wall of 2.44 each 6.9 m
7. 1 divide wall between under sluice and weir bays 3.0 m
8. Fish ladder 6.2 m
9. Designed flood discharge 141.50 m3/sec.
10. Barrage upstream floor level R.L. 175.6 m
11. Barrage bay crest top R.L. 176.2 m
12. Under sluice upstream floor R.L. 174.6 m
Model studies were carried out at the Irrigation Research Station. Sand of size (Dsol 0.23 mm
was injected into the model manually upstream of the dam axis.
The efficiency of the excluder was determined by measuring the quantity of silt entering into the canal
without excluder and with excluder with the following formula:-
Silt Collected without excluder-Silt
Efficiency of Excluder ~ _ _ __:C_:o_ll_:e..:.c_te_:d_:_w_i_th__::E:.:x:.:c..:.lu:_d:_e:_r_:__ _
0.01 x (Silt collected without excluder)
169
iliii'?¥ fi%4 i@!" ~-
NARORA SILT EXCLUDER
0 12
H0.668-H0.668----H0.6 68 -+-10. 66&-+ 10.6 68--1
I R=12.42
I DAM AXlS
(BARR AGE)
SCALE m FOR PLAN
R= 10.82
SCALE
0
#'¥¥¥&
6
!m FOR SECTION
I
R = 9.22
A
6
FLOW R =aDO!
~~
,~-----.\=:==2~3~d~~~
AXIS OF
HEAD REGULATOR
O.S.FLOOR R. L 175.25
' - - - - - - - - A PRO._.N_,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __L__
P L A N
"'&PIER • . . • • __ ;~:i;:::;ili - '·~

SECTION THROUGH TUNNEL NO. I
·~· ' 1'1Fill'~j;~~ll '~' ~,,:;;:

SECTION ON A- A
f ~'.'~;~~;t"' '""
FIG. A- I
A-2 Efficiency of Excluder
As the effieierwy of a silt excluder is the percentage reduction in the quantity of sediment wh~ch
would enter the canal, if there is no such structure, for determining efficiency the silt concentratiOn
shall need to he observed as under:~
i) in the channel upstream of the excluding tunnels
ii) in the canal downstream of the regulator;
or
i) in the excluder out fa\\ or ::tt the exit of excluder tunnels

ii) in the downstream of the regulator
In the first case, the pcrr.entage efficiency would be:-
Percentage Efficiency =
Ir - I, x 1 00 (1)
I,
where Ir -= silt intensity in parts per thousand of water by volume

Ic -= silt intensity in parts per thousand of water by volume in the canal downstream of
canal regulator
In the second case, the silt intensity in the river pocket can be calculated from the formula:-
(2)
where
Ie Silt intensity passing through the excluder
Qr, Discharge through the excluder
QC Discharge in canal
From the equation (1) above, the efficiency of silt excluder can be determined.
The function of the excluder being in removal of the bed sediment, its efficiency can also be directly
evaluated with the formula.
Percentage efficiency X 100 (3)
where br intensity of bed load in the river

be bed load in the canal
A·3 Discussion on test results & Conclusions
The efficiency of the excluder on the basis of formulae (1) & (2) which are based on total load carried by
the river is not possible to be determined in view of taking observations in turbulent flow and thus
Equation (3) based on bed load was used for working out the efficiency. The efficiency so worked out
•
171
I
I collected from field data, varies from 51 percent to 87 percent. The variation of efficiency percentage,
discharge and bed load of the river have been plotted against time in Fig. A-2. It can be seen that the
general average value of exclusion efficiency remains above 60 percent for most of the discharges.
I
The maximum value of efficiency of the bed load exclusion works out to 87 percent against a corres-
ponding figure of 91.6 percent (as per equation 3) obtained on model. This is an indication of the fact
that results of model studies of silt exclusion are fairly representative of Prototype performance, and
thus high light the fact that the qualitative studies on hydraulic model do bear- a relationship with the
j quantitative result~ expected on prototype.
j
l
l NARORA SILT EXCLUDER
J
A FIELD STUDY OF ITS EFFICIENCY
II
'
I' ... r;;

l > ""-'
.."" ..,."".
<.>
l 100 DISCHARQE
j' ~
'
l .<.>
:I<JOO
..'• •
.;
.,"" • 60
..u,.
<.>
l
j
!
... 1000
".'
"
'!:
40
.....-
..
8£0 LOAD
l1
c
." 20 10
..
"'<.>
c;
0 0
.
-'
0
0
"..
"'
J
j r 0
_j
I 40
1•
20 EI""I""ICI £HCY
0
$~7·71 14-T-71 19-7-71 24-7-71 Z9-7-71
TIME
VARIATION OF EFF!CIENC!ES 7BED LOAD AND DiSCHARGE WITH TIME
FlG.A-2
•_,_®
172
il
CHAPTER 11
RIVER TRAINING WORKS
11.1 GENERAL
Rivers in the alluvial planes generally flow over a flat country and meander widely within their
permanent river banks. River training works are provided :oguide the river to flow exially through
the dam/weir and to check out.flanking. Besides, these are reqmred to:
i) minimize possible cross flows through the structur·e which may endanger the structure and
protection works.
ii) prevent flooding of the riverine lands upstream of the work due to the afflux caused by the
construction of the obstruction (dam) in the rivBr.
iii) provide favourable curvature of flow at the intake from the consideration of sediment entry into
the canal.
Though the planning and design of training works is done largely by empirical methods, reliance has
to be placed on the intuition and judgment of experienced engineers. Model experiments are extremely
useful and valuable in the layout of these works.
11.2 TYPES OF TRAINING WORKS
River training works generally provided at diversion dams may be classified as below:
a) Guide banks embankments
b) Approach embankments
c) Afflux embankments
,11.3 GUIDEBANKS
In a flat country in view of wide alluvial belt through which the river flows, it is necessary to narrow
down and restrict its course and help the river flowing centrally through the dam constructed across it.
Guide banks, as the name implies, are artificial embankments meant for guiding the river flow past
the dam without causing any damage to the structure and other appurtenant works.
The guidebanks usually consist of two heavily built embankments in the river in the form of bell
mouth. The portion of the river between the normal river banks and the guidebanks is closed by
simple embankments. Sometimes, if the river has high scour resistant marginal lines, it becomes economical
to dispense with one of the guidebanks. Guidebanks are constructed in pairs generally symmetrical in
flow. These are constructed both•upstream and downstream in the direction of flow on one flank or both
flanks according to the requirements at site. Proper alignment of guidebanks induces favorable curvature
of flow, which in turn helps in minimizing sediment entry into the canal system. Guidebanks should be
173
'""''
so designed that even if the river swings, a safe marginal distance is available between its extreme
swing an9 approach embankments.
11.3.1 Classification
Guidebanks can further be classified: i) according to their form in plan and ii) according to their
geometrical shape. The latter are named for the shape of their curved heads such as straight, elliptical
guide banks with circular or multi radii curve heads. These are however applicable to wide flood plains
and longer diversion works. For low dams, the former are generally adopted.
11.3.1.1 Form in Plan
Guide banks can either be divergent, convergent or parallel (Fig. 11.1)
Divergent guidebanks exercise attracting influence on the flow. With such guidebanks, the approach
embankment gets relatively less protection in worst possible embayment as compared to the equal
bank length of parallel guidebanks. Divergent guidebanks would thus require a longer length compared
to parallel guidebanks for the same degree of protection. Besides, divergent guidebanks induce oblique
flow on to the diversion dam and give rise to tendency of shoal foundation because of larger waterway
between curved heads .
.
'~
.•
' M_.
The convergent guidebanks have a disadvantage of excessive attack and heavy scour at the head
and tendency of shoaling along the bank. Sometimes the end bays are rendered inactive. Because
of these draw backs, convergent guidebanks are rarely used. Parallel guidebanks are considered most
suitable. They provide uniform flow from their head to the axis of the dam.
11.3.1.2 Geometrical Shape
According to the shape of the curved head, the guidebanks can be classified as straight and elliptical
as shown in Figure 11.2. In the case of elliptical guidebanks, the elliptical curve is up to the quadrant
of the ellipse and followed by single or ~ometimes multi radii circular curves. Due to gradual change
-i~.· in curvature, the flow, in the elliptical shape hugs the guide banks all along its length as against separa·
tion of flow occurring in case of straight banks. Elliptical guide banks are however more suitable in wide
flood plain rivers.
11.3.2 Layout of Guidebank
The layout of the guidebanks should be such as to guide the flood smoothly through the work. This
is however dependent on local topography, site of the structure and alignment of approach embankment.
The exact shape of the guidebank is dictated by model studies.
11.3.3 Length of Guidebank
Length of the guide banks should be considered from the following requirements:-
i) The maximum obliquity of current should be limited to reasonable value.
iii Approach embankment or both sides should be fully protected in the event of main channel of the
river em baying considerably behind the training works.
··~,!1 Based on experiments, the length of guidebanks can be co-related with the length of the structure
between abutments (L). 4
The length of guidebanks on the upstream can thus be kept 1.0 L to 1.5 L. Obliquity of flow be
'.·~
;%\
174
Wont
..... pouiblo
lmbaymont ''
-"
c
0
0
"'
~
•
I
I
/
'
'\ b l 0
\
\
I
"'
!
.?
a:: Divergent~~
sulca
{i f 1/
I
I
0::
bank
'
' ~ i '· ~
/
--Diatance between the

approach bank and the
wont p011lble embayment.
a) DIVERGENT I PARALLEL GUIDE BANK
....
c
)
~
~
u::::
•i ...c
.,
~ ~ 0
~
a:
"'
~
Shoal •
JLAxlo
b) CONVERGENT UPSTREAM
GUIDE BANKS- FORM IN PLAN
FIG. II. I
r ...1
"'-
R•0.46f>w
li2
0
- I
L
I
1-
I
~g~
0 0
AI STRAIGHT GUIDE BANK
5•To eo•
0.3 TO 0.!5R
Bl ELLIPTICAL GUIDE BANK
GEOMETRICAL SHAPE OF GUIDE BANKS

FIG. II. 2
limited to 30° to protect the bank from severe river action. In case of wide alluvial belt, the length is
generally determined by fitting meander loops between the guidebank and afflux embankment. The
radius of worst possible loop should be ascertained from available data. In case no data is available, the
3
radius can be determined by dividing the radius of the river by 2.5 for discharges up to 5000 m /sec. an<i
by 2.0 for a discharge above 5000m 3 /sec. •
Downstream length of guidebank is to be determined so that swirls and turbulence likely tn be caused
by fanning out of the flow below the guidebank do not endanger the structure.
Generally, length of the guide banks of the downstream should be kept 0.25 L to 0.4 L.
The above recommendations are not universally applicable. One of the considerations in fixing the
length is ensuring the safety of the approach bank. Every river has its own peculiarities depending
on its size, load characteristics, terrain. through which it flows, nature of its banks, etc. Hence, each
case should be considered individually.
Generally, it is convenient first to work out the characteristics of the most acute bend in the river.
Assuming this to occur at the head of the guide bank, the. worst probable embayment behind the head
within selected bend may be calculated by fitting it to the head of the guidebank. The length of the
guidebank can then be closed so as to leave a substantial margin between the assumed embayment
and the approach bank.
11.4 APPROACH EMBANKMENTS
In the construction of diversion dams on alluvial rivers, the natural waterway is restricted for better
flow conditions and economy through the diversion dam. The unbridged width can be blocked by con·
structing embankments called as approach embankments shown in fig. 11.3. The approach embankments
on sides between the guidebank and alluvial belt edge are generally aligned in line with the axis of the
dam/weir up to a point beyond the range of worst anticipated loop.
11.5 AFFLUX EMBANKMENTS
Afflux embankments are the embankments extending from the abutments or the approach embank·
ment as per such toporgraphy of the dam site and connected on the upstream to the ground above affluxed
high flood level. On the downstream, it should be taken to a length necessary to protect the canal or
approach embankment from high flood. Afflux embankments should be located outside the zone of em·
bayment of the meandering river as indicated in fig. 11.3 showing typical layout of river training
works.
In case a road exits near the site of dam, the afflux embankment may be continued with the road
lor economy. Where flood embankment already exist, same can be used as afflux embankments. The
section may however be strengthened when necessary, The alignment of the embankments need to be
reviewed from time to time when river flow conditions change.
11.6 DESIGN OF GUIDEBANKS
Guidebanks have to b~ perm~nent structures like the dams/weirs they protect; and warrant great
care ~n de~1gn and executwn. Gmdebanks should be so designed that even if the river swings, a safe
margmal distance should be available between its extreme swing and approach embankment.
177
•• - 22 ..D&J
.,
...;
-
-..."
=II""" I/
s (/')
e :li!
0
0
...; !i< 5~
l5 "'
~ <!>
xi
~ ~ ~
~
~
!:(:I
"' !i ~-'
...
~
1-
a::
LLJ
31: -' 0 a:>

"' 12
...3 z
0
g ~
IL.
0
~
0::
0::
"'iii
>
0..
<("
K
0
? 0
)P=- !;i!E
:;:o ~
_J
!11~ _J
<I:
(.)
a..
>-
1-
• .&LM¥ .Q &;;;;.;,
11.6.1 Section
11.6.1.1 Top Width
In Lh<~ straight portion of the guidehank, also known as "shank", the top width be kept about 6 metres
aL formation level (the height of the embankment) to permit carriage and storage of material. At the
noses, the width may be inereased suitably to enable the vehicles to take turn. On small banks lesser
width ean be provided keeping- in view olh(~r means of carriage of material along the guidebanks.
11.6.1.2 Free Board
A free hoard of 1 to 1.5 m. should be provided above the highest flood level (HFL) for 1 in 500-year
flood or ahove the afflux water level and as per r:ritcria discussed in Chapter 7.
11.6.1.3 Side Slope & Protection
Side slopes of guidchanks depend upon the material they are to he made of and the height. Side
·slope of 2:1 to 2:5:1 is considered adequate and slope 2:1 is generally adopted.
Due to surge waves, current v<Hocity, the material on river side is greatly displaced. The face of the
guide banks between high flood and low water level, therefore, requires protection. Stone pitching should
normally be done all along the shank on the river side and continued round the back of the head. Turfing
can he done on the rear side of the shank. Full allowance for settlement should also be made. The size
cf stone required on the sloping surface may be worked out from the curves given in fig. 11.4.
Generally, stone pitching on slopes is done manually. Pitching with stone weighing from 40 to 70 kg (0.3
to 0.4 ml for an average velocity up to 3.5 m/s should be done. Cement concrete blocks of depth equal to the
thickness of pitching for higher velocity may be used, but round and smooth boulders should be avoided.
Pattern grouting in blocks of required size can also be done, where necessary. Hand packing & careful
gradation of stone between sand and the large stone are necessary to prevent the sand being sucked
out by high velocity flow.
11.6.2 Thickness Of Pitching
The thickness of pitching is generally adopted as equal to the size of stone but not less than 0.25 m.
For higher velocities where size of stone works out more than 0.4 meter, cement concrete blocks of 0.4 to
0.5 m thickness can be used.
11.6.3 Filters
A graded filter of about 20 em to 30 em in thickness and generally satisfying criteria as described

in chapter 7 - para 7.9.3 should be provided below the pitching to protect the embankment material
from being sucked out.
Thickness of stone pitching can also be worked out with the help of formula:
where
Q Discharge in cumec.
T Thickness of pitching in m
' This would however be applicable to rivers with high discharges. In this ease, the stone pitching
should be patch grouted covering 25% to 30% of the area and in suitable number of panels. Hand packing
179
:s I I I
I /;
I
2 I
II I /=
I~
f- -
·st NK SLOPE -
1:1~ -
./
-
~ 0.8 I I II -=
VI
f- -
I -
I
0.6
f- BANK
2:
~LOPE
1
-
E
0.4
~X I 1/ =
- - LIJ
- ;z I()
0:: -
BANK SLOF 0 <D
w E // 1-
1- 0.2 10 Ul N
LIJ 3: I ----._ ::
:::E
- I i"/j_ = IJ.. "..
v
<{ 0
Ul i
0 1- i
:z: !
w 0 .I (!)
z f- I I 1.0 w
0 0.0 G
I- f- I II -= :1:
i
-
ill/
ll) !
0.06 - Ii
f- -
i-
0.0
o.o: ; I/,
0.7 2
I
4
I
G
I
G
=
I=
10
4
VELOCITY, m /s
SIZE OF PITCHING STONE Vs. VELOCITY
FIG. 11.4
;:~&Q¥4 . .29!¥12\ -~- Q ~- 1&1&1@4 4 .& Q£;)5J;l$ !\§;.Qk 2

and careful gradation of the stone, with smaller stuff, as quarry refuse between the sand and Jarg(~ stones
should be used to prevent the sand from being sucked out by high velocity flow. VVith this arrangement,
the thickness of pitching can be suitably reduced.
11.6.4 Loose stone Apron. (Launching Apron)
The face of the guidebank which is protected up to the river bed level with stone pitching so that
the sloping portion is not damaged, is alsO subjected to scour which would occur at the t.oc with
consequent undermining and collapse of the stone pitching. To obviate such damage to the slopes, stone
cover, in the form of apron is laid beyond the toe on the horizontal river bed so that scour would undermine
the bed first, starting at its farthest end and works backwards towards the slope. The apron then launches
to cover the face of the scour with stone forming a continuous carpet below the permanent slopes of the
guidebanks. Adequate quantity of stone should thus be required to ensure complete protection. The
quantity would depend on the apron thickness, depth of scour and slope of the launched apron.
11.6.4.1 Size of stone
The size of stone for the launching apron can be determined with the help of curve given in Fig.
7.18. In case required size of stones arc not economically available, cement concrete blocks or smaller
size stones in wire crates may be used. The crates (gabions) '3hould be made out of 14 mm Gl wire with
double knots and should be closely knit and securely tied.
11.6.4.2 Depth of Scour
The depth of scour at different locations of the guidcbank shall be different as discussed under
para 7.3.3. Scour depth may be adopted as given below:-
Noses of guidcbanks 2.0 to 2.5 R

Transition from noses to straight 1.25 to 1.75
Straight reach 1.0 to 1.5 R
The status of flood for which the scour should be calculated, should be 100-year flood and the apron
be designed accordingly.
11.6.4.3 Thickness of Launched Apron
In launching, the apron will not form a uniform thickness as by hand packing. The thickness should be
25 to 50 percent more than thickness of pitching on slopes.
11.6.4.4 Slope of Launched Apron
The materials of the armour on the slope of the shank and in apron act only as a "face wall". Since
the guideb.~nk slopes arc to be stable by themselves, the slope should have the same angle as the "angle
of repose of th~ mater~al of which It IS constructed. Model experiments have shown that an apron
does not launch sat1sfactorrly unless the angle of repose of the underlying material is flatter than that of
the protection work. Observatwns at guidebanks on various rivers in alluvial beds have shown that the
actual slope of a launched apron ranges from 1:5 to 3:1. However, in most cases the average approximate
to 2:1.
181
The face slope of the launched apron should not therefore be assumed steeper than 2:1 for loose
boulders and stones and 1.5:1 for concrete blocks or stones in wire crates.
11.6.4.5 Shape and Size of Launching Apron
It has been observed that whatever be the type of apron section, a certain dispersion, which will be
the maximum at the outer edge, is unavoidable where the apron launches. As a general practice, an
adequate thickness of apron should be provided at the toe of the slope to ensure a strength after launching
equal to that of the stone pitching on the slope face. Additional stone out of the total apron quantity
worked out, should be provided for irregularity of launching and washing away of stones; this can be
better distributed in the apron in triangular wedge shape with maximum thickness at the outer edge.
It has been observed that shallow and wide aprons launch evenly if the scour takes place rapidly.
If the scour is gradual, the effect of the width on the launching apron is marginal.
As discussed under para 7.9 of chapter 7 under "Protection Works", depth of scour "D" should be
worked out from the normal scour "R". A width of launching apron equal to 1.5D has been found adequate
and should be provided in the shank portion as well as in the curved portion of the guidebank. A minimum
thickness of 1.5T (where T is the thickness of slope stone) should be provided in the straight portion.
For the curved head where the apron has to cover a wider area, the thickness should be gradually
increased to 2.25 T. It would be desirable to extend the apron from the shank to the head in a length
L 1 equal to one fourth of the radius of the curved head.
To minimize the loss of stones, the apron should be placed at the lowest possible bed level.
A complete design of the guidcbank has been illustrated in Fig. 11.5.

'
Volume of Stone
i) Slope Portion
For a slope of 2:1 with F as free board
I total length ~ ..f5 (Y + F)

If T be the thickness and allowing 25% extra as losses
I Quantity of stone/unit length ~ {5 x 1.25 x T (Y + F)
Il ii) Apron Portion

a) Straight reach
i Volume of unit length

b) Curved reach volume
f5 X D X 1.25T ~ 2.25D
'h (1.51' + 2.251') x 1.5D
2.81D X T
X 1.251'
1
l 11.7 DESIGN OF APPROACH EMBANKMENTS
Il In the design of the approach embankment, same guidelines as applicable to the design of guidcbanks
should be followed with the modification given hereunder:
11.7.1 Top Width

1
Top width_ of the approach embankment should be from 6 m to 9 m at the form>tt - 1'011 leve 1. ')
, n sma 11
I wor k s Iesser WI d t h be provided keeping in view other means of transport of material.
182
45° TO 60°
0.3 TO 0.5R
/ ----- '
' \\
'
'
R" 0.45 Pw
Pw" 4.83 "\JO
,r
.E L.
T
-,-_J.-L.j--.x R "I D +Y
s 1.5 T
LEGEND:
f FREE SOARD D
y " DEPTH OF WATER ABOVE LOW WATER
"
D DEPTH OF DEEPEST SCOUR
"
'] X MULTIPLIER
;~ R
" NORMAL SCOUR DEPTH
"
~ T THICKNESS OFSLOPE STONE
s "" THICKNESS OF SOLING (FILTER)
SECTION X- X
/ill (NOT TO SCALE)
';~
'di
~···H. F L.
··--·-···· ____ j --..,------·,..
xR D-tY
' ' ' '
' ..............',<!l
........: LOW IWATER
I
D
'' ' ' L~VEL
' ' ' ' I
' ' '..............
' ' \
- - -
DEEPEST---~
SCOURJL
_ _J _
'-......_
_
'-....::_
-, _ _;;,. __
SECTION Y-Y
(Nill TO SCALE)
DETAILS OF GUIDE BANK FIG. II, 5

11.7.2 Section
The section of the approach embankment on canal side shall he designed for the condition when
there is high flood on the upstream and no water on the downstream. On the other side, the embankment
should be safe against differential head with affluxed level on the upstream and retrogressed level on
the downstream.
11.7.3 Size of Stone
In workinR out the size of stone, the velocity should he calculated with 40 per cent of the design
discharge.
11.7.4 Thickness of Pitching
Thickness shall he based on 40 per cent of the design discharge.
11.7.5 Filter
Generally, no filter should be needed. In case, however, a wider and higher section is required, filter
shall be provided for as in the case of guide banks.
11.7.6 Launching Apron
I
l
Size of stone shall be same as for Ruidebanks. Depth of scour shall however be 0.5 D to 1.0 D, as indi·
cated in Fig. 11.3.
Thickness and slope should be the same as for guidebank as per para 11.6.4.3 and 11.6.4.4. A width of
launching apron equal to 0.5 D should be provided from the abutment up to the distance covered by the
I curved head of the guidebank and beyond it where it is exposed, the width of the launching apron
should be increased to 1.0 D.
I 11.8 DESIGN OF AFFLUX EMBANKMENT
I 11.8.1 Top Width
Top width and also other parameters should be same as for approach embankment.
11.8.2 Slope and Protection Works
As afflux embankments are generally constructed away from the main channel of the river, these are
not subjected to strong river currents. The provision of pitching of slopes and launching apron is not
considered necessary. Reaches which are likely to be subjected to strong river currents, paving of slopes
may be necessary, otherwise it is desirable to provide turfing only.
11.9 GENERAL BEHAVIOUR OF LAUNCHING APRONS
Results of model tests and field observations show that for satisfactory launching, bed material
should scour easily and evenly. With an apron laid on the river bed consisting of alternate layers of sand
& clay, stones slide down as sand layers scour and clay layers subside & thus stones from clay layer are
184
washed away. Clay bands cannot thus be used as dependable foundation for aprons. Where unavoidable,
heavy mainte;nance of such apron is required.
11.10 OTHER TRAINING WORKS
In the case of very wide rivers, it may be found that necessary extension of the guidebanks to
provide protection for the entire length of the approach bank is not possible on consideration of economy.
In such cases, the approach banks across/along the river banks, have to be protected by additional
protective works such as revetment, spurs, etc. If, howeveor, the groyne can he avoided by a moderate
increase in the length of the guidebank, it should be done. If suitable points are available for the con·
struction of training measures like groynes or pitched islands, the length of the guidebanks can be
considerably reduced and security of diversion structure increased under post construction conditions.
185
CHAPTER 12
l INSTRUMENTATION
l
12.1 GENERAL
\ Diversion dams and related works form key structures to the development of river basin development
for irrigation as discussed in the earlier chapter. These structures are built to last for many decades. Du~ to
J the pondagc created upstream, there arc tremendous forces inherent, which the dam is expected to With-
I stand throughout its operation life. Effect of failure of such a dam and consequent negation of planned
benefits of the project, make it imperative that means should be available in the dam for providing informa-
l tion on continued assurance of its safety.
l
1
12.2 OBJECTS OF INSTRUMENTATION
l The objectives of instrumentation are two fold. Firstly, the instruments installed at the damsite keep
a constant watch over their performance in service and indicate the distress spots which call for remedial
measures. Secondly, observations from the instruments form a cumulative record of the structural
behaviour. The information obtained through measurements promotes the understanding of the influence
I of various parameters and other assumption in the design on the structural behavior and thus leads to
formulation of more realistic design criteria . .
12.3 INSTRUMENTATION FOR STRUCTURES ON PERMEABLE FOUNDATIONS
In hydraulic structure on permeable foundations water stored percolates below the foundation of the
structure. The pressure gradient acting along the direction of flow is a critical design parameter at
the exit end of the structure. Design of the structure, as outlined in the previous chapters involves calcu-
lation of these pressures and gradient on the basis of certain assumptions. Actual observations
of the pressure, during the operation therefore becomes important.
For the observations of pressures, instruments (pressures pipes), which are installed in the structure
serve the following purposes:
i) These act as tell tales watching the stability and to predict undesirable developments.
ii) To investigate if the actual pressures at various points on the structure are in conformity with
those assumed for the purposes of design.
A systematic record of these observations, apart from its scientific value, will be as necessary for
the maintenance of the structure as a record of usual sub-surface sounding and probings.
12.4 UPLIFT PRESSURE PIPES
In dams on permeable foundations, the pond water percolates below foundation due to the difference
186
·~-m.MLJ& w
of head "H" (Fig. 12.1). At intermediate points along the bottom profile at A. B residual pressures d"ve\op,
which act upwards and tend to lift the structure unless counter weight i.e. dead weight of the structure
itself counteracts the same. The pressure gradient at the exit and at C is also a critical design parameter.
At this, if the force of water is in excess of the effective weight, piping can occur. The measurement of
these pressures at all such critical locations iS thus very important.
12.5 NUMBER AND LOCATION
12.5.1 The pressure points to be installed can be divided into three groups:
i) Along and beneath the horizontal floor.
iil Along the vertical cutoffs.
iii) At different depths under the foundations.
For very low dams where the foundation strata consists of boulders & gravels installation of
pressure points at lower depths at (ii) & (iii) can be eliminated. This shall however depend on individual
site.
The location of these points should however be pbnncd carefully taking into account the presence of
stratification in sub·soil and other geological and design features specifically presence of clay bands.
A typical arrangement of the pressure points under a structure is shown in Fig. 12.2.
On a diversion dam, suitable locations under the horizontal floor are:-

i) Upstream and downstream aprons
ii) Immediately upstream and downstream of vertical cutoffs.
iii) Intermediate points at regular intervals.
Under the floor at the selected locations, uplift pressures are helpful from stand point of safety of
the structure, whereas tapping points located along the faces of vertical cut offs at suitable depths help
in the correct evaluation of the effect of the depth and spacing of cutoffs in addition to that of stratification
of the sub·soil on uplift pressures. In the sub·soil the pressure points should be located at suitable
depths and intervals under the pervious and impervious floors. Normal distribution of pressures ':lot
effected by the vertical cut offs shall be indicated at these points. Pressure points along the downstream
vertical cutoff on the downstream face, at C shown in figure 12.1. shall indicate the pressure required
for computing the exit gradient.
12.5.2 Location
Pressure tapping points should generally be located along the abutments of the structures and at a
member of intermediate sections between the abutments, at -suitable intervals. Normally, at a minimum
number of three intermediate sections, pressure tapping points should be provided. This shall however
be dependent on the importance and magnitude of the structure. The pipes from the filter points (described
in para 12.6) are led to the piers or abutment walls to enable water level readings to be taken throughout
the year.
12.6 DESIGN OF PRESSURE PIPES
12.6.1 Filter Points
12.6.1.1 Pressure tapping points consist of filter points made of brass at the base, of 50 mm inner dia·
187
,-~-'-~""'"' ---.--~-~---·""---~-~-~--··-·"-----··-·-- -~·~.:c.~~--~~------"'-"'-'"""-''-"~--~-"~--"""-'>"-''"""''" ·'·~------~'·""-'"'-"'-"4~,~-0>..C"""'~·-···="'~'-"~'''~·"""""-":."'"''"'"".,:"''-"·"'·'"--'~-"'''''""'-=;,~,~-'-.~''"~"""-·''"·'./-~~---~-, -··----~ . "':ik
j STAND PIPE
PEIZOMETER)
-r
UPSTREAM WATER LEVEL
• _j__
p ~DOWNSTREAM WATER LEVEL
DAM ON PERMEABLE FOUNDATION
FIG. 12. I
11
}.~!4% 'fj;!i&,&_.-i,: iW'*4 ;l.~;i;Oi\~·f "'"""*''·><·
•F0,' 0 '
NOT!:S:
L OC A TICN OF TAPP!NG
POINTS WOULD VARY WITH
THE SHAPE a SIZE.
---i~ UPSTREAN
"'...
Al.L DIMENSIONS ARE IN

MM. FIG. 12.2
k~
meter and 100 em in length with 500 micron wire gauge strainer as shown ln fig. 12.2. These arc further
connected by 40 mm G.!. pipes to suitable stand pipes located in the dam structure for measurement
of water level. The filter point shall be fitted with a driving point at one end and a threaded blind pipe
of 50 mm diameter and 75 mm length at the other end.
12.6.1.2 The filter points shall be laid horizontal where excavation permits or alternatively these <:an he
driven down to the desired levels. In case of foundation soil being too hard and difficulty experienced
in driving to larger depth, the filter point along with blind pipe can be inserted in a bore hole of
about 100 mm diameter.
12.6.2 Generally graded filter material around the filter points is not required since no flow through
these points is expected. In case of very fine sub-soil material, however, graded filter can be provided
to avoid choking up of the point. From economic considerations, where the above arrangement is costly
porous tube piezometers, where porous ceramic tube acts as a filter tip, can be provided.
12.7 INSTALLATION
The filter points are laid horizontally or driven vertically and connected to pipe laid vertically in
piers and abutments. Points directly under a pier or abutment wall shall be connected to the observations
platform by a single vertical lengths of piping. But those away from piers and abutment walls shall
be connected by horizontal lcnghts of piping. The horizontal lengths shall be placed well below the lowest
pressure level that is likely to occur at the respectivP lJOints. Otherwise, no observations will be
possible during certain water level conditions~when the observations stand pipe will be dry.
The horizontal piping between the filter point and the observation point on the superstructure shall be
slightly inclined downwards in the direction of the filter point to avoid any possible air lock.
When more than one pipe are driven at the same place to different depths, they shall be spaced not
closer than 30 em so as to avoid direct connection between any two filter points.
During the installation of pressure pipes the properties of soil around the tip, should be observed,
particularly when the tips are located in soil with different properties and permeabilities recorded.
This may be of help in subsequent analysis and interpretation of observations.
During erection, the ends of all pipes shall be kept closed by caps to avoid foreign matter finding its
way into the pipes making observation of water level unreliable.
12.8 PRECAUTIONS
i) All vertical pipes shall be kept dead vertical and no link of any sort shall be allowed. Failure
in this requirement may make it impossible to lower the bell sounder to the right place for
observations.
iii Each pressure~tapping point shall be given a distinct number and that number shall be marked
on the filter point and on each length of connecting pipe. These distinctive numbers shall be
stamped on the caps at the end of the stand pipes and on the masonry or concrete platform where
these are located.
12.9 MAINTENANCE
i) Alter installation every year before the onset of monsoons, each pipe shall be tested to see that the
fi_lter pornt rs not choked. If any choking has occurred remedial measures like using compressed
air or water under pressure by jetting through the pipe, shall be taken;
iii E ac 11 vertica
. I stand pipe shall be provided with a screw cap to avoid bird nests and tampering.
iii) All m1ssmg
. . screw caps on the tops of stand pipes shall be replaced with their original numbers
stamped.
190
if!Ld. iJ _ :a
iv) All the piping including the stand shall be coated with a good quality anti-corrosive paint, taking
care that original pipe numbers are not obliterated.
12.10 OBSERVATIONS
12.10.1 The following observations should be made:

i) Upstream and downstream water level should be read from water level gauges suitably fixed.
ii) The water levels in all the stand pip~s shall be read by means of a bell sounder lowered into the
pipe by a steel tape or by electrical devices.
iii) The depth of sediment on the upstream and downstream floors and the soil characteristics of the
sediment shall be observed. Depth of sediment can be measured by sounding.
12.10.2 Record of Observation
The observation shall be recorded suitably in the Registers & Forms as per the format given in
Appendix 12 A
Following observations shall be recorded.

a) Date of observations.
b) Upstream and downstream water level.
c) Total head H - the difference between upstream and downstream levels.
d) Temperature of river water and temperature of water in selected pipes.
e) Depth of sediments on upstream and downstream floors.
f) Water levels in all pipes.
g) Residual pressure (P) - difference of water level in stand pipe and downstream river water
level.
h) Velocity potential percentage, 1:5 (P/Hl x 100
While recording all the above observations and their analysis, pipes should be grouped by lines laid
in a single section from upstream to downstream. For proper maintenance record, one page shall be
earmarked for one line and sufficient pages shall be reserved for subsequent record of observations for at
least one year. Record is generally prepared in the field in duplicate, i.e., one additional copy for the central
office.
12.10.3 Time Lag
When there are large fluctuations in the upstream and downstream water level in the river, during
rising or falling floods or when river supply is ponded up, the results are likely· to be influenced by time
lag. A rise in the upstream level will give relatively lower readings and when falling, higher readings
are expected. With sufficient and regular observations, it shall be possible to make due allowance. A
sudden rise in downstream level will give relatively lower pipe readings and vice versa. Similarly, in
rising flood when upstream and downstream levels arc rising, the pipes will read relatively low and in
falling flood, when upstream and downstream levels are falling, they will read high.
12.10.4 Frequency of Observations
The frequency of observations shall depend on local requirements. In case of special problem, obscrva
tions can be more frequently recorded.
191
I Generally, once a week at key points and once a fortnight for other points shall be enough for
watching stability of structure. Daily observations shall be made during such periods when water
j fluctuations arc more, and specially during floods.
I
' 12.11 PRESENTATION & ANALYSIS OF DATA
For a given pressure point, 0 ie P/H values remain constant for any structure provided temperature
1 of water and depth of sediment, scour on upstream and downstream do not alter. The function.ll should
l form the basis for plotting, for any variation in its normal value needs to be explained by temperature
I and sedimentation. Following graphs shall be prepared to have a quick idea about the behaviors of different
l pipes at any time of the year and bring to light the abnormality .
.I
l Date of observation should be plotted on X axis and variable on Y axis. Variable being:
I a) value of 0
b) river temperature
c) value of H
d) downstream water level
e) depths of sediment/scour at the pervious floors, upstream and downstream.
These graphs should be kept plotted up to date for all key points to help ascertaining unfavourable
developments.
192
:::WMSZZ::,
Z:.¥
till ~';'$ ·~ tii-~;;:';;f; •.-,••'A0i,f;.•:t::;f,··~·'-''' "''~"-~"·"-""'"''"',/,
"'--~'-\1;;'•.;-.--·<o- ><·~··cc/y/i,-l,i';>" '' • .,,. ~-~,:-F\'-" - d''·'''"-,,;;,;;,·- •'«'"''
·-
APPENDIX 12A
REGISTER Of UPLIFT PRESSURE PIPE OBSERVATIONS

NamG of River:
Nome of hydrou11c structure :
s
(ALONG
K E T
PIPE
c
UNEI
H *
I
l
i' •..
:
!
t,'• Name of observer:

,[)ate of observatIon :
Time ·<
of o bservotion :
Upstream water leveJ: (m)
Downstream water level: (m)
Head " H ; (m)
Snode temperature: •c
River water temperature: •c
De p!ll of sed lment on upstream pervk>LtS tloor: (m)
Dep!ll of sediment on downstream pervk>us tlooc (m)
Line No. Toto! floor lenotn :
Distance t ron Reduced level RedUC<!d level Reduced level Pipe water Depth of water Reduced le.,.. p io m 0 ' ( P/H) X 100 REMARKS
Bond ~ipos,
0 of
PIPE NO. Upstroo m Eod of Bottom ot It Top of pipe, Temperature In Pipa, of w:rter In (col.8- d/$
of Impervious Pipe DESIGNED OBSERVED
floor
Any m. •c m. Pipe, m. river W.L.)
( II ( 2) ( 3) ( 4) ( 5) ( 6) ( 7) ( 8) (I 0) ( II) ( 12)
( 9)
NOTE :lf
Sketch to show:
i}Foundation prot lie :
II) Uplift pressure pipe with rumbers:
.
~
~
r.·_j_
}I
:~
CHAPTER 13
~
..Jg····
DAMS ON IMPERVIOUS FOUNDATIONS
13.1 GENERAL
To make water flowing in a stream or river available for irrigation use, it must be diverted by means
of a diversion dam, intake works and other appurtenant works. Such diversion works are generally
l~ located in or close to the channel of an alluvial river. Though the location of a diversion dam is established
~ by the requirements of project plan, it may be required to place dam on almost any type of foundation
material. Very few sites for diversion dams. however, permit construction on rock foundation, since
bed rock is usually at such depth that its use as a foundation is impracticable and uneconomical. At some
locations, however, the project plan may so dictate as to found the dam on impermeable (rock) foundation.
Considerations in the design of diversion dam founded on impervious material {rock) being similar
'I~.
·.•.•
to those in the design of gravity dam, its analysis has been discussed in this chapter as applicable to design
of gravity dam.
13.2 DESIGN ANALYSIS
For the design of gravity dam, it is necessary to determine the forces which may be expected to effect
the stability of the structure. The forces which should be considered are:
i) The external water pressure.
iii Internal water pressure (pore pressure or uplift) in the dam and foundation.
iii) Silt pressure.
iv) Earthquake forces.
vi Weight of the structure.
vi) Forces from gates or other appurtenant structures.
Design Assumptions for calculation of stability, evaluation of load and forces promoting stability
and inducing instability and load combination shall be the same as adopted for the spillway section (solid
gravity) on permeable foundation discussed in chapter 8.
The forces to be evaluated are however, briefly described as under:-

a) Forces which induce instability are:-
i) Pond level and tail water loads.
iii Earthquake and silt pressure.
iii) Uplift pressures.
b) Factors that promote stability are:-
i) Dead load.
194
•
ii) Shear resistance of dam and foundation.
iii) Quality and strength of concrete.

iv) Strength characteristics of the foundation and abutments.
13.3 SAFETY CRITERIA
Safety criteria against sliding and overturning shall be the same as for dams on permeable foundation
discussed in Chapter 8 of the manual.
In the evaluation of the forces and design analysis the following features for dams on rock foundation
shall, however, need special consideration.
1. Uplift pressure.
2. Foundation and its treatment
3. Water way - crest length
4. Stilling basin
5. Protection Works
13.4 INTERNAL OR UPLIFT PRESSURE
Uplift forces occur as internal pressures in pores, cracks and seams within the body of the dam, at the
contact between the dam and its foundation and within the foundation. It is recognized that there are
two constituent clements in uplift pressure; the area factor or the percentage of the area on which uplift
acts and the intensity factor or the ratio which the actual intensity of uplift pressure bears to the intensity
gradient extending from head water to tail water at various points.
Effective downstream drainage, whether natural or artificial, will generally limit the uplift at the
toe of the dam to tailwater pressure. Drainage holes drilled subsequent to grouting in the foundation
or other drainage arrangement, where maintained in good repair; are effective in giving a partial relief
to the uplift pressure intensities under and in the body of the dam. The degree of effectiveness of the
system will depend upon the character of the foundation and the dependability of tho effective maintenance
of the dr;oinage system.
13.4.1 Criteria for Design
The following criteria are recommended for calculating uplift forces:

a) In case of highly jointed & broken foundation, the pressure distribution may be required to
be based on electrical analogy. For low diversion dams, however, where there are no formed drains,
it is safe to assume the straight line variation from head water to tail water pressures as a measure
of uplift.
b) The uplift is assumed to act over 100 per cent of the area.
c) It is assumed that uplift pressures are not affected by earthquakes.
Uplift pressures can be reduced by forming drains through the concrete of the dam and by drilling
drainage holes into the foundation rock. Such drains arc usually provided near the upstream wall of the
dam·exercising proper care to ensure that direct piping from the reservoir will not result. Other methods
used to reduce the uplift at the contact of the dam with the foundation include construction of cutoff wall
under the upstream face, construction of drainage channels (usually of sewer type) between the dam
and the foundation. These methods usually are considered only additional safety factors in the design
of low dams and should not be considered in reducing the design and stability requirements.
195
13.5 FOUNDATION
13.5.1 Structural Competency
The foundation should be investigated and the maximum allowable stress established though the
structural competency of the foundation is not usually amenable to precise and complete evaluation.
The data from exploration and tests should be supplemented by engineering and geological judgment.
Where the quality of the foundation materials approach or falls below that of the concrete/masonry of
the structure on it, the foundation competency becomes a controlling factor and should be appraised in
full detail.
13.6 FOUNDATION TREATMENT
13.6.1 General
The rocks near the bed of the river are characterized by numerous structural distressed conditions
which may be undesirable in dam foundation. It is of great importance that all important geologic condi·
tions affecting the feasibility of the dam site are ascertained before commencement of construction.
In the case where geology exhibits extensive discontinuities such as faults, clay filled joints or bedding
planes, strength is governed solely by the resistance against shearing along these discontinuities. In the
case of soft, uncemented shales or slates having weak, near horizontal planes, the toe may not be considered
strong enough to provide sufficient assurance against sliding. In such cases a deep heel trench below
the upstream side of the dam, is provided to be filled with reinforced concrete securely anchored to
the dam.
13.6.2 METHODS OF TREATMENT
Several methods of treatment of foundation, such as excavation of seams of decayed or weak rock
by open excavation, mining of objectional material and back filling with concrete, or by drilling and
grouting can be resorted to.
For small dams foundation of rock, including hard shale, generally do not present any problem of
bearing strength. Rock foundation, should however, be carefully investigated to determine their per·
meability. If erosive leakage, excessive uplift, high water loss occur through crevices of faultp]anes, the
foundation should be grouted. The determination of whether or not a foundation should be grouted is made
by examining the site geology and by analyzing the water loss quantities of foundation exploration holes.
A great deal of experience is required to make this decision since every foundation is unique.
Normally in the case of storage dam and in its estimation, foundation grouting is provided. For
detention dams or for extremely low diversion dams, grouting of rock foundation is not required.
The treatment of foundation for such type of dams may only consist of low pressure blanket grouting,
which can be divided into two parts.
a) surface treatment
b) sub surface operations.
13.6.2.1 Surface Preparation
Where surface rock is weathered and distressed, it would be necessary to remove over burden and
shattered mass before laying concrete.
13.6.2.2 Subsurface operation where required. This consist of grouting & drainage treatment.
196
13.6.3 Procedure for Grouting
13.6.3.1 The principal objectives of foundation grouting arc to establish an effective barrier to ·seepage
and to consolidate the rock under the structure.
13.6.3.2
a) Low Pressure Grouti·ng
The general plan for treating consists of low pressure blanket grouting. rl:hc _low pressure
grouting aims at improving the foundation condition by providing a general co~sol!dat1_o~ of th_e sur
face rock and to fill and seal major surface scams and crevices. The surface IS thus JOinted tnLo a
monolithic mass.
b) High Pressure Grouting
High pressure grouting aims affecting a relatively water tight seal across leaky zones in the
foundation. Procedures diff(.~r significanlly according to the conditions of the foundation and irnpor
tance of the structure.
c) Depth of grout holes
The required depth of the deepest holes depends upon nature of the rock in foundation. Actual
assessment of depth can be made by water testing up to varying depth to determine extent of
leakage. Generally, depth can be determined with the following formula:~
d ~ 0.33 h + c
where
d depth of holes in metres.
h height of dam in metres.
c constant varying from 7.!) to 25.
In a hard dense foundation, the depth may vary from 30 to 40 per cent of the head and in a poorer
foundation, the holes may reach deeper as much as 70 per cent of the head.
13.6.4 Drainage
The final treatment of the foundation is to provide drainage. Suitable drainage measures, which
should be maintained under constant repair, contribute significantly to the reduction of uplift. Drainage
is accomplished by drilling one or more lines of holes immediately downstream of the glacis. Sizes,
spacing and depth of holes can be assumed on the basis of judgment and characteristics of rock.
13.7 WATERWAY- CREST LENGTH

I In a diversion dam, the water way and afflux are co-related and for an economically and hydraulically
efficient design the combination between the tWo is made by trial and error. In the case of diversion dams
on permeable foundations the waterway is fixed taldng into consideration the stable width of the river
worked out from the Lacey equation. For dams on impervious foundations, major factor governing the
crest length of the overflow weir is the cost.
The most economical length for a given flood can be determined by comparing the cost of weirs of
various lengths with the cost of other features effected by crest length. Some of the important features
to be considered in making the cost comparisons can be public utility services affected by back water, like
197
roads, rails, telegraph, pipe lines, etc.; Cost of appurtenant works - sluiceway, head works, stilling basins,
protection and river training works. Though it may not always be practical to use the economical crest
length because of other controlling features, cost studies can he used as a guide.
13.8 STILLING BASIN - FLOOR THICKNESS
Thickness of floor for the stilling basin (downstream apron) shall be dependent on uplift pressures
which in turn would he different from those worked out in case of dam or pervious foundation by Khosli
Theory discussed in Chapter 5.
In the case of basins of dams on impervious (rock) foundation, the floor (which is at a lower level than
river channel) shall be subjected to an uplift equal to the tail water heador higher depending on the sur·
face. During spillway,. running, the basin flow is subjected to higher head because of the slope of jump
profile. The basin floor must be' heavy enough to withstand the unbalanced head.
For design, the stilling basin floor is considered to be a free body in equilibrium with foundation
reactions balancing active loads. Uplift forcc.s caused by hydrostatic head on the bottom of the slab are
counter balanced by the weight of concrete and effective weight of water in the basin.
13.9 PROTECTION WORKS
In view of the non-erosive characteristics of the river channel, protection works as required
on dams on permeable foundation, may not be required in case of those on impermeable {rock) foundations.
Curtain walls downstream of the stilling basin may however be taken to suitable depth. Necessary rip rap
material shall be provided consistent with the velocities both upstream and downstream of the dam.
198
CHAPTER 14
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
Every dam and the water retained structure presents a potential danger. A probable failure of the
dam means not only the loss of structure and the water stored, but the stored water though in small
measure, may also cause damage to life and property in the areas immediately downstream of the dam
on its failure.
The necessity for proper inspection and maintenance of dams and appurtenant structures is evident.
The risks of damage to the works can be increased as much by neglect of proper and timely operation
and maintenance as by inadequacies in design and construction.
Diversion dams which are founded on sandy or gravelly stream bed materials have their stability
ensured by a broad base with cutoff walls, be safeguarded by frequent inspections for evidence of piping
or boils. An increase in the volume of seepage or piping would call for suitable remedial measures. Proper
operation and maintenance of such dams is thus of great importance. It is necessary that the engineer in-
charge makes themselves familiar with the basis of design and manual of work.
Operation and maintenance of diversion dam and appurtenant works can be divided into two
categories:~
a) Hydro-mechanical installations
b) Civil Works
14.2 HYDRO-MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
Main items under this category are generally gates and winches.
14.2.1 Operation of Gates
il All lift gates should be operated at suitable intervals to keep them in working order. In low
supplies when opening are not desirable, raising of gates by 15 ems for a few minutes would be
sufficient. Such gates which have not been moved for a long time should not be forcibly raised
at once but should be lifted slowly by almost 3 em or so and left in that position for about 10
minutes till the silt deposited against the gates is softened and water leaks through. This is
necessary to a void strain on the machinery.
ii) The operation speed of the gates should be limited to the maximum speed indicated by the
manufacturers.
iii) The operation of undersluice gate should be based on model studies for optimum hydraulic
efficiency, structural safety, and maximum silt exclusion.
iv) ?peration of ~eir shutter~, where provided, and their sequence of operation shall be based taking
I mto account rrver behaviour, shoal formation and scour. It should be decided by the engineer
199
in charge. Generally. the gates starting from the centre are opened first and then moving on
either side.
v) The gates are opened in installment of 30 em or so at a time. Gate opening should be increased
to allow passage of boulders, etc.
vi) The head gate of the intake work should be opened equally unless otherwise indicated on model
studies.
vii) The openings of the silt excluders, where provided, should be closed slowly to avoid water
hammer.
viii) The operation of gates should be done in such a manner that the permissible difference in static
head is not exceeded on either side of divide wall to endanger safety of the structure.
14.2.2 Maintenance
All machinery and gates at the works should be kept clean, tidy and in proper working order. Care
should be exercised that it is properly handled in conformity with the manufacturers instructions.
14.2.2.1 Gates
For proper maintenance of gates, following instructions should be taken into consideration.
i) The gates and counter balanced boxes should hang vertical and plumb. Any adjustment if required
to keep them in such shape should be made from time to time.
ii) For shutters, all the holding devices like chains/anchors holding them should be kept free from
rust.
iii) All the gate grooves, angles for gates/shutters should be maintained clear of debris, silt, etc.
iv) The upstream face which would be coming in contact with water should be provided with a suitable
and proper paint to make its life long. Other parts of the gates and shutters not in contact with
water can be painted with a suitable paint which can be ready mix paint but be water and heat
resistant.
v) Machined surfaces, stainless surfaces, brass or bronze do not require any painting.
14.2.2.2 Gate groove and Seals
i) The grooves and their machined faces should be maintained clean and well lubricated. Before
application of lubricants, these should be cleaned of all sticky deposits.
ii) All seals just after construction and during closures should be tested for their efficiency. The
verticality and horizontality of the seal seat and wall plate should be checked. Rubber seals
should be suitably tested to press uniformly by inserting paper strips or other means. Seals
should be adjusted or replaced as necessary.
14.2.2.3 Steel Wire Ropes
i) All steel wire ropes should be kept clean and well lubricated. Generally, at least once during a
year, the ropes should be lubricated after proper cleaning. The lower portion of ropes under water
can be wrapped with gunny (jute) bags after proper lubrication.
ii) Inspection and maintenance of wire clamps should be done periodically. It is recommended that
clamping devices should be tested at least once in three years.
200
14.2.2.4 Winches and Hoists
il All winches and lifting arrangement should be examined to ensure that all gears and axles are
clean and properly lubricated. All bearings should be kept lubricated. The alignment of shafts
should be checked and coupling bolts tightened.
iii All grease cups be kept full of lubricants to protect the bearings against rust.
The winches should be tested for workability periodically. These should be operated in right
direction and for that properly marked directions and limits should be indicated.
iii) For electrically operated hoists, all precautions necessary for ensuring safety and proper operation
of motors, switching devices, upkeep of proper insulation of wirings be taken. The electrical and
mechanical parts should be periodically inspected.
iv) The decking should be properly maintained. Wooden planking where provided in the decking
of hoist bridge, should be checked frequently. Loose nuts and bolts be tightened and worn out
planks be replaced.
v) All lift gates/fall shutters should be tested and the engineers in charge should submit a certificate
to the competent authority before the advent of monsoons that all gates/falling shutters are in good
operation cOndition.
14.2.2.5 Lighting and other Arrangement
il All the lighting arrangement and illumination where provided, should be checked daily during flood
season and once in a week in slack season.
ii) For the road bridge, the bridge bearings should be cleaned and greased once in a year after the
monsoon season.
iii) Painting of super structure :;hould be done once in 2 years.
14.3 CIVIL WORK
Inspection and Maintenance
Periodical inspection of diversion dams is necessary for ascertaining and detection of any damage and
to ensure proper functioning. Further objectives are as follows:
a) to ensure adequacy of the structures to serve the purpose for which they are designed.
b) to verify the condition and monitor behaviour.
c) to investigate conditions which cause distress.
d) to study the extent of damage, if any, and planning of maintenance and repairs.
Adequate inspection shall be carried out by competent personnel after an unusual event. All
inspection observations should be compared with the design assumptions and results of model studies.
Such inspections are generally carried out annually for all underwater works after monsoons. Besides,
detailed inspection should be carried out in stages by drying various portions of the dam and inspecting
them against crack or damage, at least once in every five years.
All such repairs shall however be carried out before on-set of next monsoons.
Inspection and maintenance of the following components of the dam should be given special attention.
i) Aprons
ii) Impervious floors
201
iii) Sediment excluding devices
iv) Intake work
v) Instrumentation
l vi) Other observations

vii) River training works
I
-i
14.3.1 Aprons
The sounding and probing of the upstream and downstream apron and the arc~tS just upstream and
downstream shall be carried out immediately after the monsoon to assess the scour and launching of
aprons. The block protection portion particularly on downstream shall be carefully examined against
any settlement and effectiveness of the filter. Suitable measures shall be taken to protect against harmful
retrogression.
14.3.2 Impervious Floors
a) Upstream Floor
Upstream and downstream floors shall be inspected after the monsoons. When water depth on the
upstream floor is not much during lean water flows, inspections can be done with the help of under water
lamps. In the boulder reaches joints of the stone sets should be carefully inspected. Whereas minor
repairs can be carried out under water, for major repairs the areas may need to be isolated.
b) Downstream Floor
I i) Downstream floor of the stilling basin should be inspected carefully. Inspection can he properly
done during winter flows and necessary repairs should be carried out before the monsoons.
:~ ii) In case of permeable sandy foundation, for deep cisterns requiring cleaning and dewatering,
cl inspection can be done by probing. In boulder reaches, however, dewatering and cleaning may be
carried out in rotation once in three years.
iii) Deep cistern when being dewatered should be ensured against the maximum head for which it was
designed. In the operation/regulation manual, this should be specified.
l 14.3.3 Sediment Excluder
A complete inspection of the silt excluder including the opening, roofs, tunnel mouths, etc. should be
carried out during winter months with the help of divers and under water lamps. Whereas, m1nor repairs
I can be carried out under water, major repairs may require local isolation.
Cj
14.3.4 Intake Work
i
A thorough inspection of the work should be carried out in winter months. The upstream floor can be
inspected by probing and downstream cistern when dry or by local isolation. After 3 years or so the
l upstream floor shou1d be examined thoroughly by isolating the area. Necessary repairs should be carried
out in time.
l 14.3.5 Instrumentation Data
The data observed on the instruments (pressure observation pipes) em~edded for pressure, described
I
j 202
Cj
I ·-:g n_ __ s_ X. MlJiMKJJ?JM ... iJ@i . _..JLL.. 't

in Chapter 12, should be examined and performance report prepared every year. The observed pressures
should be compared with the design uplift pressures with the help of graphs recommended m the format.
If any additioanl uplift pressure pipe is required at the critical locations, this may be installed.
The uplift pipes should be maintained in accordance with the recommendations discussed in the
chapter on instrum~ntation taking special care that each pipe is;
i) given a separate number
ii) mouths of all pipes are kept closed to avoid clogging with foreign matter
iiil each pipe is tested frequently with water jetting.
14.3.6 Other Observations
14.3.6.1 Pressure Release Pipes
For checking efficiency of the drainage system provided downstream of the dam, pressure release
pipes should be checked for the quantity and quality of the discharge. The sediment content in the affluent
should be observed. It may be possible to take observations during dry season.
Suitable remedial measures shall be taken when required.
14.3.6.2 Standing Wave Profile
Hydraulic jump profile shall be recorded with the help of strip gauges which require to be painted
on the wing walls and the divide wall. The profile in the propotype should be compared with the design
profile for various conditions of flow.
14.3.6.3 Sediment Observation
Water samples both upstream and downstream of the undersluices for sediment content should be
taken. In addition, below the canal intake work the samples be collected to assess the suspended
sediment.
These observations should be made at least once a week during the monsoons to determine the
efficiency of the sediment excluders. Such observation would be useful in ascertaining any modification
in the regulation procedure.
14.3.6.4 Aggradation of Riverbed
With the construction of dam, river bed upstream is likely to get silted and aggradate resulting in
increased afflux and consequently reduced free board. Gauges should be fixed upstream at intervals of
1000 m or so to record water level and to determine increase in the afflux elevation if any. If necessary.
, training works may have to be raised suitably for restoring the design free board.
14.3.6.5 Retrogression
The retrogression expected in the river bed downstream of the dam should be observed with the
help of gauges fixed downstream of the work at an interval of 10 m. or so. In case of excessive retrogres-
sion as provided in the design, remedial measures should be taken when required to ensure safety of the
structure.
203
14.3.6.6 Settlement
For measurement of any settlement of the structure, because of presence of clay layer or other
soft soil in the foundation, permanent observation points should be established by precise leveling.
The levels should be observed in the winter months every year and remedial measures taken, if necessary.
14.3.7 River Training Works
i) A detailed survey of the river training works upstream and downstream of the dam shall be carried
out every year.
ii) On the upstream, the survey should extend about 1 meter above the design flood level on both the
banks. On the downstream, the survey should extend to a length up to which changes with the
construction of dam have occurred.
iii) A number of permanent bench marks should be established on banks to facilitate survey.
iv) Changes in river course should be examined and remedial measures should be taken, if necessary.
v) Guidebanks, afflux embankment and approach embankments should be examined in winter
months and necessary repairs to the embankment section, pitching and apron be carried out
before monsoons.
vi) Sufficient stock of stones and boulders should be made available in the close vicinity of the pro-
tection works for use in case of emergency.
14.4 REGULATION AND OPERATION
14.4.1 General requirements
i) For efficient functioning of the system, it is necessary that adequate regulation staff should be
provided and their duties clearly specified.
ii) Sufficient stock of material, tools and plants required to meet emergencies should be maintained
at all sites of diversion dams_ A complete list of all such items be maintained and their availability
periodically checked. '
iii) The gauge sites should be linked with telephone/telegraph lines to the diversion works. On major
rivers, the installation of wireless transmitting stations, for speedy transmission of flood wirings
should be considered.
14.4.2 The operation and regulation can be divided into three periods depending upon the flow in the
river.
i) Pre monsoon
ii) During monsoon
iii) Post monsoon
14.4.2.1 Pre monsoon operation
During this period, river flow is low and thus no wastage of water would be desirable. In case of
diversion dams where falling shutters are provided, these shall be so regulated to conserve all the
a~ailable s~pplies to maintain Pond level. The releases through the Intake into the canals should be done
wrth the help of gauges and corresponding discharge tables, which should be checked occasionally.
204
;;; zan~
14.4.2.2 Monsoon Operation
i) A number of gauges shall be installed sufficiently upstream of the dam to ensure timely informa-
tion for operation of gates at the dam site.
ii) During floods, the recording of gauges and transmission of the same should be done more fre-
quently so that the Engineer and staff in charge of the regulation are posted with the rising flood.
iii) To help minimum entry of sediment into the canal, still pond regulation should be done as far as
possible. In case of locations where it is not possible for canals to be closed for flushing of the
sediment, still pond regulation can be adopted.
The attempt should be to resort to still pond regulation as much as possible, depending on flow in
the river.
iv) The excluders should be kept open during floods taking into consideration safety of the structure.
The under sluice gates under no circumstances be allowed to be overstopped.
v) Sediment Change Observation

It is important to keep constant watch over the sediment content entering the head work, that
being ejected out by the excluder and the sediment deposited in the canal. In this respect following
action should be taken.
a) In low floods, sediment charge observation be done and frequency can be fixed depending on the silt
charge.
b) cross section of the canal be observed at~suitable intervals.
c) water surface slope in the head reach of the canal be kept under observation with the help of
gauges.
d) ponding upstream of power station, if any in the canal reach be restricted to the required extent.
vi) Operation of weir shutters, where provided, should preferably be based on model studies.
vii) Pond level be kept minimum to feed the canal with the required discharge by suitably opening the
gates.
--~~
14.4.2.3 Post-monsoon operation
i) Sediment change observation & cross sections on the canal shall be continued till satisfactory
results are obtained.
iii Still or semi still pond operation, with sediment excluder operating depending on the surplus
water, should be continued till water is reasonably clear.
iii) When canal is opened, it should be run with a low supply for few hours and discharge gradually
increased. The rate of filling and lowering of the canal should be prescribed depending upon water
table along the canal, type of drainage filter behind lining, etc. Generally, rate of filling is faster
than lowering of supply in the canal, to avoid cracks in the lining.
14.5 HISTORY OF DIVERSION WORKS
A continuous history of the river behaviour and overall performance of the diversion dam Intake
work and riv~r traini~g works should?~ maintained on all major works. In the history of work, in~pection
~cports. repairs earned out and additional measures adopted for river training works and any other
important feature relevant t.o the over all performance of the structure, should be given.
205
0
h
c
CHAPTER 15 "s
F
t
DESIGN OF DIVERSION DAM
AN ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE 1
15.1 GENERAL
The concept of flow of water through the sub soil below the dams on permeable foundation and
consequent attendant hydraulic gradients and uplift pressures generated have been discussed in the fore·
going chapters.
The design of such a dam thus involves besides the above forces, the determination of the most
economical length and section of overflow portion (spillway), sluiceway portion, having the required
capacity to pass the maximum allowable flood, maximum afflux elevation; energy dissipation arrange·
ment, protection works against expected scour on the downstream and upstream, stability analysis
and structural design of all the components of diversion works. Whereas in the preceding chapters the
design principles & procedure of designs are covered, in this chapter, an illustrative design example
based on the design criteria described in the previous chapters, has been presented.
15.2 ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE
15.2.1 MAG-ASAWANG TUBIG DIVERSION DAM
LOCATION
The proposed diversion dam will be located on Mag-Asawang Tubig River approximately at the con·
fluence of Ibolo and Aglubang Rivers. The dam would be an ogee type, about 2.00 metres high and is
proposed to be of concrete and rubble masonry. The intake on the left bank would have capacities of 5.539
ems. during land soaking and 7.959 ems. during crop maintenance and that on the right bank would
have a capacity of 33.97 ems. for crop maintenance and 40.998 ems. for land soaking. Based on the com-
mand area, the operating water surface of the dam would be at elevation 115.80 m.
15.2.2 GEOLOGY: Shallow boreholes were drilled along the dam line with a combined depth penetration
of about 5.60 m. which indicated that bed rock exposure at the dam line is sparse. Gravels, boulders
and coarse sands occurring in a highly variable penetration are preponderant in the river bed and in the
flood plains. The material at depth is pervious and the relative proportion of sand mix and gravel is highly
variable.
15.2.3 AFFLUX & CREST LEVELS
The existing H.F.L. corresponding to the discharge rating curve for a design flood of 5320 cumcc
as determined, is E1.117.93 IUR) at the dam site. The usual value of allowable afflux as a result of con·
struction of the dam is 1.5 to 2.0 m. in foot hills, i.e., steep reaches of the river with boulders and
206
0.60 m. to 1 m. in plains (para. 7.3.2 of the Manual). For the Mag·Asawang Tubig, an afflux of about 1 m.
has been provided keeping in view location of the dam and also to avoid excessive pumping during
construction.
According to the cross sections of the river, the deepest river bed in the portion of the under sluices
is El.113.00 m. In the ogee portion, the average level is at El.114.0. Accordingly, the crests of under
sluices has been kept at El. 114.00 and for ogee at El. 116.00, allowing a free board of 0.2 m. over the
Pond level of 115.80, adopted from consideration of irrigating the service area to be commanded from
the proposed dam.
15.3 HYDRAULIC DESIGN
15.3.1 DESIGN DATA
1. Index map showing the river bank 2 km upstream and 1 km downstream.

2. Location of the dam sites shown on the map with river profile and cross sections of the riVer up-
stream and downstream. (Refer to Fig. 15·1 - 15.5). ·
3. Photographs of the dam site including aerial photo contact prints.
4. Design flood - 5320 cumecs (100.year frequency).
5. Stage discharge rating curve at the site (Fig. 15.6.)
6. Lacey's silt factor f ~ 4
7. Safe exit gradient ~ 1/5
8. Retrogression of bed - Fig. 15.6 - showing tail water rating curve (Retrogressed & Unretro-
gressed)
15.3.2 Determination of water way, afflux elevation, downstream basin elevation and downstream floor
length under different flow conditions of spillway and sluiceway will be made as detailed out here under:
A. WATERWAY
The total water way lor the dam is decided by trial and error, and the water way for sluiceway
as per guidelines under para. 7.4.5. In the present case, based on the actual topography at site, a total
length of 440.00 m. has been adopted in order to have suitable alignment of guidebanks.
1. Looseness factor
As per Lacey's formula Looseness factor actual waterway

Lacey's waterway
p 4.83 JQ
where P = minimum st3.blc waterway in. meters 440.00
335.00
Q maximum flood discharge
5320 cu. m/sec. 1.2
Thus, p ~ 4.83 J5320
352.29 m say 335.0 m.
L·I···
207
MAG-ASAWANG TUB~G RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
0
v
0
,'"-
~\ \
\
\
\
DAM
-
(!)
::r:
NOT CRAWN TO SCALE

LOCATION PLAN
FIG. 15.1
EL.I25.00
I~
l:i: I'
" lr<i I~
....... (0
z t--
EL.I20 .00
1-
"t;}
" '" 0
" !"--. li<; I~

"'
U1 "'- ... 10
0 -....... I;~; I~
u !'-- 10 I"'
EL.II5 .00
I ·b.
I
"'
U1
"- 1'
lo
I(J
EL .110.00
otooo 0+200 o+400 otsoo o+soo 1+000
RIVER BED PROFILE OF RIVER "A'

SCALE : H • I : 8000 MTS.
V = 1: 200 MTS. FIG. 15.2
LJ3 0
8
0
2!l
...... 0
. ·-
!"--- .. ~~
"'
1'- f-.,
2
I;'; :- 1---
1- 1\\ ,,....
"'U1 1\ " ~
<f)
~ ;; I~
£ ' r- ... ·Jf c
u 1\ :It <
EL .!Ia.
c<4
.._ I " I--.
'1li -i
c- - ·- ;;, '\
0 1\ L "'
L
u '
0+000 ot200 0+400 0-+800 1 +ooo 1+200
RIVER BED PROFILE OF RIVER "B"

SCALE: H= I : 8000 MTS.
V= I: 200 MTS.
FIG. 15.3
EL. 12 5.00
In
~
t-- +
......... - ---
1-' 0
~ 0
EL. 120.00
1'-. "' ...
10
!
" )'-., 1'- ... 0
.. +
XI{)
b ~
r--....
EL.II!I.OO ! 1\ ~0
\ r--- i:"
t'-- v '\.
f'.
1\
!-"
EL. 110,00 '
'
!
'
.I EL 105.00
0+000 0+200 0+400 0+600 0+800 1+000 lt200
RIVER BED PROFILE OF !BOLO RIVER

SCALE H • I :aooo MTS.
V= 1:200 MTS.
il FIG. 15.4
t 22 L L &bGWG-MJJAlJZ.' i !&% ; &

EL. I 2!5.00
UNO R Ul ES
10 H: 40. 0
I:!I WID H 0 EE
0
[-.
'"
«
0
-- .. -· 1-- --- -- --
-
e- I'-
~
-~.
~
a:
EL. 120.00 " z
'--"
·- \ "' t-i "'
~ \ I ~-
II~()(
-
/ /C fE TL OlE 0 DA !'\
r-'
E L.ll!5.00
~ U/!
a
AP ON
RE T
EL
~~
V.
L
" FC
F
E
f'\
:i,
Sl
U/
""A RO ELEVi OF
u S Ul E !
AY' I •
EL.IIO.OO I I I
OtOOO Ot200 Ot400 OtSOO Ot800 I +000 I t200 I +400
CROSS- SECTION@ DAM AXIS(FACING UPSTREAM)

STATION: I t !500
SCALE: H = I: 8,000 mrs
V I: 2 00 mts =
! !
FIG. 15.5
LOW STAGE - 100 CMS- 1.20 M RETROGRESSION
HIGH STAGE - ~320 CMS - .30M RETROGRESSION
EL.I20.00
R TF OE RES SED T IL NA E LiU~R T 'OE RESS D Tt IL~ A E
EL.II9.00 R TI~G Cl~VI !RAT NE CURV
EL. 118.00
EL.II7.00
EL.II6.00
EL.I15.00
EL. 114.00
E L.ll3.00
EL.II2.00
EL.III.OO
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
DISCHARGE (CMS)
SCALE 1:200 MTS.
TAILWATER RATING CURVE
FfG. 15. G
This falls with in the range specified under para. 7.4.2.
2. Width of undersluice & agee portion
For the area to be commanded from two canals, one on each side of the river, two sluiceways are
provided to create suitable pond. Intake works for the left and right side canal for discharges 7.959
cumecs, and 40.998 cumecs respectively shall also be provided.
Assuming water way for sluiceway as follows:
a) Right portion
6 bays of 5.50 m. each 33.00 m.
5 piers of 1.40 m. each 7.00 m.

40.00 m.
b) Left portion
2 bays of 5.50 m. each 11.00 m.
1•
1 pier of 1.40 m. 1.40
w~, 12.40 m.
W net ~ 33.00 + 11.00 ~ 44.00 m.
W gross ~ 40.00 + 12.40 ~ 52.40 m.
Effective length of sluice way due to piers:
For the calculation of discharge in the formula,
Q ~ C L H e 3t2
L is the effective length taking into account end contractions for the piers and abutments as per para
7.3.7.
I
where L ~ L"- 2 (N kp + ka) H,
and L ~ effective length

L' net length of the crest
N number of piers
kp pier contraction coefficient
ka abutment contraction coefficient
H, total head on crest
I}~ 44.00 m.
N 6
kp .V1 (refer to page 7-23 for contraction coefficients)
119.20 - 114.00 5.20 m.
(Where U/S EL. 119.20 & afflux. El. ~ 118.92
based from the succeeding computations)
213
~
L'
~
44 - 2 [ 6 (.01)
43.38 m.
8
3. Length - agee portion
Width o[ two training walls of 1 m. each ~ 2.00 m.
Length a[ ogee ~ 440 - 52.40 - 2.00 ~- 385.60 m.

(Abutment contraction coefficient has been ignored, therefore take the net length of the ogee as the
effective length which is equal to 385.60 m)
B. DETERMINATION OF AFFLUX ELEVATION, DOWNSTREAM BASIN ELEVATION AND DOWNSTREAM

FLOOR LENGTH
The following abbreviations have been adopted for various parameters in the calculations for
working out the discharges over spillway and sluiceway.
h, head due to velocity of approach

energy elev. - afflux elev.
He head producing flow
energy elcv.- crest elev.
da depth of approach
afflux elev.- u/s apron elev.
h, afflux elev. - crest elev.
h5 tail water elcv. - crest clev.
5320
q discharge per meter run 440 ~ 12.09
va velocity of approach
qid,
I. First Condition:
High flood condition, spillway not silted up
a) Spillway Portion
In Sketch 1
Try Energy El. ~ 119.22 m.

P = crest el. - u/s apron el.
116.00 - 114.00 2.00 m.
119.22 - 116.00 3.22 m.
P/he 2.00/3.22 ~ 0.62
From Fig. 7 .1; C0 ~ 3.835 (discharge coefficient for free flow condition)
hd U/S Energy level - tail water level
119.22 - 117.63 ~ 1.59
214
., i&
d ~ tailwater level - dis retrogressed bed level
117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83 m.
a) SPILLWAY PORTION
UiS Energy IEL . :_:,~:::.....:1:.:1::,:9•::.22:_-:---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1

Afflux
p~'--~~~~~~--~---
EL.I~ 118.92 ..\ ·()
DiS T .E.L. ~ 11:,.:7c.:.:.9'-'4'----,----
Tailwater EL. ~ 117.63 (R)
:::::.....•c.........:..---'---:-"-- -:/
. Crest EL. ~ 116.00: /
UiS Apron EL. ~ 114.00
DiS Bed Level ~ 112.80
SKETCH 1
b) SLUICEWAY PORTION
UiS T.E.L. - 119.20

Afflux EL. ~ 118.92 ---~D~iS~T~.E~.L~~~~11~8~.0~5_ _ _ __
Tailwater EL. ~ 117.63 (R)
EL. 114.00 Crest level
-U: ,:i: ,:S: ,:2Ap::,:r::,:on~E:.:L~.-~~11::,:3::,:.0::,:0_~~

. ~~-----~~~~~~~~~~---
~ DiS Bed Level ~ 112.80
SKETCH 2
215
&3 SkWJ &;g;;g;_a 2

hd + d ~ 1.59 + 4.83 ~ 6.42 1.59
.49
3.22
6 .4 2 ~ 1.99 :o--1.7
3.22
the downstream floor position has little effect on the coefficient of discharge which is solely by
tailwater submergence.
~ ~ ~ 1.99;
l with
c
0.49 &
I % correction ~ O.S% (from Fig. 7 .4)
Where Cs is the correction for submergence or decrease in coefficient for flow over submerged weir.
C, ~ (1.00 - 0.005) C0 ~ 0.995 X 3.835 ~ 3.81
In this, the modification in the value of the coefficient can be read directly from Fig. 7.6.
When 0.975 i.e. C, 3.74
Adopting value of C, ~ 3.74
q ~ 3.74 (3.22)312
1.811
11.93 cms./m.
Try afflux El. ~ 118.92 m.

119.22 - 118.92 0.30 m.
118.92 - 114.00 4.92 m.·
v A ~ ~ ~ 2.42 m.lsec.
hA ~ va 2 I 2g ~ (2.42J2 I 2 (9.80) ~ .299
Adopt UIS Total Energy level ~ 119.22 m. & afflux El. 118.92 m.
Q ogee ~ 11.93 (385.60) ~ 4600.20 ems.
I. First Condition
High flood with dam not yet silted up

b) Sluiceway portion
Determination of UIS Energy Elevation
Refer to Sketch 2
216
With afflux El. = 118.92 m. (from the spillway computation)
h, = 117.63- 114.00 = 3.63

(where 117.63 is the retrogressed level, assuming a retrogression of 0.3 m.)
h, = 118.92 - 114.00 = 4.92 m .
.!!s = 3 ·63 = 0 738

h, 4.92 .
Refer to Fig. 7.7
C, I C
.10 [
0.70
0.738
J .038
.8x56J
y
J .078
0.80 .778
.10 .078
.038 y
y = .30
X = .856 - .30 = .826 = c, I c
C, = .826 (C) = .826 (1.706) = 1.409
Try Energy Elevation = 119.39 m.

ha = 119.39 - 118.92 = .47 m.
H, = 119.39 - 114.00 = 5.39 m.
da = 118.92 - 113.00 = 5.92 m.
q = 1.409 (5.39)312 = 17.63 cmslm
~
17.63 (43.38) . = 2 47
5.92 (52.40) / .
ha = (2.47)2 119.60 = .31 < .47 m. not O.K., since

Assumed ha should be equal to computed h•.
Try Energy Elevation = 119.20 m.

ha = 119.20 - 118.92 = .28m.
He = 119.20 - 114.00 = 5.20 m.
da = 118.92 - 113.00 = 5.92 m.
q = 1.409 (5.20)312 = 16.71 cms./m.
16.71 (43.38)
. ( .40) = 2.34 mlsec.
5 92 52
ha = (2.34)2 119.60 = .279 "'- .28 O.K.
217
Adopt U/S Energy Elev. ~ 119.20 m. & Afflux El. 118.92 m. for sluiceway.
Q sluice 16.71 (43.38) ~ 724.88 ems.
Q ogee 11.93 (385.60) ~ 4600.20 ems.
Q TOTAL 5325.08 > 5320 ems O.K.
C. LENGTH AND LEVEL OF BASIN FLOOR
a) Spillway portion
From the previous computation;
q ~ 11.93 cms./m.
U/S Energy Elevation ~ 119.22 m
Afflux Elevation ~ 118.92 m.
Tailwater Elevation ~ 117.63 m. (Retrogressed)
1. Determination of downstream energy elevation
Depth of water ~ 117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83 m.

(112.80 being the bed level)
11.93 2.47 m/sec.

4.83 ~
hots (2.47)2 119.60 ~ .31 m.
Downstream energy elevation tailwater elev. + hots

117.63 + .31
117.94 m.
2. Determination of basin length:

I 'j
!
HL ~ difference in energy levels at upstream and downstream ends of jumps r
~ 119.22- 117.94 ~ 1.28 m. I
J
Accounting for 20% concentration (as per para. 7.5.9)
i
I
q, ~ 1.20 (11.93) ~ 14.32 cms/m.
where
q, Discharge per meter length with 20% concentration

D, critical depth for flow considered
3 j (14.32)2
9.80
2.76 m.
1.28/2.76 .46
218
,) Jf 4U&Z !JMi hkiiMkli&ilkLJ&ki£& SMJ£1 I .( £,;;;;;;;QJ£ Jil£2 . ' j j &

Refer to Fig. 715 for values of D2 I D 1 & D1 I De
corresponding to computed values of HL I De where
D ~ depth at upstream end of jump

1
D ~ depth at downstream end of jump
2
By means of interpolation, exact value~ corresponding to computed HL I D,. which cannot be found
from the values listed in Fig. 7.15 can be determined, as the case shown hereunder.
D 1 1 D,
HL I DC Dzl D1
.541]
.10
1.40
.46
L.5o
J .06
3.09]
X1
3.35 'J .26

X2
.516
"] .025
for Dz I D1 .
.26 .10 .025

.10
.06 Yz
:1
4$ ;
'1
.06 Y1
(.06) (.25)
.06 (.26) Yz ~
Y1 ~
0.10 .10
.16 .015
3.09 + .16 xz D1 I D, .541 - .015

X 1 Dzl D1
3.25 .526
forHLIDc ~ .46; ;
D2 1D 1 ~ 3.25 & D 1 I D, ~ .526
D I D, ~ .526; D 1 ~ .526 (D,l ~ .526 (2.76) ~ 1.45 m.

1
Dzl D1 ~ 3.25; D2 ~ 3.75 (D 1) ~ 3.25 (1.45) ~ 4.71 m.
V (velocity of flow at the beginning of the jump)

1
q, I D1 ~ 14.32 11.45 ~ 9.88 mlsec.
V (velocity of flow at the end of jump)
2
q, I D2 ~ 14.32 14.71 ~ 3.04 mlsec.
Froude's No. (F) ~ 9.881 2.62

I J-9-.8-(_1._4-5)
F ~ 2.62 < 4.5 Design of Basin Type IV has been adopted as per para 7.5.4.1
Refer to Fig. 7.14
219
• for F ~ 2.62 ; Lb/D2 ~ 4.84
Lb ~ length of basin 4.84 (D 2 l
4.84 (4.71)
22.80
3. Basin floor elevation
Asper para. 7.5.4.3, item i, the elevation of the basin floor may be calculated as follows;
a) Basin level U/S Total energy line - D 1 - hvl

where hvl head due to velocity of flow at the beginning of the jump
vl2 /2g
Basin level 119.22 - 1.45 - (9.88)2 I 2 (9.80)
112.79 m.
b) Basin level ~ DiS Total energy line - Dz - Hvz
where hv 2 head due to velocity of flow at the end of the jump
Basin level 117.94 - 4.71 - (3.04)2 /2 (9.80)
112.76 m.
B) Sluiceway Portion:
Determination of Length and Level of basin floor
q = 16.71 cms/m.
U/S Energy Elev. = 119.20 m. '
Afflux Elcv. = 118.92 m.
Tailwater El. = 117.63 m. (Retrogressed)
1. Computing for energy elevation at downstream;

depth of water ~ 117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83 m.
V D•S ~ 16.71 113.381 ~ 2.86 m/sec., where
. 4.83 (52.40)
52.40 m.; is the gross width

h 01 s ~ (2.86)2 /19.60 ~ .42 m.
DiS Energy Elevation ~ 117.63 + .42 118.05 m.
2. Determination of Basin Length

HL ~ 119.20 - 118.05 ~ 1.15 m.
With 20% concentration;
q, 1.20 (16.71) ~ 20.05 cms/m.
D ~ 3) 120.051' _
3· 4 D, m.
c 9.80 -
Hr, .' D, ~ 1.15/3.45 ~ .33

Referring to Fig. 7.15
220
By interpolation:
HL I D, D2 I D 1 D1 ID,
c-30] 2.81] ~
x Y1 0.28
0.572] 2 J
x 2 · Y .031
.10 0.33 .03 1
3.09 0.541
0.40
for Dz I D1: for D1 I D,
.10 .28 .10 .031

.03 Y! .03 Yz
.03 (.28) .03 (.031)
Y! Yz .10
.10
.009
2.81 + .08 ~ 2.89 & x 2 ~ D1 ~ .572 - .009 ~ .563

D,
D I D, ~ .563; D 1 ~ .563 (D,l ~ .563 (3.45) ~ 1.94 m.

1
D I D ~ 2.89; D2 ~ 2.89 (D 1) ~ 2.89 (1.94) ~ 5.61 m.
2 1
v ~ q, I D 1 ~ 20.05 I 1.94 ~ 10.34 mlsec.
1
v 2 ~ q, I D 2 ~ 20.05 I 5.61 ~ 3.57 mlsec.
Froude's No. (F)~ V 1 jiT5i ~ 10.34 f9.80 (1.94) ~ 2.37
From Fig. 7.14

For F ~ 2.36; LB I D2 ~ 4.6
L 8 ~ 3.50 D2 ~ 4.60 (5.61) ~ 25.81
3. Basin Floor Elevation;
a) Basin Level ~ UIS EE - D 1 - hvl

119.20 - 1.94 - (10.34P I 19.60
111.81 m.
b) Basin Level ~ DIS EE - Dz - hvz
111.79 m.
221
Afflux El. ~ 119.48
rD/S T.E.L. ~ 117.92 _ _
( Tailwater El. ~ 117.63
rCrest El. 116.00
rU/S Apron El. 114.00

DiS Bed level ~ 112.80
(assumed)
Sketch 3
11. Second Condition:

High Flood with dam silted
a) Spillway Pprtion (s•;e Sketch 3)
In this condition wherein the upstream of the dam has been silted up to crest, the basic coefficient
of discharge should be taken as for broad-crested weir which is 1.706 in metric units. However, the effect
of submergence should be calculated as per values listed under Fig. 7.7.
Assume afflux El. ~ 119.48 m.
Try U/S Energy Elevation ~ 119.60 m.
119.48 - 116.00 3.48 m. ·

117.63- 116.00 1.63 m.
119.60 - 116.00 3.60 m.
119.60 - 119.48 .12m.
1.63
.17
3.48
222
§iW £ =.Jdii@)@lJ r
.. ~HL
UiS T.E.L. 119.84
Afflux EL. 119.48

DiS T.E.L ~ .::.1..:::18::.:..2::9:___ _ _ _ _ _ __
Tailwater EL. ~ 117.63 (Retrogressed)
..
EL. 114.00
UiS Apron EL. ~ 113.00 DiS Bed Level ~ 112.80 (Retrogressed)
b) Sluiceway Portion - Second Condition - High Flood with dam silted up to Spillway Crest
Sketch 4
I
II Refer to Fig. 7.7 for values of C,IC
By interpolation:
l h, I h,
.40 J
C, I C
.956 J
[
I
.10 .470 .07 X yJ .019
.50 .937
II .10
.07
.019
y
y ~ .013
X ~ .956 - .013 ~ .943
for h 5 I h,_ ~ .47; C, I C ~ .943
c, ~ .943 c ~ .943 (1.706) ~ 1.609

q ~ c, (H) 312
1.609 (3.60fl12
10.99 cmslm.
da ~ 119.48 - 114.00 ~ 5.48 m.
10.99
.4 ~
2 .01 m Isec.
.
5 8
ha ~ (2.01J2 I 19.60 ~ .21 > .12 m. not O.K.
Try UIS Energy Elevations ~ 119.70 m.
ha ~ 119.70 - 119.48 ~ .22m.

He ~ 119.70 - 116.00 ~ 3.70 m.
q ~ 1.609 (3.70f312 ~ 11.45 cms./m.
11.45
.4 ~ 2.089 mlsec.
5 8
ha ~ (2.089)2 I 19.60 ~ 0.223 "" 0.22 O.K.
Adapt UIS Energy Elevation ~ 119.70 m.

& Afflux Elevation ~ 119.48 m.
Q ogee ~ 11.45 (385.60) ~ 4415.12 ems.
224
b) Sluiceway Portion (See Sketch 4)
Length and Level of Downstream Floor
1. Computing Energy Elevation
Adopt afflux El. ~ 119.48, as worked out for spillway portion in silted up condition
h, ~ 117.63 - 114.00 3.63 m.

h, ~ 119.48 - 114.00 5.48 m.
h, I h, ~ 3.6315..48 ~ 0.660
Refer to Figure 7.7 for values of C, I C

computed h, I h, based on formula Q ~ 1.706 L H3i2 are
By interpolation:
h, I h, C, I C
0.907
[0.60
0.660 X
0.70 0.856
By ratio & proportion:
.10 .052
.06 y
y ~ ,031
X ~ .907 - 031 ~ ,876
If h, I h, ~ .660; the interpolated value of
C, I c ~ .876
I C, ~ .876 (CI;
where C ~ 1.706 (coefficient of Discharge for free flow condition)
c,
I ~ .876 (1.706) ~ 1.49
After performing various trials;
Try Energy Elevation ~ 119.84 m,
hn ~ 119.84 - 119.48 ~ 0.36 m.

•
H, ~ 119.84 - 114.00 ~ 5.84 m.
c, H312
1.49 (5.84)3/2
21.02 cms./m.
da 119.48 - 113.00 ~ 6.48 m.
225
q x W net of sluiceway
va da x W gross of sluiceway
2 1. 02 (43 ·38 ) ~ 2.685 mlsec.

6.48 (52.40)
ha ~ v0 2 I 2g ~ (2.685)2 I 2 (9.80)
0.368 "' 0.36 m. O.K.
Adopt Energy Elevation ~ 119.84 m.

& Afflux Elevation ~ 119.48 m ..
Q sluice ~ 21.02 (43.38) ~ 911.84 ems.
Q ogee ~ 4415.12 ems

Q Total ~ 4415.12 + 911.84 5326 ems > 5320 0 .K.
2. Basin Length
From the previous computations:

q ~ 21.02 cms.lm.
UIS Energy Elevation ~ 119.84
Afflux Elevation ~ 119.48
Retrogressed Tailwater Elevation ~ 117.63
(assuming 0.30 m. retrogression at high stage flow)
Computing for Energy Elevation at Downstream:-

depth of water ~ retrogressed tailwater El.-
Assumed retrogressed bed level
~ 117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83 m.
q x W net of sluiceway
Velocity at downstream ~
'i da x W gross of sluiceway
21.02 (43.38)
4.83 (52.40)
3.60 mlsec.
l Velocity head, ho 1s (Vo/sl2 I 2g

(3.60) 2 I 2 (9.80)
hors .66 m.
DIS Energy Elevation Tailwater Elevation + horo
117.63 + 0.66
118.29 m.
226
HL difference in energy levels at upstream and downstream ends of jump
119.84 - 118.29
Accounting for 20°/o concentration;

q, ~ 1.20 (21.021 ~ 25.22 cmslm.
critical depth D, ~
3 4.02 m.
HL I D, ~ 1.55 I 4.02 ~ .386
Refer to Fig. 7.15 for values of D2 I D 1 & D 1 I D,
corresponding to computed value of HL I d,
By interpolation:
).
D1 I D,
J
,,' D2 1 D1
l
HL I D,
J 0.572
]""
,; [ 0.30 2.81
.10 [086
0.386 Xj Y! 128 xz Yz
0.40 ' 3.09 0.541
By ratio & Proportions:
..J.Q_ .28
.086 Y!
Y! .24
Xj 2.81 + .24 ~ 3.05 ~ D2 I D1
..JQ.. .031
.086 Y2
Yz .027
xz .572 - .027 ~ .545 ~ D 1 I D,
227
D1 depth at upstream end of jump
D2 depth at downstream end of jump
D, ~ critical depth for flow considered
D1 I D, ~ .545; D1 .545 ID,l ~ .545 (4.02) ~ 2.19 m .
Dz/ Dl 3.05; D2 3.05 ID 1) ~ 3.05 12.19) ~ 6.68 m.
VI 'lc I Dl 25.22 /2.19 ~ 11.52 m/sec.

Vz ~ q, I D2 25.22 I 6.68 3.78 m/sec.
Froude's No. (F) ~ V1 JgD 1 ~ 11.52/J 9.8 (2.19) ~ 2.486
From Fig. 7 .14;

for F ~ 2.486 L 8 I D2 ~ 4.8
where L 8 ~ length of basin

Ln ~ 4.80 IDzl ~ 4.80 (6.68) ~ 32.06 m.
3. Basin Level
Basin Level U/S Energy El. - D1 - hvJ h

. ; w ere
vl2/2g
119.84 - 2.19 - (11.52? /19.60
110.88 m.
Basin Level Did Energy El. - hv2 - vl/2g

118.29 - 6.68 - (3.78J2 /19,60
110.88 m.
Adopt basin floor level ~ 110.88 m,
a) Spillway portion
Length and Level of Downstream floor I

1. Computing for energy elevation at downstream:
From the previous computation;

q ~ 11.45 cms/m.
U/S Energy Elevation 119.70 m.
afflux Elevation 119.48 m,
Tailwater Elev.ation 117.63 m. (Retrogressed)
depth of water 117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83 m.
228
11.45 ~ 2 .37 m Isec.
4.83
H 01s ~ (2.37)2 /19.60 ~ 0.29 m.

Downstream Energy Elevation 117.63 + .29
117.29 m.
HL ~ 119.70 - 117.92 ~ 1.78 m.
2. Basin Length
Accounting for 20% concentration;
q, ~ 1.20 (11.45) ~ 13.74 cms/m.
3 j (13.7
9.80
4)2 ~ 2.68 m.
H1, I D, ~ 1.78 I 2.68 ~ .664
Refer to Fig. 7.15
By interpolation:
HL I D, D 2 / D1 D 1 / D,
.10
[ .60]
.644 .064
3.60]
Xj Y!
J .22
.494]
xz Yz J .017
.70 3.82 .477
For D2 I D 1 ;
.10 .22 .10

.064 Y! .064
y2 ~ .010
y1 ~ .14
3:60 + .14 ~ 3.74 x2 ~ 0.494 - .010 ~ .484
D2/D 1 ~ 3.74 x2 ~ D1 I D, ~ 0.484
D1 I D, .484 ; D1 .494 D, ~ .484 (2.68) ~ 1.30 m.

Dz I D1 3.74; D2 ~ 3.74 D 1 ~ 3.74 (1.30) ~ 4.86 m.
v1 ~ q,!D 1 ~ 13.74 /1.30 ~ 10.57 m/sec.

V2 ~ q,/D 2 ~ 13.7 4 I 4.86 ~ 2.83 m/sec.
:1::.
' Froude's No. (F) ~ v 1 / JgD1 ~ 10.57 I )9.8 (1.30) ~ 2.96
229
Refer to Fig. 7.14
II
For F ~ 2.96; Ln/D2 ~ 5.1
Ln ~ Length of Basin ~ 5.1 (4.86) 24.79 m.

I
3. Basin Level
Basin Level ~ U iS EE - D1 - hvl
119.70 - 1.30 - (10.57)2 i19.60

112.70 m.
Basin Level DiS EE - Dz - hvz
117.92-4.86- (2.83)2 i19.60

112.65 m.
Adopt Basin floor level ~ 112.65 m.
Ill) Third Condition-Medium Flood Condition {See Sketch 5)

Water Level on Upstream is just 0.30 m. {one foot} above the ogee crest
The 0 gee Crest I

a) Spillway Portion I
i!
Gwux El. ~ 116.30
Urest El. ~ 116.00
Tail water El. = 115.00

Ii
114.00
I
i l
I DiS bed level 112.80 (assum!f:
l
l
+ Sketch 5
1.0 Determination of UiS Energy Elevation
Afflux El. ~ 116 + 0.30 {Crest level + 0.30 m.)
230
116.30
d, 116.30 - 114.00 ~ 2.30 m.
Try Energy Elevation ~ 116.3009
116.3009 - 116.30 0.0009

p 116.00 - 114.00 ~ 2.00
He actual head ~ 116.3009 - 116.00 ~ .3009
Ho design head (head during high flood condition, where US!EE 119.22 m.)
3.22 m.
And from Fig. 7.1, discharge coefficient for free flow condition, C0 ~ 3.835
Since the crest has been shaped for a head higher than the head consideration, as per para. 7.3.7.2,
item b, and Fig. 7.2, variation of the coefficientas related to values of Hc/H 0 are shown.
-{:-~ .3009
3.22
~ .093; Refer to Fig. 7.2
0
-c-~
c .82; c ~ .82 C0 .82 (3.835) ~ 3.14
0
3.14 (.3009/312 ~ .29 cms./m.

q
1.811
d, 116.30 . 114.00 2.30 m .
v, .29
0.13 m/sec.
2.30
(0.13)2
19.60
~ .00086 ;::J .0009 O.K
Adopt U/S Energy El. ~ 116.3009 & Afflux El. 116.30
Q ogee ~ .29 (385.60) ~ 111.82 ems.
b) Sluiceway Portion
Afflux Elevation 116.30 (since water is just 0.30 m. above the crest level)
(See Sketch on the next page)
231
i
!
116.30
Crest El. 116.00
I Ots T.E.L. ~
Tail water El.
115.42
~ ·n5.20
l
l El. 114.00'-'--'-----,_
__ 1f]_E~L~11~3~.o~o
__________ ~ El. 112.80
Sketch 6
1.0 Determine U/S Energy Elevation
Since tailwater elevation is not yet known, assuming that it is free-flow condition and use the formula,
Q 1.706 LH 312 or
I q 1.706 H 312
I After various trials;

Try Energy El. ~ 116.44 m.
Ii ha 116.44 - 116.30 0.14
He 116.44 - 114.00 2.44 m.

q ~ 1.706 (2.44) 312 ~ 6.50 cms./m.
da 116.30 - 113.00 ~ 3.30 m.
6.50 (43.38) ~ 1.63 m/sec.

3.30 (52.40)
ha ~ (1.63)2 /19.60 ~ .136 ':":! .14
Q sluice ~ 6.50 (43.38) ~ 281.97 ems.

Q ogee ~ 111.82 ems.
Q Total ~ 281.97 + 111.82 393.79 ems.
1.1. Determination of Tailwater Elevation
From the tailwater Rating Curve, for Q ~ 393.79 ems; corresponding Unretrogressed Tailwater
El. ~ 115.95 m, & Retrogressed Tailwater El. ~ 115.20 m. These values can be verified by referring
to the Tabulation of Discharges at various elevations, through interpolation.
232
+&&
Elevation (m) Discharge (ems)
["'~"J
[ 198.201 215.29
.50 y 195.59
393.79
116.00 413.49
.50 215.29 .50 (195.59)

--y
~
195.59
y =
215.29
.45
El. x = 115.50 + .45 = 115.95 m.
Unretrogressed tailwater El. = 115.95;

& Retrogressed Tail water El. = 115.20 m.
As the tailwater elevation is higher than the crest elevation of the sluiceway, therefore effect
of submergence should be accounted for:
With afflux Elev. = 116.30 m. &
Retrogressed Tailwater El. = 115.20
h, = 115.20 - 114.00 = 1.20 m.

h, ~ 116.30 - 114.00 = 2.30 m.
h,lh, = 1.20 12.30 = .52
Refer to Fig. 7.7
C, I C
"l:::1"' 0.60
.10 .J2Q_ .02 (.03) .006

;y =
Ji2 = y .10
X = .937 - .006 = .931

•
for h, I h, = .52 ; C, I C = .931
C, = .931 (C) = .931 (1.706) = 1.59
Try UIS Energy El. = 116.42 m.
233
I
.. ···-- :····:::·.. .....:..:: ...... -~-..-...._ __ .._ _________ ___ ........_
................. .,.... ~
Tabulation of Discharges at Different Elevations
Section 0 + 550
s ~ 0.011 n ~ 0.04
ACCUMULATED ACCUMULATED K (ls 1h) V (KR213) Q
R ~AlP
ELEVATION AREA AREA PERIMETER PERIMETER n
113.50 4.0 4.0 10 10 0.40 2.622 1.423 5.692

114.00 16.0 20.0 8 18 1.111 2.622 2.813 56.26
114.50 16.0 36.0 18 36 1.00 2.622 2.622 94.39
115.00
115.50
16.0
45.30
52.0
97.30
32
74
68
142
. 0.765
0.685
2.622
2.622
2.193
2.037
114.04
198.20
116.00 74.70 172.0 (i4 196 0.878 2.622 2.404 413.49
116.50
·• 0.639 653.52
164.0 336.0 330 526 2.622 1.945
117.00 376 712.0 118 714 0.997 2.622 2.617 1863.30
~
117.50 412 1124.0 228 942 1.193 2.622 2.949 3314.68
"'"" 118.00 492 1676.0 1046 1.545 2.622 3.504 5662.46
104
118.50 468 3084.0 22 1068 1.951 2.622 4.094 8531.90
Lowest bed level ~ 113.0. M.
Q100 ~ 5320 ems.

Tw ELEV. ~ 117.93 (Unretrogressed)
Q500 ~ 6910 ems.
TW ELEV. ~ 118.22 (Unretrogressed)
Average Lowest bed level ~ 114.00 M.
Retrogressed bed level ~ 112.80 M.
ha ~ 116.42 - 116.30 0.12 m.
He 116.42 - 114.00 2.42 m.
q 2
1.59 (2.42)31 ~ 5.99 cms/m.
da ~ 116.30 - 113.00 ~ 3.30 m.
5.99 (43.38) ~ 1.503 m/sec.

3.30 (52.40)
ha ~ (1.503)2 /19.60 ~.115m. ~ .12
Adopt U/S Energy El. ~ 116.42 and afflux El. 116.30 m.
Q sluice ~ 5.99 (43.38) ~ 259.85 ems.

Q ogee 111.82 ems.
Q total 111.82 + 259.85 ~ 371.67 ems.
2. Determination of length and level of the basin floor.
a) Spillway Portion
1. Upstream Energy El. 116.3009 m.
afflux El. 116.30 m.
Retrogressed Tailwater El. 115.20 m.
depth of water 115.20 - 112.80 2.40 m.
Determine Downstream Energy Elevation
q ~ 0.29 cms/m, (from the previous computation)
VDIS ~ 0 2
2 ~ 0 ~ 0.12 m/sec.
h01 s ~ (0.12)2 /19.60 ~ .0007
Downstream Energy El. 115.20 + .0007

115.2007 say 115.20 m.
2. Determine basin length
H 1, 116.30 - 115.20
1.10 m.
q0 ~ 1.20 (0.29) ~ 0.35 cms./m.
235
De 3 J L35J2
9.80
~ 0.23 m.
HL I De ~ 1.1010.23 ~ 4.78
from Fig. 7.15;
9.89] .265l
4.7.01
.08 Y! Y2
.10 4.78 X! .12 X2 _j .002
4.80 10.01 .263
.10 .10 .002

.08 .08 Y2
.08 (.12) .08 (.002)

Y! ~
.10 .10
.10 .0016
x1 ~ D2 I D1 ~ 9.89 + .10 ~ 9.99 x2 ~ D 1!Dc ~ .265 - .0016 = .2634
for HL I De ~ 4.78; Dz I D1 ~ 9.99 & D1 I De = 0.2634
D1 ~ .2634 D 0 ~ .2634 (.23) ~ 0.06 m.

D2 ~ 9.99 D 1 ~ 9.99 (.06) ~ 0.61 m.
V1 ~ 0.351 .06 ~ 5.83 mlsec.
V 2 ~ 0.351.61 ~ 0.57 mlsec.
hvi ~ (5.83)2 119.60 ~ L73 m.

hv2 ~ (0,57)2 119.60 ~ .02 m.
Froude's No. (F)~ V 1 lfil\ ~ 5.83 IJ9.80 (.06) ~ 7.60
F > 4.5; Adopt Design of stilling basin 11

from Fig. 7.12 A:
for F ~ 7.60; L 8 I D2 ~ 4.20
Length of basin, L 8 = 4.20 (D21 ~ 4.20 (.61) ~ 2.56 m.
236
;~ 8.28
)~ Froude's No. (F)
~ 9.81 X 0.868
~ 2.84
From Fig. 7.14 C
for F ~ 2.84;
3.90 (D2 l 5.1 (3.06)

15.60 M
i) Basin level ~ U/S EE - D1 - hvl

116.42 - .87 - 3.48
112.08 m.
ii) Basin level DiD EE - Dz - hvz

115.42 - 3.07 - .28
112.07
Hence adopt basin floor El. 112.07 m.
IV Fourth Condition
·;ijl.·.~.
Low flood conditions i.e. Water flowing in the sluiceway is just 1.00 m. above the sluiceway crest
U /s TEL ~ 115.03
Afflux El ~ 115.00
EL 114.00 Dis TEL ~ 114.60
Tailwater EL ~ 113.07
EL 113.00
DiS Bed level ~ 112.30
Sketch 7
Since w'ter is just 1.00 m. above the sluiceway crest and the afflux El. 115.00 m., no discharge
will pass through the ogee portion, its crest level being at El. 116.00 m.
Assuming various values of Energy El. and checking with ha by trial;
238
i) Basin level
116.3009 - 0.06 - 1.73

114.51 m.
ii) Basin level DID EE - Dz - hvz

115.20 - 0.61 - .02
114.57 m.
Hence adopt basin level ~ 114.51 m.
•
1. Upstream & downstream energy elevation
Upstream Energy EJ.· ~ 116.42 m.
Afflux Elevation ~ 116.30 m.
Retrogressed Tailwater El. ~ 115.20 m.
Determine downstream energy elevation;
Depth of water ~ 115.20 - 112.80 ~ 2.40 m.
q ~ 5.99 cms/m.
5.99 (43.38) ~ 2.07 m/sec.

2.40 (52.40)
ho1s ~ (2.07)2 /19.60 ~ 0.22 m.
Downstream Energy EJ. ~ 115.20 + ,0.22 ~ 115.42 m.
b) Basin length
HL ~ 116.42 - 115.42 1.00 m.

qe ~ 1.20 (5.99) ~ 7.19 cms./m.
a I (7.19P ~ 1.74
v 9.80
HL/De ~ 1.00 /1.7 4 ~ 0.575
Refer to Fig. 7.14;
for HL iDe ~ 0.575; D2 JD1 ~ 3.53; and D1iDe .4990
D1 .4990 De ~ .499 (1.7 4) ~ 0.868 M
D2 3.53 D1 ~ 3.53 (0.868) ~ 3.06 M
V1 7.19/0.868 ~ 8.28 m/sec.
Vz 7.19/3.06 ~ 2.35 m.isec.
237
1.0 Determine U/S Energy Elevation
Try U/S Energy Elevation ~ 115.03 m.

ha ~ 115.03 - 115.00 ~ .03 m.
He ~ 115.03 - 114.00 ~ 1.03 m.
q ~ CH312
q ~ 1.706 (1.03)312 (adopting a free flow condition)
1.78 cms/m.
da ~ 115.00 - 113.00 ~ 2.00 m.
1.78 143.38) .74 m/sec.

2.00 (52.40)
ha ~ (.7 4)2 /19.60 ~ .028 "'- .03
Adopt U/S T.E.L ~ 115.03 & afflux EL. ~ 115.00

Q sluice ~ 1.78 (43.38) ~ 77.22 ems.
Determine Tail water Elevation (See Tabulation of Discharges at various elevations)
By interpolation
Elevation (m) Discharge (ems)
El. 114.00] y 56.26l

[
.50 El. X 20.96 77.22 38.13
[
El 114.50 94.39
By ratio and proportion
.50 38.13
y 20.96
y .27
El. x ~ 114.00 + .27 ~ 114.27 m.
for Q ~ 77.22; Tailwater El. ~ 114.27 m (Unretrogressed)
Taking into account a retrogression of 1.20 m.
(as per para. 7 .3.6)
239
Retrogressed Tailwater EL ~ 114.27 - 1.20 ~ 113.07 m.
Compute for the downstream energy elevation;
water depth d/s ~ 113.07 - 112.80 ~ 0.27 m.
1.78 (43.38) ~ 5.46 m/sec.

0.27 (52.40)
hD/S ~ (5.46)2 /19.60 ~ 1.52 m.
DiS Energy Elevation ~ 113.08 + 1.52

114.60 m.
Determine length and level of basin floor
2.0 Basin Length
HL U/S EE - DIS EE
115.03 - 114.60
.43 m.
I
qc ~ 1.20 (1.78) ~ 2.14 cms/m.
3j (2.14J2
I
~ 0 78 m
9.80 . .
H L I De ~ .43 I .78 ~ .551
Refer to Fig. 7.15;
.50]
.051
.10 .551
[
i .60
I
I! .10 .25 .10 .022
.051 Yt .051 Y2
.051 (.25) .051 1.022)

Y2 .10
.10
.12 .011
x1 ~ D !D ~ 3.35 + .12 ~ 3.47 x 2 ~ D1!D, ~ .516 - .011 ~ .505
2 1
for HL!Dc ~ .551; D2/D 1 ~ 3.47 & D1 I D, ~ .505
D ~ .505 D, ~ .505 (0.78) ~ .39 m.

1
D ~ 3.47 D 1 ~ 3.47 (,39) ~ 1.35 m.
2
V1 ~ 2.14 I .39 ~ 5.49 m/sec.
V2 - 2.14 /1.35 ~ 1.59 m/sec.
5.49 ~ 2.80
Froude's No. (F) ~ J9.80 (.39)
From Fig. 7.14 C;
for F ~ 2.80; L 8 /D2 ~ 5.00
L8 ~ 5.00 (Dz) ~ 5.00 (1.35) ~ 6.75 m.
3. Basin floor level
a) Basin level ~ UIS EE - D1 - hvl

(5.49J2
115.03 - .39 - 19.60
113.10 m.
b) Basin Level ~ DID EE - Dz - hvz
(1.59JZ
114.60 - 1.35 - 19.60
113.12 m.
Hence adopt basin level ~ 113,10 m.
15.3.3 GOVERNING VALUES
For governing values to be adopted in the qes!gn (Refer to '!'abies 15.1 & 15.2)
15.3.3.4 Sluiceway
Based on the various con<litlons of flow, the second condition i.e. High flood with dam silted up to crest
would be the governing condition and the values to be adopted are:
i) Length of basin 32.06 m say 32.00 m.

iil Dl 2.10 m.
iii) D2 6.68 m.
iv) Basin floor level 110.88 m,
241
Basin appurtenances
D1 & D2 are values required in determining the dimensions of basin appurtenances such as chute
blocks, basin blocks, and end sill. For convenience in the calculations of such dimensions, Figure 7.12,
7.13 & 7.14 can be used.
The floor level of 110.88 if adopted, is likely to involve quite an excavation. But para. 7.5.5.1 of. the
manual states "that if the raising of the floor becomes obligatory due to site conditions, the same could be
raised up to 15% of D2 . The basin in that case should, however, be supplemented by chute and basin blocks.
Therefore, revised basin floor level ~ 110.88 + 0.15 D2 ::::. 112.00m.
15.3.3.5 Spillway;
The governing condition is the same as fdr the sluiceway.
i) Length of basin ~ 24.80 m.

ii) D1 ~ 1.30 m.
iii) D 2 ~ 4.86 m.
iv) Basin floor level ~ 112.65 m.
Due to small difference between retrogressed bed level and governing floor level, the floor
can be raised up to retrogressed bed level which is equal to El. 112.80 m.
Summary of the results of parameters worked out for both sluiceway and spillway are tabulated as
Table 15.1 and 15.2 respectively.
I
D. CREST SHAPE
I
Coordinates of the ogee profile adopted for the spillway crest are worked out by the formula discussed
in Chapter 7 para. 7.4.3.
I
Downstream profile
(Based on the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers) i

Upstream profile
I
Y 0.724 (X + 0.270 Hd)L 85 + 0.125 Hd - 0.4315 Hct0. 375 (X + 0.270 Hd)0.625
Hdo.ss
I
X & Y coordinates thus computed are shown in Fig.15.7 along with the shape of the crest.
I
E. DEPTH OF CUTOFF
a) Spillway Portion
Depth of upstream and downstream cutoff walls from scour considerations.

i) Upstream Cutoff
In the formula, R 1.35 ( ~ )!13 (Refer para 7.3.3) from the previous computation
242
EQUATION FOR OOWSTREAM PROFILE, Xl~!52.0 H4 ~ 85 q'ORIGIN OF COORDINATES
0
0 e ~. 8 ~ 8 0
a,., 0 0
,.C\
0
"',.; 8 .,0 8
0 "'~ "'o<l .; ,.;
1.8.5
y
~
"' "'
X X
• !50
.20 0. 0!509 • 0 10
.2!5 0.0769 • 0 I !5
1·00
.30 0. 1078 . 021 I I
.3!5 0. 14 34 . 029 ''.

I '
1·50
~0 0. 1836 . 037
.45 0.2283 . 046
2.00
.50 0. 2174 .056
'I
.60 0. 3887 .. 078
2.50
.10 0. 5169 .104
I
.80 0. 6618 . 133 3.00 I I!

I '
,'!
.90 0. 8229 . 165 'I 'I''
i 1 I' I
1.00 I. 000 .201 I I
3.50 ''
1.20 I. 401 .262 ; ''I
I I I
I
1.40 I. 864 .374 I I'
4.00 ' i I.
1.60 2. :566 .480
1.80 2. 967 .600 4.!50 ''
I.
''''
2.00 3. 60!5 .124
2.50 5. 447 I. 09!5
!5. 00
3.00 1. 633 1.534
3.50 I 0. I !5 I 2.041
4.00 12. 996 2.163
4.50 16. 160 3 . 2!50
5.00 19. 638 3 . 949
5.50 23.42!5 4 .710
FOR UPSTREAM PROFILE, Hd • AFFLUX. EL.- CREST

X • 270 Hd •. 78 •118.92 -116.00
y • .126 Hd •. 36 • 2.92 lol.
c R E s T p R 0 F I L E I
FIG. 15.7 I
I
I
tI
I
TABLE 15.1
SLUICEWAY PORTION
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Summary of calculations at sluiceway Unit High flood High flood Medium Low Flood
under different flow conditions with Dam with Dam Flood Water water level
not yet silted up is .30m. is just 1.00
silted to crest above the m. above the
level ogee crest sluice crest
1) Total Discharge, Q ems 724.88 911.84 259.85 77.22

2) Discharge intensity, q cms/m 16.71 21.02 5.99 1.78
3) q with 20% concentration cms/m 20.05 25.22 7.19 2.14
4) Upstream Total Energy Line m 119.20 119.84 116.42 115.03
5) Afflux Elevation m 118.92 119.48 116.30 115.00
6) Tailwater Elevation (Retrogressed) m 117.63 117.63 115.20 113.07
7) Crest Elevation m 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00
8) Depth of water upstream, da m 5.92 6.48 3.30 2.00
9) Upstream Va m/sec . 2.34 2.685 1.503 .74
10) Upstream ha
• m .28 .36 .12 .03
11) He = head above crest h0 m 5.20 5.84 2.42 1.03
l
12) Downstream Total Energy Line m 118.05 118.29 115.42 114.60
13) U/S Apron El.
14) DiS Apron El, (assumed)
m
m
113.00
112.80
113.00
112.80
113.00
112.80
113.00
112.80 I
15). Depth of water downstream, d 01s
16) V018
m
m/sec,
4.83
2.86
4.83
3.60
2.40
2.07
.27
5.46
I
17) hws m .42 .66 .22 1.52
18) Head Loss, EL
19) D,
20) El< I D,
m
m
1.15
3.45
.33
1.55
4.02
.368
1.00
1.74
.57
.43
.78
.551
II
i
21) D2/ D1 2.89 3.05 3.53 3.47

22) D1 I D, .563 .545 .501 .505
23) D1
24) Da m
m 1.94
5.61
2.19
6.68
.87
3.07
.39
1.35
lI
25) V1 10.34 11.52
26l v 2
27) hvl
m/sec.
m/sec.
m
3.57
5.45
3.78
6.77
8.26
2.34
2.48
5.49
1.59
1.54
I j
'
28) hy m .65 .73 .38 .13

!
I
29) froude's No. (F) 2.37 2.486 2.83 2.80
30) Length of Basin; L 8 m 25.81 32.06 15.60 6.75
3l) Basin floor level m 111.79 110.88 112.07 113.10 _\
i
I )
:!
l
244 '
-;;
'
= ilh. L 2£ 33 kiU!i144 ! &.- 9:11 .£J&_Q Ri ; £& I2

I
@}.$
TABLE 15.2
SPILLWAY PORTION
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Summary of calculations at spillway Unit High flood High flood Medium Low flood
under different flow conditions with Dam with Dam Flood Water water level
not yet silted up is .30m is just 1.00
silted to crest above the m. above the
Level ogee crest sluice crest
1) Total Discharge, Q ems 4600.20 4415.12 111.82

21 Discharge Intensity, q cms/m 11.93 11.45 .29
3) q with 20% concentration
•
cm·s/m 14.32 13.74 .35
4) Upstream Total Energy Line m 119.22 119.70 116.3009
51 Afflux Elevation m 118.92 119.48 116.30
6) Tailwater Elevation (Retrogressed) m 117.63 117.63 115.20
7) Crest Elevation m 116:00 116.00 116.00
8) Depth of Water, upstream, da m 4.92 5.48 2.30
9) Upstream va m/sec. 2.42 2.089 .13
101 U/S ha m .30 .22. .0009
11) He ~ head above crest m 3.22 3.70 .3009
12) Downstream Total Energy Line m 117.94 117.92 115.20
131 U/S Apron El. m 114.00 114.00 114.00
14) DiS Apron El. (assumed) m 112.80 112.80 112.80
151 Depth of water downstream, d DiS m 4.83 4.83 2.40
16) Downstrea, vD/S m/sec. 2.47 2.37 .12
17), hD/S m .31 .29 .007
18). Head Loss, H 1, m 1.28 1.78 1.10
19)/ Critical depth, De m 2.76 2.68 .23
20)! HL I DC .46 .664 4.78
21) Dz/ D1 3.25 3.74 9.99
'
22) D1 I De .526 .484 .2634
23) D1 m 1.45 1.30 .06
241 D2 m 4.71 4.86 .61
251 v1 m/sec. 9.88 10.57 5.83
261 V2 m/sec. 3.04 2.83 .57
27) hvl m 4.98 5.70 1.73
28) hv 2 m .47 .41 .02
29) Froude's No. (F) 2.62 2.96 7.60
30) Length of Basin, L 8 m 22.80 24.79 2.56
31) Basin floor level m 112.76 112.65 114.51
245
q ~ 11.93 cms./m (from Condition 1 - High Flood water with dam not yet silted)
f ~ 4.0
Accounting for 20% concentration
qc ~ 1.20 (11.93) ~ 14.32 cms.im.i
Depth of scour, R 1.35 [ (14.432)2 ]1i3
~ 5.02 m.
·On the upstream side;

allow scour ~ xR ~ 1.1 R ~ 1.1 (5.02) ~ 5.52 m.
Required depth of cutoff (D) ~ xR - (Afflux el. - UiS apron el.)

·'- ~
-~ 5.52 - (118.92 - 114.00)
~, . p
0.60 m.
However provide a minimum of 1.50 m. deep cutoff.
ii) Downstream Cutoff
On the downstream side;

allow scour ~ 1.25R ~ 1.25 (5.02) ~ 6.28 m.
Required depth of cutoff (D) ~ 1.25R - (tailwater el. - dis bed level)
6.28 - (117.63- 112.80)
1.45 m.
Provide 2.60 m. dis cutoff at El. 110.20 m.
Depth of upstream and downstream cutoff walls from scour consideration
i) Upstream Cutoff
q ~ 21.02 cms./m. (refer to previous computations)

With 20% concentration
1.20 (21.02) ~ 25.22 cms.im.
R 1i3 7.31 m.
On the upstream side allow for R ~ 1.1 (7.31) ~ 8.04 m.

Depth of scour (D) ~ 8.04 - (119.48 - 113.00) ~ 1.56 m.
Provide 2.00 m. uis cutoff
246
I
iil Downstream Cutoff
On the downstream allow for 1.25 R ~ 1.25 (7.31) ~ 9.14 m.
Depth of scour (D) = 9.14 - (117.63 - 112.80) = 4.31 m.
However, the dis depth of pile is restricted to 4.00 m. for facility of excavation, being difficult
in boulder reach.
F. LENGTH OF WORK & EXIT GRADIENT (Para 7.3.4)
a) Spiliway Portion
Safe exit gradient ~ 1/5 (refer to Table 7.2)

Maximum statio head (H) ~ 116.00 - 112.80 = 3.20 m.
Depth of downstream cutoff (D) ~ 2.60 m.
G ~ H X 1
E d 7f .{?:
Hence
1 GE X d = l. X 2.60 ~
"!i\ ~ ~H- 5 3.20 0.1625
1
7[ [A ~ 0.1625
0.1625 (n) ( J?l) ~ 1
1
[ 0.1625 (n) r Q
3.84
j""l;.-;;:;;'l ~ 2 /l - 1
1 + o<:2 ~ [2 (3.84) - 1] 2 44.62
oC J 44.62 - 1 ~ 6.60
b
« d
b 6.60 (2.10) ~ 17.16 m
·I
Figure 5.11 of chapter 5 of Design Manual can also be used in determining any value of oc with
the given value of 1 without any detailed calculations.
7fJlf
Computed value of total length of floor (B) is less than the computed vlaue of the stilling basin floor;
the total length of spillway is then based on other considerations: i.e., from required length of downstream
apron and from stability. •
Adopted floor length ~ 31.50 m.

The floor length shall be provided as below:
Downstream horizontal floor 19.20 m.

Width of ogee 6.10 m
Upstream floor 6.20 m.
Total 31.50 m.
b) Sluiceway portion
Total floor length and exit gradient

Safe exit gradient ~ 1/5
Maximum Static Head (H) 116.00 - 112.00 4.00 m.
Depth of d/s cut-off (d) ~ 4.00 m.
__
1_ 4.00 0.20
1f[X' 4.00
From Fig. 5.11, Chapter 5
for 7f rx
1 ~ 0.20; .X: ~ 3.93; /\ ~ 2.53
""~ ~ ; b ~ oe d ~ d ~ 3.93 (4.00) ~ 15.72 m.
Stilling Basin Length ~ 24.10 m.
However, to accommodate the glacis, u/s floor, total length of flow as 39.60 m. has been adopted
as per details given on the next page:
248
-.\ ' &£ -. 1Jiik@ s ;;;gg;g; TI_ .: _a~z. _.&.. LU¥it atJ££2 ;J£..
The floor length shall be provided as below:
Downstream horizontal floor 24.10 m.

Downstream glacis length
with 1:3 slopes ~ 3 (114.00 - 112.00) 6.00 m.
Crest Width 3.00 m.
Upstream glacis length with
1:3 slope ~ 3 (114.00 - 113.00) 3.00 m.
Balance shall be for U /S floor 3.50 m. (minimum)
Total ~ 39.60 m.
Elevation of downstream cutoff 112.80 - 4.00
G. PROTECTION WORKS
As per requirements discussed under para 7.9, beyond the upstream and downstream of impervious
floors, cement concrete blocks along with loose boulder or stone aprons are provided to protect the work
against scour.
a) Spillway Portion
Refer para7.9.2.1, while working out D. no allowance for concentration should be made in the discharge
per unit length (q) in computing the normal scour R for the upstream and downstream protection works;
02
R 1.35 ( f )113 where q 11.93 cms./m. (based on
the governing condition
for spillway portion)
f ~ 4.0
4.44 m.
1) Upstream Block Protection
The length of upstream block protection should be nearly equal to D, which can be determined as
uilder:
D ~ xR- (High flood level - floor level)

where
R ~ scour depth ~ 4.44 m.
x ~ multiplier (refer to Fig. 7.17)

~ xR ~ 1.5 R ~ mean design scour for upstream portion
(Para 7.3.3.1)
.~
~
-~ 249
{~
.· ·.·~
:~
D 1.5 (4.44) - (118.92 - 114.00)
6.66 - 4.92
1.74 m.
Length of upstream block protection "'- D ~ 1.74 m. say 1.80 m.

Provide blocks of 1.5 m x 1.5 m. x 0.9 m. cement concrete blocks, at least 2 blocks
So block protection length ~ 2 x 1.5 ~ 3.0 meters
Toe Wall ~ 0.6 m.
Total length provided ~ 3.0 +. 0.6 ~ 3.60 m.
2) Launching Apron (Upstream)
As per para 7.9.4; beyond the block protection on the upstream and downstream of the dam, loose
boulder or stones shall be provided as launching apron.
i) Size of Stone:
Velocity (v) ~ d
where
d ~ afflux el. - upstream apron el.

118.92 - 114.00 ~ 4.92 m.
q 11.93 cms/m (from the previous computation)
,I vuts 11.93/4.92 ~ 2.42 m/sec.
Referring to Fig. 7.18 Chapter 7;
for v ~ 2.42 m/sec.,

Size of stone ~ 26 em. ~ .26 m. diameter
Corresponding weight of stone ~ 25 kg.
The weight of the stone can also be calculated by finding the weight of a spherical stone with the
required diameter in -neter and using density of 2641.04 kgim3 for boulders.
Weight of stone Ws i. 7T r3 x 2641.04

.J 3
4 7T ( ~) 3 X 2641.04
3 2
24.30 kg.
Size of stone should not, however, be less than 30 em., and no stone should weigh less than
40 kg.
Use 40 kg., 30 em 0 Loose stone protection as launching apron.
250
l 4L .....ZkM&.g;ggg;QQMQZ£ & ti. WSL

Required length of launching apron (L) 4.34 - 1.80
2.54 m. say 2.60 m.
Provide 40 kg., 30 em. Oloose stone protection in a length of 2.60 m.
3) Downstream Block Protection
R ~ 4.44 m. (from previous computation)
Anticipated scour depth, xR 2.0 R (para 7 .3.3.1)

2.0 (4.441
8.88 m.
d 2.0 R - (Tailwater el. - retrogressed bed level)

8.88 - (117 .63 - 112.80)
4.05 m.
Length of block protection "' 1.5 D (para 7.9.2r

•
1.5 (4.05)
6.08 m. say 6.50 m.
Provide 6 rows of 1.5 m x 1.5 m x .90m c.c. blocks with 2 sets of 60 em. thick toe wall of concrete
extending to about 60 em. below the bottom of the blocks for protecting the filter.
The filter three rows should be provided with 7.50 em. gap in between, filled with gravel on 60 em.
thick graded filter.
Total length beyond impervious floor:
Block protection ~ 1.50 x 6 9.00 m.

Toe wall ~ .60 X 2 1.20 m.
Gap between blocks ~ .075 x 4 0.30 m.
Total 10.50 m. > 6.50 m
O.K.
4) Downstream Launching Apron
i) Size of Stone
v ~ q/d
d tailwater el. - dis retrogressed bed level
251
ii) Apron Thickness 'I
Thickness of launching apron It) .90 m. equal to the thickness of the cement concrete blocks used.
I
iii) Apron Length
Required length of launching apron;
I
assuming the slope of scour hole as 1.5 : 1 at the upstream
Possible settling of upstream

stone protection due to effect
of scour
If D be the depth of scour hole and n is the slope (H:V) then horizontal distance of deepest scour
is nD (para 7 .9.4 .4)
Horizontal distance of deepest scour 1Ji. (1.74)

1
2.61 m.
Quantity of launched apron j3.25 D
say 1.80 D cum/m
Volume (V) ~ 1.80 (1.74) ~ 3.13 cum/m
Accounting for an increase of 25% for packing and losses;
Vrequired ~ 1.25 (3.13) ~ 3.91 cum/m

Required length of launching apron (L) Volume/m-strip
thickness
3.91 cum/m
.90 m
.4.34 m.
The required length of block protection is 1.80 m. only. Since block protection has been provided
in a length of 3.60 m., deduct the excess amount from the computed length of loose stone protection.
252
117.63 - 112.80
4.83 m.
Vct/s 11.93/4.83 ~ 2.47 m/sec.
Since Vu;s r-- vd/s; therefore. adopt same size Of stone as for launching apron on the upstream.
ii) Apron Thickness
Depth of toe wall ~ 1.50 m.
Since block protection thickness is equal to .90 m., provide .60 m. thick filter bed underneath .
Launching apron thickness (t) .90 + .60

1.50 m.
iii) Apron Length
Assuming a slope of scour hole as 2:1 for dis portion
1-----_::_1.::::...5Do:.,__-----1, _j_
t
T
From previous computation;
D ~ 4.05 m.
2
Horizontal distance of deepest scour ~ T (4.05) 8.10 m.
Volume (V)/m-strip J5IT

say 2.25 D
v 2.25 (4.05) 9.11 cum/m.

With 25% F.S.; V 1.25 (9.11) 11.39 cum/m
Required length (L) 11.39 cum/m

1.5 m.
7.59 m. say 8.00 m
253
'
Since actual length of non-launching apron is equal to 10.50 m., and the required length is only 6.50 m.,
there is an excess of 4.00 m., subtract this excess from the computed length of launching apron.
_ ,_\'_!11
-~ Required length of loose stone protection ~ 8.00 - 4.00
~ 4.00 m.
Provide 40 kg., 30 em. 0 loose stone protection in a length of 4.00 m. to serve as the launching apron.
,
-.
+~L
__ •.
i) Upstream Block Protection
q ~ 21.02 cms/m (based from the governing

condition for sluiceway
portion)
f ~ 4.0
R ~ 1.35 [ (21~2)2 )1/3
6.48 m.
Anticipated scour depth ~ 1.5 R ~ 1.5 (6.48) ~ 9.72 m.

Scour depth (D) ~ 1.5 R - (afflux el. - u/s apron el.)
9.72 - (119.48 - 113.00)
3.24 m.
Length of U /S block protection D ~ ·3.24 m. say 3.50 m.
Provide 3 - rows of 1.5 m x 1.5 x .9 m. cc. blocks with 60 em. thick toe wall extending to about 60
em. below the bottom of the blocks.
Total length provided ~ (1.50 x 3) + .60 5.10 m.
2) Upstream Launching Apron
i) Size of Stone
q 21.02 cms/m.
d afflux el. - u/s apron el.
119.48 - 113.00 ~ 6.48 m.
v q X Wnct
d X W gross
254
where
W net ~ 43.38 m.
Wgro.c;s = 52.40 m.
v
21.02 X 43.38 2.69 m/sec.
6.48 X 52.40
Refer to Fig. 7.18
for v ~ 2.69 m/sec.

Size of stone ~ 31 em. ~
Corresponding weight of stone 41.20 kg.
Since the corresponding weight of stone is greater than the minimum weight of 40 kg.; adopt 60 kg.
stone which is the maximum allowable. -·
Size of stone ~ 35 em. 0

ii) Apron Thickness
Thickness of launching apron (t) 1.50 m.
~ depth of toe wall
iii) Apron Length
Slope of scour hole for u/s portion 1.5:1
1.5D
POSSIBLE SETTLING OF UPSTREAM

STONE PROTECTION DUE TO EFFECT
OF SCOUR
Horizontal distance of deepest scour 1.5 D

1.5 (3.24)
4.86 m.
Volume 'V) J3.25 D say 1.80 D

1.80 (3.24) ~ 5.8iJ cum/m
With 25% F.S.;
v 1.25 (5.83) 7.29 cum/m
255
- ------ ~----------·----~------·-------
Required length (L) 7.29 cum/m
1.50 m.
4.86 m
Actual length of non-launching apron provided ~ 5.10 m. against 3.50 m.

Excess provide ~ 1.60 m.
Required length of launching apron 4.86 - 1.60
3.26 m. say 4.00 m.
Provide 60 kg., 35 em. ¢ loose stone protection in a length of 4.00 m.
3) Downstream Block Protection
R ~ 6.48
Anticipated scour depth ~ 2.0 R ~ 2.0 (6.48) ~ 12.96 m,
D ~ 2.0 R - (Tailwater el. - dis retrogressed bed level)
12.96 - (117 .63 - 112.80)
8.13 m.
Length of block protection 1.5 D 1.5 (8.13)

12.20 m.
Provide 8-rows of 1.5 m x 1.5 m x .9 m cc. blocks with 7.50 em. gap, filled with gravels on 60 em.
thick graded reverse filter and a toe wall of concrete extending to about 60 em. below the bottom of the
blocks.
Total length provided;
Block protection 1.50 X 8 12.00

Gap in between .075 X 9 0.675
Toe Wall .60 X 1 0.60
Total 13.275 m.
4) Downstream Launching Apron
i) Size of stone
q 21.02 cms./m.
d 117.63 - 112.80 ~ 4.83
v 21.02 I 4.83 ~ 3.60 m/sec.
From Fig. 7.18, Chapter 7;
for v ~ 3.60 m/sec

Size of stone ~ 52 em. fJ
256
. J
The maximum allowable weight of stone is 60 kg. only. When larger size of stones are dictated as the
case herein, additional rows of cement concrete blocks may be used.
Adopt 60 kg .. 35 em. 0 loose stone protection
li) Apron Thickness .
Required thickness of launching apron (t) ~ 1.50 m.
Iii) Apron Length
Slope of scour hole for dis portion 2:1
1.5 D
Horizontal distance of deepest scour ~ f (8.13) ~ 16.26

Volume (V) ~ 2.25 D ~ 2.25 (8.13) ~ 18.29 cum/m
With 25% F.S.;
V - 1.25 (18.29) ~ 22.86 cum/m. •
Required length (L) ~ 2 2 ·86
1.50
~ 15.24 m.
Providing 4 rows of 1.5 m-x 1.5 m x .9m cc blocks and 60 em. thick toe wall;
Additional length of blocks ~ (4 x 1.50) + ,60

6.60 m.
Actual required leng·th of loose stone 15.24 ~ 6.60

8.64 m say 9.00 m.
Provide 60 kg., 35 em. ¢ loose stone protection in a length of 9.00 m.
257
H. TRAINING WALL
a) Hydraulic Design
1) Top Level
Max. afflux ~ 119.48

Keeping the top of the training wall on the upstream at the same level.
Top of wall ~ 119.40
21 Determination of u/s Cut-Off
EL. 119.40
6.40
1.75 R
EL. 113.00
EL. 111.00
Assuming scour ~ 1.75 R

q ~ Q/L ~5320/440 12.09 cms/m
13
R 1.35 (q2 I !)113 ~ 1.35 [ (12.049) 1 ] 4.48 m.
1.75 R 7.84 (For 1.25 R, Dis negative)

1.75 R ~ (119.40 - 113.00) + D
D ~ 7.84 - 119.40 + 113 1.44 mts. l
Adopt D ~ 2.00 mts !I
Bottom Level ~ 113.0 - 2.0 111.00 1
3) Determination of u/s Cut-Off
At the noses;
Assuming scour depth ~ 2 R, (foundation materials being mostly sand and gravel)
258
EL 119 40 "'
EL. 116.00
.--
2R ·
3.00 m.
EL. 113.00
D
LJ L EL. 110.40
where:
R ~ 1.35 (q2ll)!i3 ~ 1.35 [ (12.~9)2 ] 1/3 4.48

2R ~ 8.96 mts.
8.76 ~ 119.40 - 113.00 + D
D ~ 8.96 - 119.40 + 113 ~ 2.36 mts. say 2.60 mts.
4) Determination of DIS Cut-Off
Keeping the top of the wall at Ei. 118.00, i.e., above the retrogressed F.S.L., i.e., 117.93 scour
depth ~ 2R
,-------
EL 118 00
EL. 117.93 (Unretrogressed)
5.13 m.
2R
'm
;'~' EL. 112.80
D
LJ L EL. 108.95
259
where:
2
R ~ 1.35 (q2 1 f)113 ~ 1.35 ~ [ (12 ·09 1 ]113 ~ 4.48 mts.
4
2R ~ 8.96 mts.
D ~ 8.96 - 117.93 + 112.80 ~ 3.83 mts.
UseD ~ 3.85 mts.
b) Protection Works
1 l Downstream Portion
Mean Scour ~ 2.0 R

(21.02P 113
where R ~ 1.35 (q2 1 £)113 1.35 [ ] ~ 6.48 mts.
4
2.0 R ~ 12.96 mts.
(21.02) (3.28) (44) ~ 9A3 ftlsec. (2.875 MISec.)
5.83 (52.40)
I
size of stone ~ 15" 0
weight ~ 270 lbs ~ 122 kg. I
use 65 kgs. or 14" 0 !.
2.0 R ~ 117.93 - 112.80 + D
D ~ 12.96 - 117.93 + 112.80 ~ 7.83 mts. I
L ~ {5(D) ~ 17.51 mts;
tl ~ 1.25 (1.50 X
14
( _ ) ~ 0.66
I
12 3 281
say 0.70 mts.

I
Volume~ Lt1 ~ 17.51 (0.70) ~ 12.26
1.50 D ~ 1.50 (7 .83) ~ 11.75
Volume 12.26
1.5 D 11.75 ~ l.0 4
Use concrete blocks ~ 1.50 x 1.50 x 0.90

in a length of 1.5 D
Upstream Portion
R ~ 6.48 mts.
2.0 R ~ 12.96 mts.
21.02 (3.28) 21.02 (3.28)

119.48 - 113.0 10.64 ft./sec. (3.24 MISec.)
6.48
260
Stone ~ 15" 0
Weight ~ 270 # s 122 kgs.

use 65 kgs. or 14" ¢
2.0 R 119.48 - 113.0 + D
D 12.96 - 119.48 + 113 6.48
L }3.25D ~ 11.68 mts.
1.50 X 14 ) 0.67 "" 0.70 mts.

tl ~ 1.25 ( 12 (3.28)
Vol. 11.68 (0.70) 8.18
Vol 8 ·18 ~ 0.84 mts.

1.5 1.5 (6.48)
Use concrete blocks 1.50 x 1.50 x 0.90 in a length of 1.0 D
15.4 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
PRESSURE CALCULATIONS: (Spillway Portion)
a} Spillway Portion - For determining uplift pressures, according to Khosla's theory, it is essential
to assume the floor thickness at the upstream & downstream cut-off.
The assumed length and floor thickness are indicated in the Fig. given below.
A H=3.20¥.
\ EL.112.1!K)
~·=":..:·':::'2:.:.·"'=-+-t--+--'1'- t __ .-:-----~-:-----i--'",;J
:1·~ W~! IOOlJOO,I00"-1"''++-,,---'1

\ +------·~---.......---'-------------~:..::""=·•cc•_":.:.·i------+------1----l
ro I
~ 140 10'11 •"" ~ 2•o 1- ,..,~~<??-J-.....:3,_-00:.::._--++------"'""'oo"'---4- _ _.:oo=o---1--''::::2:::_0-+~+!J:::t
f- 170 _______.______;•:.:•:.:.·'"':::...."':.:::·_;______________~'=00~
Sketch H
261
Referring to para. 5.7 of the Manual
b ~ total length of floor ~ 31.50 m.

b' distance between two piles
d depth of pile on which the effect is to be determined
D ~ the depth of the pile line, the influence of which has to be determined on the neigh-
boring pile of depth d (adopted as 1.5 m.)
C ~ correction to be applied as percentage of head
19 J~ X d + D
b
H ~ head acting ~ crest level - dis basin floor level
I In order to determine uplift pressures acting on the floor, the % pressure at upstream and
downstream sheet piles are worked out. The pressure distribution from upstream sheet pile line to down-
stream sheet pile line is assumed to be linear.
% Pressure at key points
'
i
i) Upstream Pile Line
114.00 - 112.50
31.50 m.
1.50 m.
1 d 1.50 048
b ~ 31.50 ~ .
Refer to Fig. 5.10, chapter 5
14%
20%
% of pressure at the bottom of the sheet pile ~ 100 - 0o

% of pressure at the boLtom of the floor ~ 100 0E
100 - 0E ~ 100 - 14 ~ 86%
'·
-1·
100 - 0E ~ 100 - 20 ~ 80~o
a) Correction for thickness
The thickness of the floor at the location of the sheet piles are tentatively assumed for correcting
the values of 0, and (1,2 in the upstream and 0E in the downstream. If t is the floor thickness at U/S
sheet pile of depth d, correction due to floor thickness ~ f
(0 01 - 0c 1 l which is positive.
1
Assume 0.30 m. floor thickness UIS;
114.00 - 113.70 (86-80)

f/Jc 1 correction for thickness ~
1.50
1.20(-r)
262
b) Correction due to mutual interference of sheet piles is worked out by the following formula:
c~ 19 [f. X d ~ D
¢c 1 correction due to interference of the 2.nd pile line;
D 113.70 - 111.30 2.40 m.

d 113.70 - 112.50 1.20 m.
b' 1.40 m.
b 31.50 m.
c 19
fflo 0
( 1.20 +2.40
31.50
2.84 (+)
0c 1 corrected 80 + 1.20 + 2.84 84.04%
ii) Intermediate Pile Line
b 31.50 m.
b1 1.70 m.
d2 114.00 - 111.30 m. (including floor thickness)
-,, base ratio ~ horizontal distance between U/S pile and intermediate pile I total floor length
;;
1.70
.054
31.50
b 31.50 11.67
dz 2.70
The value of 0c 2 can be read directly from Fig. 5.10 (Sheet pile not at end) for given values of "'- and
base ratio~ . To find 0E 2 for the known vaue of oe. and base ratio~ read for base ratio 1 - ~ for that
value of oe and subtract from 100. To get 0o 2 for ~- less than 0.50, read ¢; 0 for base ratio 1 - oC and
subtract from 100.
)}]. .05 ; oC ~ 11.67 1 bl .95

b b
Qc 72.50% ~ 0c 2
C/JE2 100 - 0c: 0c ~ 7%
100 - 7 ~ 93%
~D2 100 - 00 ~ 20.50%
¢D2 100 - 20.50 ~

79.50%
If tz is the floor thickness at downstream sheet pile of depth d2, the correction ~ .,1;- (9E 2 - 002 )
which is negative. -
263
1::2 ~ 114.00 - 112.30 ~ 1.70 m.
70 (93 - 79.50) ~
0E2 correction for thickness ~ 1.
2.70
8.50 m. ( - )
b) Correction for interference of UiS pile line,
D ~ 113.70 - 112.50 ~ 1.20 m.

d 113.70 - 111.30 ~ 2.40 m.
c 19 {Wo ( 2.4031.50
+ 1.20
.
1.54 (-)
0E 2 corrected 93 - 8.50 - ; .54 ~ 82.96%
For 0c 2 .
'
d2 ~
1.70 ( )
1.70 m. 2 .70 79.50 - 72.50
d2 2.70 m. 4.411+)
b) Correction for interference of DiS pile line
D ~ 112.30 - 110.20 2.10 m.

d 112.30 - 111.30 1.00 m.
Il
b' 28.10 m.
b 31.50 m.
19 j 2.10
28.10
( 1.00 +
2.10 )
31.50 ~ .
51 ( )
+
~C2 ~ corrected " 72.50 + 4.41, + .51 ~ 77.42%
I
l , Ill} Downstream pile line
Assuming 1.00 m. thickness for dis floor;

d3 ~ 112.80 - 110.20 ~ 2.60 m.
b ~ 31.50 m.
I b1 28.80 m.
I 1 ,ia_ 2.60
31.50 ~ .
083
oC b
Refer to Fig. 5.10

0E ~ 27% ¢E3
Oo ~ 18% ~ 903
264
23 2 3 .Ji .. ;£!1i.Wk11lik j ·~I

d• L2 .& i&l4tLLL Jiktilmu& 2 EtC 2 i. I! 1
112.80 - 111.80 (27 - 18)
2.60
3.46(-)
b) Correction for interference of intermediate pile line;
d ~ 111.80 - 111.30 ~ 0.50 m.

d ~ 111.80 - 110.20 1.60 m.
b' = 28.10 m.
b ~ 31.50 m.
c ~ 19 j 28.10
0.50 ( 1.60 + 0.50 ) ~ 0.17 (-)
31.50
c) Slope Correction (Refer to para 5.73)
for slope 1 in 1.5

By interpolation (from Table 5.6)
0/o of correction
Slope
1:
'JJ 1:.2 J
'}'
1
/z
1:
1~/z 1
1: 6.5 '
1 4.7 y ~ .50 (4.7)

.50 y
2.35
X ~ 11.2 - 2.35 8.85%
for slope fo 1 : 1/z
c ~ 8.85%
L' ~ 28.30
actual correction 8.85 X 1. 65 -- .~r-2 ( +

28.30
OE3 corrected 27 - 3.46 - .17 + .52 ~ 23.89%
265
Thus the pressure calculated at key points are given below;
Upstream Pile Line Intermediate Pile Line Downstream Pile Line
fiEl 0m llc1 OE2 0D2 flc2 0E3 0os 0cs
100% 86% 84.04% 82.96% 79.50% 77.42% 23.89% 18% 0
Pressure Calculations
By ratio & proportion elevation at different points on the sloping glacis are determined.
t OF CREST
€L.U2,00
I 5 23.10
b .60 m.
Sketch I
i) Upstream pile line
dl 113.00 - 111.00 2.00 m. (including floor thickness)
b 39.60 m.
1 dl 2.00
oC .051
b 39.60
266
From Fig. 5.10, chapter 5
~D ~ 14%
j\E 20%
¢m 100 - 14 ~ 86%
¢cl 100 - 20 ~ 80%
Assume U/S floor thickness ~ 1.00 m.
a) Corrections for thickness ~ t:gg (86 - 80) ~ 3.00 ( + )
b) Correction due to interference of downstream pile line
D 112.00 - 108.80 ~ 3.20 m.

d 112.00 - 111.00 ~ 1.00 m.
b' 38.00 m.
b ~ 39.60 m.
c ~ 19 j 38.00
3.20 ( 1.00 + 3.20 ) ~ 0 58 ( )
39.60 . +
Since slope correction is only applicable in cases wherein intermediate piles are provided, therefore,
this correction will not be treated in here:
~Cl Corrected ~ 80 + 3.00 + .58 ~ 83.58%
ii) Downstream pile line
Assuming 1.50 m. thickness;
d2 ~ 112.00 - 108.80 3.20 m.
b ~ 39.60 m.
1 d 3.20
DC
~ b ~ 39.60- ~ ·081
From Fig. 5.10 (chapter 5, Design Manual)
~E 26% 0E2
0D 18% ¢D2
a) Correction for thickness l.OO (26 - 18) ~ 2.50 (-)

3.20
267
b) Correction due to interference of U/S pile line
D ~ 111.00 - 111.00 ~ 0
No interference
0Ez corrected ~ 26 - 2.50 23.50%
Upstream Pile Line Downstream Pile Line
¢£1 001 9cz ~E2 ¢oz ~C2
100% 86% 83.58% 23.50% 18% 0
J. FLOOR THICKNESS
1. Hydraulic gradient & Jump Profile

~;,
.·.·.·.;.1
The floor shall be designed for the following two conditions
1) Uplift pressure due to static head.~

2) Uplift due to hydraulic jump.
2. Uplift Pressure under static head
In the first condition, the floor should be adequate to resist uplift and soil reaction. Based
on the uplift pressure worked out in the foregoing para., the level of hydraulic gradient lines at
key points under different flow condition a) during high flood; b) under normal flow operation with
water at the crest level, worked out at key points for both spillway & sluiceway portion. These
~'
l···
are tabulated in Table J-1. In view of the varying requirement of concrete sections as indicated in the
sketches, the thickness of floor shall be determined at a number of points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, E1,
Ez, D1 , Dz, etc. as shown in Sketches H & I and as such hydraulic gradient line (sub·soil pressure
worked out at then points for spillway & sluiceway are given in table J·2, J-3 respectively.
3. Uplift due to Hydraulic jump.

:_~_:
:i When water overflows the crests, with the formation of hydraulic jump, high unbalanced
pressure are developed in the Stilling Basin Trough. In determining the pressure in the jump limited
Complete Water Surface profile of the standing wave is plotted with the help of Fig. 15.8 15.9.
Knowing q and Er at different locations where Er is the specific energy in the formula.
. Corresponding values of Dare read from Fig. 15.8 and thus the water profile before jump forma·
tlon can be plotted. In plotting water profile after jump F (Froude Number) is determined by
268
15
EIH~RGY OF FL0\!1 CURV~S
' I \ l\ ~
I~
ol.t
0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Di"-1'1"H {0)-{m)
FIG. 15.8
6
rr;2,,.,
6
•F,~
~ /7
~ / / lr'l' ''"
.. ~ ~ ./~ -1~u~P
NO
,~ /
•,2' eJ
~ !.....;.,~,.~
2
17/
/_
-p -
~
!-
/
/
t<F, (2
.....
0 10 15 20 25 30
0
L
01
RELATION BETWEEN lliE LENGTH a THE HEIGHT CF JWP
FIG. 15.9
TABLE J - 1
The level of the hydraulic gradient lines at keypoints under different flow conditions.
Spillway Portion
Condition Downstream Upstream Height/Elevation of subsoil H.G. Line above datum

water level water Head U/S Pile Line Intermediate Pile Line DiS Pile Line
(Datum) level iPEl 0Dl iflc1 0E2 ifloz 1/Jcz iflE3 0D3 0c3
m. m. m. 100% 86% 84.04% 82.96% 79.50% 77.42% 23.89% 18% 0
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
High 117.63 119.48 1.85 1.85 1.59 1.56 1.53 1.47 1.43 .44 .33 -
Flood 119.48 119.22 119.19 119.16 119.10 119.06 118.07 117.96 117.63
..
Normal 112.80 116.00 3.20 3.20 2.75 2.69 2.65 2.54 2.48 .76 .58 -
Operation 116.00 115.55 115.49 115.45 115.34 115.28 113.56 113.38 112.80
Sluiceway Portion
Condition Downstream Upstream Height/Elevation of subsoil H.G. line above datum

water level water Head Upstream Pile Line Downstream Pile Line
(Datum) QlEl Q)Dl 1/)Cl I/JE2 0D2 0cz

100% 86% 83.58% 23.50% 18% 0
(1) (2) (31 (4) (51 (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
High 117.63 119.48 1.85 1.85 1.59 1.54 .43 .33 -
Flood 119.48 119.22 119.17 118.06 117.96 117.63
Normal
112.00 116.00 4.00 4.00 3.44 3.34 .94 .72 -
Operation 116.00 115.44 115.34 112.94 112.72 112.00
TABLEJ- 2
Spillway Portion
(4)
(1) (2) (3) (5) (6) (7)
Height of
Horizontal Pressure H.G. Line Height of Hyd. grad. lim
subsoil ~ Hyd.
distance from Percentage Elevation du- sub.soil ~ Hyd. elev. during
line ~ Hxcol
U/S end of ring high flood grad. line normal condi
3/100 tion ~ D,S
floor where H ~ ~ T.W.E. ~ H x col.
+ col. 4 3/100 floor level t
Point m % 1.85 M. (6) ~ 112.80
(During high ~ 117.63 + (4) where H ~ 13.20
m. IN or mal op.) + (6)
flood)
El - 100 1.85 119.48 3.20 116.00

Dl - 86 1.59 119.22 2.75 115.55
C1 .30 84.04 1.56 119.19 2.09 115.49
E2 .30 + 1.40 ~ 1.70 82.96 1.53 119.16 2.65 115.45
D2 1.70 79.50 1.47 119.10 2.54 115.34
C2 1.70 + .70 ~ 2.40 77.42 1.43 119.06 2.48 115.28
J A 2.40 + 3.80 ~ 6.20 70.18 1.30 118.93 2.24 115.04
'
(
B 6.20 70.18 1.30 118.93 2.24 115.04
I. c
D '
6.20 + .80
7.00 + 1.00
~
~
7.00
8.00
68.66
66.75
1.27
1.23
118.90
118.85
2.20
2.13
115.00
114.93
•
E 8.00 + 1.00 ~ 9.00 64.84 1.20 118.83 2.07 114.87
J F 9.00 + 1.00 ~ 10.00 62.94 1.16 118.79 2.01 114.81
G 10 + 1.00 ~ 11.00 61.03 1.12 118.75 1.95 114.75
i
;;
H
HI
11.00 + 1.30
12.30 + 2.00
~
~
12.30
14.30
58.56
54.75
1.08
1.01
118.71
118.64
1.87
1.75
114.67
114.55
I 14.30 + 3.00 ~ 17.30 49.03 .
'
.90 118.53 1.57 114.37
,'j J 17.30 + 5.00 ~ 22.30 39.51 .73 118.36 1.26 114.06
:j
K 22.30 + 5.00 ~ 27.30 29.99 .55 118.18 .96 113.76
'I'
•
L
Ea
27.30 + 2.00
29.30 + 1.20
~
~
29.30
30.50
26.18
23.89
.48
.44
118.11
ll8.07
.83
.76
. 113.63
113.56
'-l
Da 30.50 + .40 ~ 30.90 18. .33 117.96 .58 113.38
j Ca 30.90 + .60 ~ 31.50 0 - 117.63 - 112.80
,,I
1
272
'1&1'1' . .. >~<
TABLE J - 3
Sluiceway Portion
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Horizontal Pressure Height of Subsoil ~ Hyd. Hydraulic Gradient Line Elev.
distance from Percentage gradient line ~ H x col. 3/100 ~ T.W.E. + 4 ~ DIS flood el.
U/S end of High flood Normal Opera- ~ 117.63 + col.4 + col. 5
floors condition ting condition High Flood Normal Opera-
H ~ 119.48 - H ~ 116.00 - condition ting Condition
117.63 112.00
Point (m) % ~ 1.85 m. ~ 4.00 m. (m) (m)
El - 100 1.85 4.00 119.48 116.00

Dl - 86 1.59 3.44 119.22 115.44
C1
A
.60
.60 + 2.90 ~ 3.50
83.58
78.99
1.54
1.46
3.34
3.16
.. 119.17
119.09
115.34
115.16
B 3.50 + 3.00 ~ 6.50 74.25 1.37 2.97 119.00 114.97
c 6.50 + 3.00 ~ 9.50 69.50 1.29 2.78 118.92 114.78
D 9.50 + 2.00 ~ 11.50 66.34 1.22 2.65 118.85 114.65
E 11.50 + 3.00 ~ 13.50 63.18 1.17 2.52 118.80 114.52
F 13.50 + 2.00 ~ 15.50 60.02 1.11 2.40 118.74 114.40
Fl 15.50 + 1.00 ~ 16.50 58.44 1.08 2.33 118.71 114.33
Fz 16.50+1.00 ~ 17.50 56.86 1.05 2.27 118.68 114.27
F3 17.50 + 1.00 ~ 18.50 55.28 1.02 2.21 118.65 114.21
F4 18.50 + 1.00 ~ 19.50 53.70 .99 2.14 118.62 114.14
G 19.50 + 1.00 ~ 20.50 52.11 .96 2.08 118.59 114.08
H 20.50 + 5.00 ~ 25.50 44.21 .81 1.77 118.44 113.77
I 25.50 +. 5.00 ~ 30.50 36.30 .67 1.45 118.30 113.45
J 30.50 + 5.00 ~ 35.50 28.40 .52 1.13 118.15 113.13
Ez 35.50 + 3.10 ~ 38.60 23.50 .43 .94 118.06 112.94
Dz 38.60 + .40 ~ 39.00 18 .33 .72 117.96 112.72
Cz 39.00 + .60 ~ 39.60 0 - - 117.63 112.00
.
273
if?it!W ikii+V ' ''VW1
TABLE J - 4
SPILLWAY PORTION
A) Prejump profiles - High Flood Condition

Upstream Total Energy Level ~ 119.70 m. q ~ 13.7 4 cms./m.
Distance from Elevation at Energy of flow (Ef) Depth of Water, (D) Elevation of
Upstream End point of consideration ~ U/S T.E.L. - 2 from Energy of flow curves Water surface
(Fig. 15.8)
1 2 3 4 ,, 5
C) 7.00 m. 116.00 3.70 m 3.08 m. 116.00 + 3.08 ~ 119.08

D) 8.00 m 115.80 3.90 m 2.70 m 115.80 + 2.70 ~ 118.50
D1 ) 8.28 m 115.68 4.02 m De~ 2.68 m 115.68 + 2.68 ~ 118.36
E) 9.00 m 115.28 4.42 m
1.99 m 115.28 + 1.99 ~ 117.27
F) 10.00 m 114.47 5.23 m
1.64 m 114.47 + 1.64 ~ 116.:l_l
G) 11.00 m 113.39 6.31 m
1.40 m 113.39 + 1.40 ~ 114.79
H) 12.30 m 112.80 6.90
1.30 m 112.80 + 1.30 ~ 114.10
Dl ~
Location of critical depth De ~ El. 115.68; 1.28 m. from C of the crest
274
TABLEJ- 5
SPILLWAY PORTION
b) Post jump profiles

F ~ 2.96 DiS T.E.L. = 117.92 m
F2 ~ 8.76 DiS Floor Level = 112.80 m.
Point Distance from the X y Elevation of

y water surface
toe of glacis ~ X Dl Dl
Hl 2.00 1.54 1.50 1.95 112.80 + 1.95 = 114.75

·•
H2 3.00 2.30 1.81 2.35 112.80 + 2.35 = 115.15
H3 4.00 3.08 2.10 2.73 112.80 + 2.73 = 115.53
I 5.00 0.84 2.30 2.99 112.80 + 2.99 = 115.79
J 10.00 1.69 3.15 4.10 112.80 + 4.10 = 116.90
K 15.00 11.53 3.38 4.39 112.80 + 4.39 = 117.19
L 17.00 13.08 3.43 4.46 112.80 + 4.46 = 117.26
c3 19.20 14.77 3.63 4.72 112.80 + 4.72 = 117.52
275
TABLE J -6'
SLUICEWAY PORTION
a) Prejump Profiles
During high flood condition
Distance from Elevation at Energy of flow (Efl Depth of Water, (D) Elevation of
Upstream End point of consideration ~
UIS T.E.L. from energy of flow curves water surface
Bl 6.50 m 114.00 5.84 5.15 114.00 + 5.15 ~ 119.15 m

Cl 9.50 m 114.00 5.84 4.10 114.00 + 4.10 ~ 118.10 m
C11 10.04 m 113.82 6.02 De ~ 4.02 113.82 + 4.02 ~ 117.84 m
Dl 11.50 m 113.33 6.51 3.07 113.33 + 3.07 ~ 116.40 m
El 13.50 m 112.66 7.18 2.68 112.66 + 2.68 ~ 115.34 m
Fl 15.50 m 112.00 7.84 Dl ~ 2.19 112.00 + 2.19 ~ 114.19 m
Location of Critical depth, D ~ El. 113.82,@ .54 m. away from the end of the sluice crest.
b) Post jump profiles
F2 ~ 2.486 DIS T.E.L. ~ 118.29
F ~ 6.18 DIS Floor Level ~ 112.00
Point Distance from the X 'y y Elevation of

-
toe of glacis ~ X Dl Dl water surface in meter
Fl 1.00 .46 1.05 2.30 112.00 + 2.30 ~ 114.30

F2 2.00 .91 1.25 2.73 112.00 + 2.73 ~ 114.73
F3 3.00 1.37 1.43 3.13 112.00 + 3.13 ~ 115.13
F4 4.00 1.82 1.62 3.54 112.00 + 3.54 ~ 115.54
G 5.00 2.28 1.81 3.96 112.00 + 3.96 ~ 115.96
H 10.00 2.26 112.00 + 4.96 ~ 116.96
4.57 4.96
I 15.00 6.85 2.57 5.63 112.00 + 5.63 ~ 117.63
276
F 9
jgD 13
Knowing F2, the relation between the abscissa ordinate of the profile can be read from Fig. 15.9.
For spillway the values for prejump & post jump profiles are given in Table J4 & J-5, & for
sluiceway in Table J -6.
4. Floor Thickness
With the help of plots of H.G. Line and Water Surface profiles, the design uplift pressures can be
evaluated. The ordinates measured from the hydraulic gradient line to water surface are the uplift pres-
sures for which lhe floor is to be designed. The uplift pressure which will occur with the maximum pond
level upstream and no flow downstream should also be determined (as shown in fig. 5.10 & 5.11).
The requirement of floor thickness is worked out by taking the larger of the two uplift pressures and
dividing it by the submerged density of floor material i.e. (G-1) .
In this example, specific weight of concrete is taken as .144 pcf. and the specific weight of water as
62.40 pel.
Submerged density of the floor material 144 - 62.40 ~ 1.30

62.40
a) Spillway portion
;I 1. Downstream floor
1 It would be clear from the drawing that the static head governs the thickness of the spillway floor
~ up to 9.20 m. from the downstream floor end while beyond it, the dynamic condition governs the thickness
because of the larger value of the ordinates after applying the requirement of 2/3 of the head. In view
of the tendency of water into the jump trough rolling backwards, thus reducing the unbalanced head,
the 2/3 value is considered adequate for working out the floor thickness.
i) at point Ea
Unbalanced head .54 m.

Static head .76 m.
The static head is more than the unbalanced head.

Floor thickness required ~ .76 ~ .58 m.
1.30
Taking into account a 10% factor of safety as per para 7.8.1

Floor thickness ~ 1.10 (.58) ~ .63 m.
For construction purposes provide 65 em. floor thickness

at 1.00 m. from downstream end of floor.
ii) at point K
Unbalanced head .99 m ..

Static head .96 m.
277
Static head still governs, since design unbalanced head is 'l/3 of the actual unbalanced head, which
is lesser
Floor thickness required ~ ·9 6 ~ .73 m. I

1.30 I
With 10.% F.S; t ~ 1.10 (.73) ~ .80 m.
Provide 80 em. floor thickness at 4.20 m. from dis end of floor 1··2
i
iii) at point J I
Unbalanced head ~ 1.46 m; 2/3 (1.46) .97 m. ~ !}.13
Static head 1.26 m. governs

Floor thickness required ~ }.26 ~ .97 m.
1.30 .
With 10% F.S.; t ~ 1.10 (.97) ~ 1.07 m.
Provide 110 em. thickness at 9.20 m. from dis end of floor
iv) at point I
Unbalanced head ~ 2.7 4 m; 2i3 (2.7 4) 1.82 m.
Static head ~ 1.57 m.

Here, unbalanced head governs
Floor thickness required ~ 1.82 ~ 1.40 m.
1.30
~ ~
1-
With 10% F. S.; t 1.10 (1.40) 1.54 m.
Provide 160 em. floor thickness at 14.20 m. from dis end of floor
v) at point Ha
Unbalanced head ~ 3.04 m; 2i3 (3.04) ~ 2.02 m. governs

Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x !:~~ ~ 1.70 m.
Provide 170 cm.·floor thickness at 15.20 m. from dis end of floor
vi) at point H 2
Unbalanced head ~ 3.45 m; 2/3 (3.45) 2.30 m. governs

Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:~~ ~ 1.94 m.
278
}
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
.4$ j
'
1.411
ll .f3
1.11
...
ll .lt-4
Ctn2
n
II 2.00 j
j
j
'
Jo j
.
·r· i'
Ita
j
j
j
j
j
L [)
j
·O 000 ~·o 40 fj j
j
j
j
j
J j
j
j
j
2e.•o ao<> •• j
"".so
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
: \y ) j
j
----------------------------------------------~F~IG_..~~5~·-"------~,Jj
j
-----.!!!!--..
='"'·""'=--~~·-..............------: j
j
j
j
j
U/ S T. £ L.. • I ~I · lA !II
. 118.8!1 ..
118.80 Ill .74 11!1.71 118.&8 .s.ee 118, 82
I
118.!19
I
.. --ll·;:.s· T. f.L . • Wl.lt 111.
nlao . 70
I TI:S ••.o• .a.]···
.!12
lUUI I 2 .65
...,.... 117. 80
117.85
. 41 1
117.8ll 117. 8-ll
Jlr.w. f. L . • 117 . 81 Ill .
t'""" ~ ..
! . 48 3 .08
•5 .!12
4.:55
I
11 .o8
I .4!1
2 .SI , 2.21 2.14 2.08
I II . IS
II . 84
c1 112 .u
I 1.48
l.l ll
I .14 . 72
n.. 112.00 112.00
f· 4
i 1!10 12!1
:oo
280 2:!0 22!1
...
l
e.L.
200 ::c:Q_ 200 100 100
300 !!>_0 1100 :S CIO !100 S IO
J
J
-.U~d------;:~------b--_;____~-.t;;;--'1• 341 .30

21.40
23.~
88.54
83 .18
eo.o2 !18 .44 :58 .88 11821 113.70 82 .11
44.21
88.!10· 88.8!1
38 . 80 Ill.
-
DRAULIC JUMP AND UPLIFT PRESSURES (SLUICE WAY)
I
FIG . 15 . 11
--------~ - ~------------------~----------------------------___;,...;..;._..;..;;.....;...__ _--1\
--- --.... --
ue.IO
19.08
ua.oo
117.
•••
II&.
1\e..OO EL.II6.QQ (CREST LEVEL)
11:34. 11:3.34 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
-==-
~
" -~•--:r::-.;----'---
1. . 17
H 81
2.44 2.\8
~--....,p~....::.:.........u~o!!YJll
cl
II S ,00 D
El
100
cl
!)I
200
60 too •oo •. •oo ·-
l
I
I
..
I
a3.&S 74.215
ea. oo. 6&. 615
78.88
••
100
•. ·~'·' I • J ." ~ 0' ..,, •• • • ·, -- ·-:-- ---- --- ._.., .. --.-~ -·~--,.~-----
..
U/ S T. E. L. . : 119. 70 M.
HYO. GRA DI ENT L I NE FOR MAX.

118.83 118. 79 118.78 118. 71 118. 88 118 . ~ U8 .60 118 . 57 118.53
-- U/ S T. £1. . : 117 . 82
118.36 :I_ 11 8 .18
/
.w. £ L.. • 117. 63
1.46 ....:
II . li
2 .88
2.7-4 II .iO
3 .04
3 .45
3. ee
RMo\1. CONOITIONl. 4.81 3. 8i
4. 53
_j[
- I
HYO. QRAOIENT LINE FOR NO F
El.. 114.00 A
1. 81
1.-n! 1.6$
114 . 43
I. 63
114.37
1.117
.: " ( - -- ll l5. 76
11 3 . 63 113. 58 11 3 38
.87 1.26
.88
I '
112 .80
·" .76 c~
·-------~~----~.'----+--~ 11 2.80
Ho HI_ Hz H;s
·I 0
160
260
450
... 245
'~
EL.. 110. 20~
165
+ t 200 2 00
~ -100 -L 000
- -------- --
~ 4 20
....
,• I I
26.18 23
.,•
29 . 99
:J 0 1 8 .37 39.51
52.114 !!10.94 '1&.03
.116 56 .66 54.75
64.94 62 .94 6 1.03
_1'0. 18 68.00 68.75
520 100
31.~ .. .
HYDRAULIC JUMP AND UPLIFT PRESSURES {SPILLWAY)

FIG . '15.10
/
-··~--·------=
--:;;;:=-s~jiji!'!QW!'£::!'•~~~~~~ ~~·.,..,. .-. .. .. . . --~--~-~~·~ """="'""'"__,_._.._ ....._.4.___ ..._...~- - -------~--------- --- -~--4·-· -
___ .___,_..~
AFFLUX EL . .1 119.48M.J,
----
-c _. Z.&! M
1.04
EL. 114.00
~ +- ,.o 1"" 1 r
r-~--~~r~o~---t~----------~·~•~o, __________~~-----~•··~·~---
•
n.••
....,.
l>G
79.!:10
82,96
_10.18 68.00 66.70
100
140 uo
I I
vii) at point H 1
Unbalanced head ~ 3.89 m; 2i3 (3.89) ~ 2.59 m. governs

~-.
Static head = 1.75 m.
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:;~ ~ 2.19 m.
Provide 220 em. floor thickness at 17.20 m. from d/s end of floor
viii) at point Ho
Unbalanced head ~ 4.53 m; 213 (4.53) 3.02 m. governs

Floor thickness required 1.10 x ~:~~ ~ 2.55 m
•·.~·:
'!
Provide 255 em. floor thickness at 18.20 m~ from dis end of floor
ix) at point H
Unbalanced head ~ 4.61 m; 2i3 (4.61) 3.07 m. governs

Floor thickness required 1.10 X 3.07 2.60 m.
1.30
Provide 260 em. floor thickness at the toe of the glacis.
2) Upstream floor
The subsoil hydraulic gradient line is below the water level, i.e., all the unbalanced head acting
on the floor is counterbalanced by the self weight of the water.
Thus, only a nominal thickness of about 4·5 ft., i.e., 1.6 to 1.7 m. is provided.
bl Sluiceway Portion
a) Downstream floor
i) at point E 2
Unbalanced head ~ .43 m.

Static head ~ .94 m. governs
~ i~4 ~
Floor thickness required 1.10 x
0 .80 m.
Provide 80 em. floor thickness at 1.00 m. from dis end of floor.
ii) at point J
Unbalanced head .52 m.
281
Static head ~ 1.13 m. governs
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:~~ ~ .95 m.
iii) at point I
Unbalanced heaC: ~ .70 m.

Static head ~ 1.45 m. governs )
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x 1. 45 ~ 1.22 m.
1.30
Provide 125 em. floor thickness at 9.10 from dis end of floor.
I
iv) at point H l
Unbalanced head ~ 1.48 m. l
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x 1.n
1.30
~ 1.50 m. i
·I
l
v) at point G
Unbalanced head ~ 2.63 m.; 2i3 (2.63) 1.75 m.

1.30
l
vi) at point F 4 I
Unbalan.ced head ~ 3.08 m; 2/3 (3.08) ~ 2.05 m. I
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:;t ~ 1.81 m.
viii) at point F 3
Unbalanced head ~ 3.52; 2i3 (3.52) 2.34 m.

Unbalanced head governs
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x 21.30
·34 ~ 1 .98 m .
282
,_:y
viii) at point F 2
3.95 m; 2/3 (3.95) ~·

• 2.63 m. governs
Unbalanced head
Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:~~ ~ 2.22 m.
ix) at point F 1
Unbalanced head ~ 4.41 m; 2/3 (4.41) ~ 2.94 governs

Floor thickness required ~ 1.10 x i:;6 ~ 2.49 m.
Provide 250 em. floor thickness at 23.10 m. from d/s end of floor.
x) at point F
Unbalanced head ~ 4.55 m; 2/3 (4.55) ~ 3.03 m governs

1.30
Provide 260 em. floor thickness at the toe of the glacis
b) Upstream floor·
(See procedure for floor thickness as for spillway portion)
K. STABILITY ANALYSIS
As discussed in Chapter 8 of the Manual, in the structural design of the solid gravity over flow dam,
the section of the dam shall satisfy the following requirements of stability.
i) The section should be safe against sliding.

ii) The section should be safe against over turning.
iii) Unit stress in the material of the structure or pressure on the foundation, should not exceed
the permissible limit.
Testing the dam section as per sketch on the next page for the following combination of forces.
Combination A Dam completed but no pond water & no tail water.
Combination C Maximum flood with dam silted to crest level.
Combination E Water level on upstream at crest level, tail water at retrogressed

floor elevation, silt upstream & with earthquake.
·~!:~ 283
4.50 . eo 2.00 3.30
Wz 1
----1 w.;
1- ________ "ti:_::2._,Eo=.L:.e.llc-c5".2"'e_Jll__
I
I
I ~.47-1
I
3 .• El.l14.00 2 I
I
I .20
WI I
I
I
0
I
4
El. 112.30 ______ T _______ _"'0
I
I
I I
El. 111'.3oJ} iJI::L. 111.20 I 0
I
7 N
.:so+~
ol
g!
El.110.20
~------------~6~.~9~5_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __l_ __l~1~.6~5_ _~8i_________________lj9
2.00
Load Combination A: Dam completed but no water in pond and
no tailwater
Area of the section & C.G.
AREA (sq, m) y (From toe) m. Ay

1.70
1.70 X 4.5 ~ 7.65 2.10 + -2- ~ 2.95 22.568
1
1 /z (.40) (.80) ~ .16 2.10 + 1.70 + 1.60 + 3 (.40)
~ 5.53 .884
3.30 (.80) ~ 2.64 2.10 +
3 0
: ~ 3.75 9.90
A4 1/z (.72) (2.00) ~ .72 2.10 + 2.98 + -~2 ~ 5.32 3.83

2.98
A5 2.00 (2.98) ~ 5.96 2.10 + --z:- 3.59 21.40
As 1/z (2.48) (3.10) ~ 3.84 2.60 + 2.48 3.43 13.17

3
A7 .50 (3.30) ~ 1.65 .50

2.10 + 2 ~ 2.35
3.88
2
As 1/z (1.10) (1.65) ~ .908 1.00 + 3(1.10) ~ 1.73 1.57
2.10
Ag 2.10 (2.00) ~ 4.20 -2- ~ 1.05 4.41
LA 27.728 81.61
Y ~ 27.728
8 61
1. ~ 2.94 m. from the toe
285
DAM WEIGHTS & MOMENTS
Taking 1 -metre strip
Dam weights (Kg_) Lever Arm (M) Moment@

Toe (Kg.m.)
4.25
wl 7.65 (2400) ~ 18360 3.30 + 2.00 + .80 + -2- ~ 8.35 153306
0.16 (2400) ~ 384 .80

W2 5.30 + -3-~ 5.57 2138.88
w3 2.64 (2400) ~ 6336 5.30 + -~0 ~ 5.70 36115.2
w4 0.72 (2400) ~ 1728 3.30 + 32 (2.00) ~ 4.63 8000.64
l
1 w5 5.96 (2400) ~ 14304 3.30 +
2.00
2 ~ 4.30 61507.2
l w6 3.84 (2400) ~ 9216 .20 + 32 (3.10) ~ 2.27 20920.3
W7 1.65 (2400) ~ 3960 3.:0 ~ 1.65 6534
I Ws 0.908 (2400) ~ 2179.2 2.00 +

1.65
3 ~ 2.55 5556.4
2.00
Wg 4.20 (2400) ~ 10080 ~ 1.00 10080
2
LW ~
66547.2 LM ~ 304158.62 (
286
Foundation Reactions:
304158.62 ~ 4.57 m. from the toe

X= 66589.88
L 10.60 ~ 3.53 <x .. within the middle third

3 3
LW ( + ~
f toe~ -s 1 B
where
e ~ B/2 - x
10.60 - 4.57 ~ 0.73
2
66589.88 6 (0.73)
ftoe =
10.60
[ 1 +
10.60 ]
8877.86 Kg./m 2 < 32290 Kg./m 2 Qb
LW (1- 6e)
fheel =
If B
6.6589.88 6 (0.73) ]
[ 1 -
10.60 10.60
3686.26 Kg./m 2 < 32290 Kg./m 2 O.K.
287
• § At rm 2EZ££LZZL
I Load Combination C: Maximum flood with dam silted up to crest level
Afflux El. ~ 119.48 m.

Tailwa tcr El. ~ 117.63 m.
A} Static & Uplift Pressure
Point Available Head, in m. ~ W.S. el. Pressure Net head Pressure

- elev. of point, ~ h Percent~ in Kg./m 2
age(%)
0 119.48 - 116.00 ~ 3.48· 3.48 3480

1 119.48 - 115.60 ~ 3.88 3.88 3880
2 119.48 - 114.00 ~ 5.48 5.48 5480
3 119.48 - 114.00 ~ 5.48 • 5.48 5480
4 119.48 - 112.30 ~ 7.18 82.96 5.96 5960
5 119.48 - 112.30 7.18 77.42 5.56 5560
6 117.90 - 112.30 5.60 65.51 3.69 3690
7 115.77 - 111.20 4.57 62.37 2.85 2850
8 115.77 - 110.20 5.57 62.37 3.47 3470
9 114.10 - 110.20 3.90 58.56 2.28 2280
10 114.10 - 112.80 1.30 1.30 1300
11 114.20 - 112.80 1.40 1.40 1400
. 12 117.27 - 115.28 ~ 1.99 1.99 1990
B) Silt pressure
l It is assumed that silt and water mixture is completely fluid, the resulting horizontal pressure is
assumed to be equivalent to that of a fluid having a unit weight of 85 pel (1360 Kg./m3) and the vertical
pressure with 120 pel (1925 Kg.Jm 3)
As the water thrust has already been considered, an additional thrust due to the fluid of density 22.60
pel (363 Kg./m3} for horizontal pressure and 57.60 pel (924 Kg./m3) for vertical pressure may be added.
Thus, for silt pressure,

h 116.00 - 114.00 ~ 2.00 m.
PH 363.0 x 2.00 ~ 726 Kg./m2
Pv 924 x 2.00 ~ 1848 Kg./m2
(See tabulation of summation of stabilizing and overturning Moments)
288
Summary:
2: MR 356720.3 + 304158.62 - 347815.1 ~ 313063.82 Kg. m.

Z:V 2830.7 + 66589.88 ~ 69420.58 Kg.
~ 21120.2 Kg.
X= ~
313063.82
69420.58
~ 4.51 > 3
10 60 ~ 3.53 O.K.
(within the middle third)
B -X= 10.60 - 4 51 0.79 m.

e 2 .
2
Foundation Reactions:
69420.58 1 + 6 (.79)
ftoe =
LV ( 1 +
6e
B 10.60 [ 10.60 ]
B
9477.7 Kg./m2 < 32290 Kg./m2 O.K.
69420.58 1 - 6 (.79) ]
L,V ( 1 - ~) [ 10.60
B B 10.60
3620.5 Kg./m 2 < 32290 Kg./m2 O.K. Safe
(W- U) tan 0
Factor of Safety Against sliding. F 1 p
where:
total external forces acting downward
w + Total weight of dam itself ~ 46914.5 + 66589.88
~ 113504.38 Kg .
U ~ total uplift force ~ 44083.8 Kg. •
P ~ total horizontal force ~ 21120.2 Kg.
Assuming a gravelly sand material. 20% gravel, maximum size is 3/4" and with a relative density of
70%, the corresponding value of tan fi ~ .77 from Table No. 8.1.
F1 ~ 113504.38 - 44083.8) (0.77)

21120.2
2.53 > 2.00
289
Allowable Factor of Safety for this loading combination ~ 2.00
F1 > F, O.K.
Factor of Safety against overturning
660878.92
347815.1
1.90 > 1.5 O.K.
Safe
..
Load Combination E - Water level on upstream at crest level, dry weather tailwater, full uplift, silt
deposit up to crest level with earthquake.
A) Static and Uplift Pressures
Available Head, in m. Pressure Net Head Pressure
Point ~ W.S. el - of point Percentage h in m. (in Kg{m 2)

(%)
0 0 0
1 116.00 - 115.60 .40 .40 400
2 116.00 - 114.00 2.00 2.00 2000
3 2.00 2.00 2000
4 116.00 - 112.30 3.70 82.96 3.07 3070
5 3.70 77.42 2.86 2860
6 116.00 - 112.30 ~ 3.70 65.51 2.42 2420
7 116.00 - 111.20 4.80 62.37 2.99 2990
8 116.00 - 110.20 5.80 62.37 3.62 3620
9 116.00 - 110.20 5.80 58.56 3.40 3400
10 116.00 - 112.80 ~ 3.20 3.20 3200
11 116.00 - 112.80 ~ 3.20 3.20 3200
i
12
!r
116.00 - 115.28 ~ .72 .72 720
I
I
I
I
from the previous computation, silt pressure values are:
PH ~ 726 Kg./m2
Pv ~ 1848 Kg./m2
I
290 l
Taking the statical moment about the toe of the dam, the distance of the center of gravity from the toe will
be
X ~ _i_ ( pl + 2Pl)
3 Pl + Pz
STABILITY ANALYSIS: - Moments due to external forces
MOMENT ABOUT TOE !KG-ml

EXTERNAL FORCES !KG) LEVER ARM (m)
RIGHTING OVERTURNING
t Po-I - 3480 + 3880 1.80) ~ 2944.0

2
5.30 + -80 ~ 5.70
2 16780.8 (
~ 3880 + 5480 121 ~ 9360 3.80 + 2.00 11123.40 + 1590.801 ~ 4.74

Water~ pl-2 . 2 3 1918.80
44366.4 )
Silt -"---> pl-2 ~
726 12.00) - 1452 4.74 6882.5 )
4
Water~ Pz-s ~ 5480 14.501 ~ 24660 6.10 + -~0 ~ 8.35 205911 (
!
Silt
~ Pz_s - 1848 14.50) ~
8316 8.35 69438.6 (
~ Ps-• - 5480 ; 5960 IL7 0I ~ 9724 2.10 + L70 11221.80 + 2246.80) ~ 2 _9 4

'""'3 2345,20 28588.5 )
t r,_5 ~ 5960 ; 5560 1.701 - 4032 . +_lQ_~

99 2 1025 41328 )
Ps-6 "" 5560 +2 3690 16 .25) ~. 28906,3
t 3,65 + 6.25 ~ 6.78
2
195984.4 )
t Ps-7y ~ 3690 ; 2850 IL 651 ~ 5395.5 2.00 + !.65 1584.25 + 1512.9013 29

. 2 1340.70 -
17751.2 )
--'; p6-71! ~ 3690 12850 11.10) ~
3597 1 .oo + 1-10 1584.25 + !512.90 I ~ 1 57
3 1340.7Q . - 5647.3 )
~ 2850 + 3470 Ill ).00 1711.35 + 1168.501
~ p7-8
2
~
3160
3 1295.1)0
~
0.48 1516.8 )
t Ps-9 ~ 3470 + 2280 121

2
~
5750 . 2~0 ~ 1.00 5750 )
1300 ; 1400 1.20) ~ 270 ~1287 + 5331 ~ 0.15
t p!0-11 ~
- 2 553.50 40.5 (
t Pn-12y ~ 1400 ; 1990 13.!0) ~

5254.5 .20 + 3.10 1407.95 + 57 41 ~ 2.39
2 694.95
12558.3 (
~ Pn-12 11 !400 ; 1990 (2.48) 4203,6 2 60 + 2.48,407.95 + 57 41 ~ 3 77

. s 15847.5 (
~ ~
64~5 -
! p12-0y ~ !990 + 3480 121 ~ 5470

~
3,30 + 2.00 1713.40 + 815.901 ~ 4 66
2 1121.35 . 25490.2 (
..,__ p12-0l! - !990 ; 3480 1.721 ~ !969.2

.
:;,08 + _,1g_ 1713.40 + 815.901 ~ fi.41
3 1121.35 10653.4 c
-
t ~ Fy Net - 46914.5 - 44083,8
t ~ Fy Net 2830.7 ~
t ~ Fy ~
46914,5 ~MR ~356720.3 ~ M ~ 347815.1
0
___,.. ~ FH -
;
21120.2
t ~ Fy ~
44083.8 ~ .)
291
··~
B. STABILITY ANALYSIS:
MOMENT ABOUT TOE (KG·ml

EXTERNAL FORCES (KGI LEVER ARM (ml
RIGHTING OVERTURNING
0 + 400 I 801 - 160 80x2 583

l Po-I ~
2 . - 5.30 + 3 . 932.8 (,
400 + 2000 (2) ~ 2400 2.00 410 + 164 ) ~ 4.58

Water~ pl-2 ~ 3.80 + I 10992 )
2 3 492
Silt- pl-2 ~
726 121 ~ 1452 4.58 6650.16 J
Water 1 p2-3 ~
2000 14.50) ~ 9000 6.10 + 450
2
~ 8.35 75150 c.
Silt p2-3 ~
1848 (4.501 ~ 8316 8.35 69438.6 (,
J
P,_, 2000 + 3070 IL701 ~ 4309.5 2 .10 + 170 629.35 + 820
~ ~
3 I 1039.35
) ~ 2.89 12454.5 )
2
.
•
l p4-5 ~ 3070 ; 2860 1.701 ~ 2075.5 9.90 +
2
.70 ~ 10.25 21273.8 J
·.··1··
• P,_, 2800 + 2420

16.251 ~ 16500 3.65 + 6.25 ~ 6.78 11187.0)
1
~
2 2
2420 + 2990 2.00 + 1. 11101 612.95 + 992.20 ~ 3.06

~ p6-7 ~
- - - 2 - - IL101 ~ 2975.5 9105.0 )
3 . 1109.05
2420 + 2990
Po-7 IL651 ~ 4463.3 2. OO + L65 I 612.95 + 992.20 I ~ 2.80 12497.1 J
1
~
2 3 1109.05
~ P,_g ~
2990 + 3620 ILOO) ~ 3305 2.00 + 100 I 742.10 + 1225.90 I ~ 2.73
2 2 1355.05 9022.6)
..•.~· Pg_g ~
3620 + 3400 (2) ~ 7020
2.00 /2 ~ LOO 7020 )
-£{4 1 2
y
y
....·.·.·.1·
! pl0-11 =; 3200 1.20) ~ 640 .20
2
~ 0.10 64 (
3200 2+ 720 13.101 ~ 6076 3.10 I 147.60 + 1312 I

l Pll-12v ~
0.20 + -2-
803.60
~ 3.02 18349.5 (
)1.• 3200 2+ 720 2.48 ~ 4860.8 2.60 + I 147.60 + 1312 I

'~ ~
pll-121-I""
803.60'
~ 4.10 19929.3 (
l Piz-ov =
720
2 121 ~ 720 3.30 +
3
2
(2.00) ~ 4.63 3333.6 (
-- Piz-ou =
720
2
1.72) ~ 259.2 5.08 + .72
T ~ 5.32 1378.94 (
'
- F.n - 9322 lbs
l LFv ~ 24912 lbs t7MR 188576.74 I r
Mo200885.16
F.vNET = 5146.8 lbs

r 1 LFv ~ 30058 lbs
1L F.vNET ~ 30058 - 24912

~ 5146 Kg
292
Forces due to earthquake from the previous computation:
2.94 m. from the toe

Weight of dam ~ 66589.88 Kg.
a) Inertia forces (para. 8.5.62)

Fw ~ 0.15 WT ~ 0.15 (66589.88) ~ 9988.48 Kg.
The effect of vertical earthquake is, however, not considered in this analysis and is neglected.
Moment due to earhtquake, Me Fw (g 0

9988.48 X 2.94
29366.13 Kg. m. J
b) Hydrodynamic forces (para 8.5.7)
C<{h wh
Where Py hydrodynamic pressure in Kg./m2
at depth y
<\'h design horizontal seismic coefficient
0.15
W unit weight of water 1000 Kg./m3
h ~ total depth of water in meter
2.00 m.
Where y ~ depth below surface

Cm maximum value of C obtained from fig. 8.2
C Cm
when y h, as the case hereunder
y 2.00 m.
2.00 1
2.00
Maximum value of C ~ .73
Unit weight of water 1000 Kg./m3
py .73 (.15) (1000) (2.00)

219 kg./m2
Vh Total horizontal shear
293
Vh ~ 0.726 Py . h
0.726 (219) (2.00) ~ 317.99 kg./m.
Mh ~ 0.299 py h2 '
0.299 (219) (2.00)2
261.92 kg.m/m. - strip
SUMMARY:
From the previous computation:
Due to dam weight:
MR ~ 304158.62 1
F v ~ 66589.881
~MR ~ 304158.62 + 188576.74 ~ 492735.36 Kg. m.

~M 0 ~ 200885.16 + 29366.13 + 261.92 ~ 230513.21 Kg. m.
~M ~ ~MR - ~M 0 ~ 262222.15 Kg. m.
~ V ~ 66589.88 - 5146 ~ 61,443.88 Kg.
~H ~ 9322 + 9988.48 + 317.99 ~ 19628.47 Kg.
X= 262,222.15 ~ 4,27 m. from the toe > 10,60

61,443.88 3
(within the middle third) O.K.
e ~
. _ll_ - x ~ 10 6
· ~ - 4,27 ~ 1.03 m •
2
fgundation Reactions;
( 1- ~ )
B
61443.88 6 (1.03)
10.60 [ 1- 10,60 ]
2417.0 Kg./m2 < 32290 J(g./mz 0.1<;.
61443.88 1 6 (1.03)
!heel ~
10.60 [ + 10.60 ]
9176.11 < 32290 Kg./m 2 O.K.
Factor of Safety against sliding, !'\ ~ (W - ¥) tan 0

where
W ~ total weight of the <1am ~ 66,58~.88 Rg.

U ~ total uplift force ~ 5146 Kg.
P ~ total horizontal force ~ 19,628.47 Kg.
294
Assuming a gravelly sand material, 20% grave, maximum ~ 3/4" with a relative density of 70°,\J;
Refer to Table no. 8.1
Tan 0 ~ .77
F ~ (66,589.88 - 5146) (.77) 2.4 1
1 19,628.47
Allowable F .S. for this condition ~ 1.2
F1 > allow F.S. O.K.
Factor of Safety against overturning, F 0
492,735.36 ~ 2.14 > 1.50 O.K.

230,513.21
L. DESIGN OF GUIDE BANKS
a) Layout
Total Width ~ L ~ 440.0 m.
As per fig. 11.2, for the elliptical guide banks,

U /S Length, a ~ 1.0 L ~ (1.0) 440 ~ 440 m.
DiS Length, 0.25 L ~ (440) ~ 110 m ..
0.40 L ~ 0.40 (440) ~ 176 m.
• Pw ~ 4.83 JQ ~ 4.83 J5320 ~ 352.29 m.
Radius of curve R 0.45 (352.29) ~ 158.53 say 160m.

b ~ R ~ 160.0 m.
For layout the coordinates calculated with the formula
y2
~ 1
+ b2
295
y X y X
1 440 80 381
5 440 90 364
10 439 100 343
15 438 105 332
20 436 110 320
25 435 115 306
30 432 120 291
35 429 125 275
40 426 130 257
45 422 135 236
50 418 140 213
55 413 145 186
60 408 150 153
65 402 155 109
70 396 160 0
b) Protection Works
Intensity of discharge d/s of sluiceway ~ 21.02 cms/m.
scour depth varies from 1.0 R - 1.5 R

Taking Mean depth of scour ~ 1.25 R
Where:
(21.02)2 ]1/3 6.48

R ~ 1.35 [ 4.00
1.25 R ~ 8.10 mts.

8.10 ~ (117.63 - 112.80) + D
D ~ 4.00
1.5 D ~ 6.00 m.
v ~
21.02 (3.28)
_ ~ 4.35 m/sec. ~ 16.28 ft./sec.
4 83
size of stone ~ 13" 0

weight ~ 110 lbs ~ 50 kgs.
296
L ~ [5 D ~ 8.94
13 ~ 0.62
. 1.25 ( 1.50 X 12 X 3.28
V Lt1 ~ 8.94 (0.62) ~ 5.54
v ~ 5·54 ~ 0 92 say 0.90 mts.

1.5 D 6.00 .
Use protection works for upstream and downstream portion ~ 1.50 D ~ 6.00 mts.
Nose Protection
Depth of scour ~ 2 R
D ~ 2R- (117.63- 112.8)
113
l16.71P ~ 5.56
R ~ 1.35 [ 4
]
where q ~ 16.71 cms./m. D ~ 5.56 x 2 - 4.83 ~ 6.29

1.5 D ~ 1.5 x 6.29 = 10.50 m .
:1'·;·.·.·.
'J
.
297
CHAPTER 16
DESIGN OF INTAKE WORK
1. CANAL SECTION
DATA: Main Canal No. 1
Qcm ~ 33.97 ems. (Discharge for crop maintenance)
QLS ~ 40.998 ems. (Discharge for land soaking)
Rugosity Coefficient
n ~ 0.015
Side slope (SS) ~ 1 1/z : 1

Water surface slopeS ~ 0.0002
b ~ 2d
where b ~ bed width

d ~ depth of water
1.1 For crop maintenance
X ~ 1.5 d
y ~ J(1.5d)2 + d2
y ~ 1.803 d
A ~ bd + (1.50 d) (d) ( 1/z) (2)
298
A~ 2d2 + 1.5 d 2
A~ 3.5 d2
p ~ b + 2 (2.803 d)
p ~ 5.606 d
3.5d2 0.624 d
R ~ AlP~
5.606 d
v ~ 1 Rzt3 s'h
-
n
1
v ~
1
0.015 (0.624 dJ2'3 (0.0002) /2
v ~ 0.688 d 213
Q ~ Av
33.97 ~ 3.5 d 2 (0.688 d213)
33.97
d ~ . (0. ) 3/8 ~ 2.70 mts.
3 50 688
b ~ 2d ~ 2 (2.70) ~ 5.40 mts.
Using b ~ 5.40
d ~ 2.70
A ~ bd + 1.50 d2
A ~ 5.40 (2.70) + 1.5 (2.70J2
A ~ 25.515 sqm
p ~ b + 3.606 d
p ~ 5.40 + 3.606 (2.70)
P ~ 15.14 m
R ~ AlP ~ 25.515 I 15.14 ~ 1.685
v ~ 2.. Rzts sl/2
n
v ~ - 1- (1.685)213 (0.0002)112
0.015
V ~ 1.34 m/sec.
Q ~ Av ~ 25.515 x 1.34
Q ~ 34.19 ems.
299
1.2 For land soaking
QLS ~ 40.998 ems.

Using b ~ 5.40 mts.
Try d 2.97 mts.
Check:
A ~ bd + 1.5d 2
A 5.40 (2.97) + 1.50 (2.97P
A 29.27 sq. m.
p b + 3.606 d
p 5.40 + 3.606 (2.97)
P ~ 16.11 mts.
R ~ A!P ~ 29.27 /16.11 1.82
_ 1_ (1 82J213 (0 0002) 112

0.015 . .
V ~ 1.405 m/sec.
Q Av ~ 29.27 (1.405)
Q 41.12 ems. > 40.998 ems.
Free board 0.25 d + 0.30

0.25 (2.97) + 0.30
1.05 mts.
Canal Elements:
Qcm "7 33.97 ems
QLS 40.998 ems.
dcm 2.70 mts
dLs 2.97 mts
v 1.34 m/sec.
R 1.685 m
p 15.14 m.
b ~ 5.40 m.
A~ 25.515 sq. m.
de ~ 3.05 m.
300
'it£ 1& & • , 2 2. L Lti4-AU£WMIJJtJ§WJ&%t4 2 LZL.2 2 &%Q_£&4.JQJ!il4&.QL4 St&Z&.Zlt. LL

n % 0.015
s % 0.0002 ;
D% 4.00 m
CB 112.33 mts.
TB 116.33 mts.
WSEL% 115.30 (LS)
WS EL% 115.03 (em.)
2. DESIGN OF INTAKE STRUCTURES:
A. Design Data:
Diversion Dam
Pond level % 115.80 mts.
Crest level % 116.00 mts.
All. Elev. (Dam silted) % 119.48 mts.
Sluiceway U/S apron Elev. % 113.00 mts.
Sluiceway crest elev. % 114.00 mts.
Canal Discharge % 40.998 (LS)
%33.970 (em)
Silt factor % 4.00
Exit Gradient % 1/5
Additional 15% for the discharge (em) of MC# 1 is needed for the silt ejector 1.15 (33.97) 39.07
ems. Since it is smaller than QLS• LS governs.
B. SILL LEVEL OF INTAKE
It should be as much as possible above sluiceway crest. Consistent with economy (after carrying
out trials). On this consideration sill level is fixed 0.45 m. (1.476 ft.) above sluiceway crest, i.e., at elev.
114.00 + 0.45 % 114.45 mts.
EL. 116.00
EL. 115.80
EL. 115.30 (LS) l

EL 115.03 (CM) ~
- - - _EL ~4.451
EL. 113.00
ASSUMED VALUE
+
301
2 LKL&Ad&M4¥ L£&
C. WATERWAY
Using Elev. 116.00, i.e., W.L. at crest level
hs ~ 115.30 - 114.45 ~ 0.85

he ~ 116.00 - 114.45 ~ 1.55
hslhc ~ 0.85 11.55 ~ 0.548
C, 1 C ~ 0.937 - 0.048 (0.0 3) ~ 0.9226

0.10
c, ~ 0.9226 (1.706) ~ 1.57

Q ~ CLH3i2
L ~
41
1.57 (1.55)3t2 13.53 mts.
Using Elev. 115.80 mts (pond level)

hs ~ 115.. 30 - 114.45 ~ 0.85
he ~ 115.80 - 114.45 ~ 1.35
hslhc ~ 0.85 11.35 ~ 0.63
C5 I C ~ 0.907 - ~:~~ (0.051) ~ 0.8917
c, ~ 1.706 (0.8917) ~ 1.52

41 17.20 mts.
1.52 (1.35)312
Use LT ~ 17.20 mts.
Provide 4 - 4.30 mts with 3 - 1.00 mt. pier width

total width ~ 17.2 + 3 x 1 ~ 20.2 M
302
K4K. 2 . g_ H.£%Mt&.G.J&0J .iLL e I • A • 2 && .£.

RATING CURVE OF MC #1
Velocity (V) ~ -1.486

n-
x R2!3 X Sll2 where n ~ .015
s ~ .0002
WATER WATER AREA PERIMETER R v~ Q~AV

LEVEL DEPTH A p R213 .943R 213
'
1
j 112.33
~
112.53 0.20 1.14 6.12 0.186 0.326 0.307 0.350
112.73 0.40 2.40 6.84 0.351 0.498 0.470 1.128
I 112.93
113.13
0.60
0.80
3.78
5.28
7.56
8.28
0.500
0.640
0.680
0.743
0.594
0.701
2.245
3.701
113.33 1.00 6.90 9.01 0.766 0.837 0.789 5.444
113.53 1.20 8.64 9.73 0.888 0.924 0.871 7.525
113.73 1.40 10.50 10.45 1.005 1.003 0.946 9.933
113.93 1.60 12.48 11.17 1.117 1.077 1.016 12.680
I 114.13
114.33
1.80
2.00
14.58
. 16.80
11.89
12.61
1.226
1.332
1.145
1.211
1.080
1.142
15.746
19.186
114.53 2.20 19.14 13.33 1.436 1.273 1.200 22.968
114.73 2.40 21.60 14.05 1.537 1.332 1.256 27.130
114.93 2.60 24.18 14.78 1.636 1.388 1.309 31.652
115.13 2.80 26.88 15.50 1.734 1.443 1.361 36.584
115.30 2.97 29.27 16.11 1.817 1.489 1.404 41.095
D. DETERMINATION OF BASIN LEVEL & LENGTH
This is checked for three conditions:
a. Pond at crest level 116.00
and only onegate is partially opened say 0.10 MT

Area of length ~ 0.10 X 4.30 ~ 0.43 M.
Depth of water up to MD-Height of opening
~ 116.00 - 114.45 - 0.1°/2 ~ 1.50 mt. (0.10 being the total opening)
h ~ 1.50 M or 4.92 ft.
Velocity~ cd j2 gh ; cd ~ 0.60
V ~ 0.60 2(32.20) (4.92) ~ 10.68 FPS ~ 326 mps

Q ~ AV ~ 0.43 (3.26) ~ 1.40 ems.
303
-::::0:::: -= - -=- -:ZSS.G !ZL 22

•.·
\.·.1·.'
'i- From rating curve:
Q WL
1.128 J .272 112.73

X
J y ]
.20
X 112.73 + 0.272 (0.20)
1.117 1.40 1.117
[
2.245 112.93 X 112.78 m.
.i,'!!il
?~
l
rEL.116.00
rEL.112.78
r EL.114.45
~~-1
D EL.112.33
Neglecting velocity head which is very small:

F ~ 116.00 - 112.78 ~ 3.22
q ~ 1.40/4.30 ~ 0.326 cms/m.
120 q ~ 1.20 (0.326) ~ 0.39 cms/m.
De ~ 3po.39J2 ~ o.249
9.80
FiDe ~ 3.22/0.249 ~ 12.93
Refer Fig. 7.15 taking F ~ HL

•
J
HLiDe Dz/ Dl
.10
[
12.90
12.93
13.00
J .03
'""] 'J
Xj
18.67
.09
0.176
xz
0.176
18.58 + 0.03 (0.09) 18.61 m.

0.10
D1/De ~ 0.176
D1 0.176 (0.249) ~ 0.04
D2 18.61 (0.04) ~ 0.7 4
Vl q/D 1 ~ 0.39/0.04 ~ 9.75 M/sec.
304
Froude No. ~ V1 9.75
15.57
jqDl J9.80 X 0.04
As from fig. 7·16 A (For Basin II)

LB/D2 ~ 3.90 (0.74) ~ 2.89 M.
Basin Level ~ 112.78 - 0.74 112.04 mts.
b) Water at crest level

and all gates opened
UIS WE ~ 116.00 M.
DIS WE ~ 115.50 M.
hs ~ 115.50 - 114.45 ~ 1.05
he ~ 116.00 - 114.45 ~ 1.55
hslhc 1.0511.55 ~ 0.677
e81e 0.907 - 0.077 (0.051) 0.86773

0.10
e8 ~ 1.706 ro.86773l ~ 1.48
q ~ e5 HcL 50 ~ (1.48) (1.55)1. 50 2.86 cmslm.

1.20 q ~ 1.20 (2.86) ~ 3.43 cmslm.
De (3.43)2 ~ 1.06 M.
9.80
116.00 - 115.00 ~ 0.50
0.5011.06 ~ 0.4 72
D2 I D1 D1 IDe
0.400 J .072
3.09 J ~6 '
0.541
.025
.10
[
0.472
0.50
Xj
3.35
x2
0.516 J
D /Dc ~ 0.541 - 0.072 (0.025) 0.523
1
0.10
D1 ~ 0.523 (1.06) ~ 0.55
D 2/D 1 ~ 3.09 + 0.072 (0.26) 3.2772

0.10
D2 3.2772 (0.55) ~ 1.80
v1 q/Dl ~ 3.4310.55 ~ 6.24
(6.24)2 1.99
2(9.80)
305
l v2
hv
2
~ 1.91
~ y22 ~ (1.91J2 ~ 0.19

2g 2(9.80)
Basin Level ~ 115.50 - 1.80 - 0.19 113.51 M.
V1
Froude No.
jgDl
6.24
)9.80 (0.55)
~ 2.69
LBiD 2 3.80
LB ~ 3.80 (1.80) 6.84 M.
c) During maximum flood
Gates opened at a height required to flow the design discharge

Max. Affl. Elev. ~ 119.48 M.
Intake Design Discharge ~ 41 ems
'
EL. 119.48
W.E.
EL. 114.45
EL. 113.00
In partial gate opening, discharge can be calculated with the help of Submerged orifice formula.
Q Cd A /2gJl
h ~ 119.48 - 115.30 ~ 4.18 m.
If x is the opening & Q ~ 40.998

40.998 0.6 X 17.2 J2 g X 6.18
X
40.998
0.6 X 17.2 /19.62 X 9.18
40.998 ~ 0.439 m.
93.458
306
So gate opening ~ 0.439 m.
Velocity through the opening 40.998

17.2 X 0.439
5.43 misec.
Loss of head at the entry 0.5 vz

2g
0.75 m.
T .E.L. just uis of gate 119.84 m.

T.E.L. dis of gate 119.84 - 0.75 ~ 119.09
Downstream Wl.L. ~ 115.30
Head Loss HL ~ 119.09 - 115.30 ~ 3.79
q ~ 40.998 ~ 2.38
17.2
HL ~ 3.79
q ~ Q!L ~ 40.998i17 .20 ~ 2.38 cmsim.
1.20 q ~ 1.20 (2.38) ~ 2.86 cmsim.
D ~ 3F2.83'r' ~ 0.94
c 9.80
HLiDc ~ 3.79i0.94 ~ 4.03
Dz/Dl ~ 8.4
D1!Dc ~ 0.279
D1 0.279 (0.94) ~ 0.26
D2 8.4 (0.26) ~ 2.20
q/Dl 2.86i0 .26 11.0
q/D2 ~ 2.83i2.20 1.3
~
Froude No.
mo11.0w.26l 6.89
LBiDz ~ 3.4
LB ~ 3.4 x 2.2 ~ 7.4 m.
Basin Elev. 119.09 - 0.26 - (11)2

2g
119.09 - 0.26 - 6.173 ~ 112.66 m.
Basin Elev. 115.30 - 2.2 - 1.32 ~ 113.0 m.

2g
E. DEPTH OF CUT OFF
Determination of uis and dis cut-off depth:
q ~ 1.20 (4l.Oi17.20) 2.86 cmsim.
R ~ 1.35 (q 2!f)113 1.71 m.
307
Bottom level UiS cut-off ~ 116.0 - 1.71 114.29 m.
For DiS Portion:
q ~ 1.20 (4l.Oi8) ~ 6.15 cmsim.
R ~ 1.35 (6.152 i4)1i3 ~ 2.85 m.
DiS cut off ~ 1.25 R ~ 1.25 x 2.85 "" 3.56
Bottom level
115.30 - 3.56
111.74
DiS d ~ 112.33 - 111.7 4 ~ 0.59 m.
As the UiS cut-off of intake is located adjacent to uis cut-off of sluiceway the bottom level should not
be above the bottom level of sluiceway cut off i.e. it should be up to EL. 111.00 ~ 113.00 - 111.000 ~ 2.0 m.
upstream depth of cut off.
F. TOTAL LENGTH OF FLOOR:
Maximum static head will act during design flood and when canal is dry.
High flood level with Dam silted ~ 119.48

Canal bed level ~ 112.33
Maximum static head, H ~ 7.15
Exit gradient GE ~ 1i5
Using d ~ 4.00 m.
1 - GE X ..!!_ ~ l. X ~
1fji\- H 5 7.15
j\ ~ 7.85 (with exit gradient as 0.202)

ot:. ~ J(2A- 1)2 - 1 ~ )(2(7.85)- 12- 1 14.67
b/d ~ oC
b ~ 14.67 (4.0) ~ 58.70 m.
Adopt length of floor 78.70 m.
Basin elevation 112.00 m.
308
EL. 113.0: rEL.112.33
'-----------~E~L~.1~1~2~.00~------=---__/ -r
~ ~11.0 rEL. 108.33 1
3:1
I~ '" I
8.70 I 7.35 l 8.40 1
58.70
18.30 1 4.15 1
7.80
G. ANALYSIS FOR PERCENTAGE OF PRESSURE
EL. 113.0
EL. 114.45
'I_________________________E=:L.::.·_::1.::.12_.o_::o___________ l r"'"'
~\ I~ 111.0 ~ EL.108.33
4.0 8.70 7.35 38.65 I

I
. 58.70 .
309
First Pile Line:
D depth of downstream cut-off

d 112.33 - 108.33 ~ 4.00 m.
b length of floor ~ 58.70
d1 113.00 - 111.00 ~ 2.00 m.
1 - dl ~ _bQ__ ~ 0.034
""' - b 58.70
From Fig. 5.10

GlD 11%
l 0E ~ 17%
l
l
i)JD
GlC 1
1
~
~ 100 - 11
100 - 17
89%
83%
i) Correction for thickness
C ~ 113.00 - 112.00 (89 - 83) ~ 3.0% additive

2
ii) Correction for interference of 2nd pile with the first pile.
c ~ 19Flr [~]
Where:
I 112.00 - 108.33 3.67 m.
I 112.00 - 111.00
b ~ 58.70 m.
1.00 m.
c ~ 19 j58.70
3.67 [3.67+1.0] ~
58.70
0.38% ( +)
Final value for 0c ~ 83+0.38 +3 ~ 86.38%

1
Second Pile Line

d 112.33 - 108.33 ~ 4.00 m.
b ~ 58.70
1 ~ _i_ ~ 4.00 0.068
o<: b 58.70
From Fig. 5.10

0E2 ~ i)JD
I GlD2 ~ i)JD
25%
17%
iii) Correction for thickness
c ~ _1_ (25- 17) 2% (-)

4.0
310
&&Lb
Correction for interference of pile number 1 on pile number 2
C ~ 19Jf. [D~d]
where:
D 111.33 - 111.00 0.33 m.
d 111.33 - 108.33 3.00 m.
b b ~ 58.70 m.
c 19 j 58.70
0.33 [0.33+3.0] ~
58.70
0.08% (-)
iv) Correction for slope: I· 58.70 ·I

For sS 3:1
"'"'%~
c 4.5% 23.48%
L1 58.70 m.
c ~ 4.50 (7.35) ~ 0.56% ( +)

58.70
Corrected (j)E ~ 25 - 0.08 - 2 + 0.56 23.48%
2
H. FLOOR THICKNESS
i) During maximum flood
I
EL. 119.48
EL. 115.28
EL. 114.45
EL. 113.0
EL. 112.0
-:. J
//1.(<,.){11/0\'
b c
L- a
' 8.4o I 18.30 4.15 7.80
12.70 I 4.35 I 3.0 I 38.65

I I
58.70
h 119.48 - 115.28 4.2 m.
311
Points Dist. from Ofo pressure Effective Thickness
U/S end Uplift
Head
a 28.45 55.89 2.3 1.77

b 46.75 36.28 1.50 1.15
c 50.90 31.84 1.33 1.02
d 58.70 23.48 0.98 0.76
:II
}!
d,'f!i
The depth of floor can be checked for other flow conditions as in the case of dam.
X---- X---·-- X - - - - - X - - - - - X - - - - X
NOTES:
1. Design details of the work are given in the appended Plates No.1 to 10 .
·••••
}
•••
•.
2. The design of Mag·Asawang Tubig Diversion Dam was modified on the availability of more field
data such as grain size analysis of the bed material, latest survey, etc. and the appended drawings
also accordingly modified.
~u~.·
•.··..
312
..~~-.---~"0:-::·~-~~~-::~----:
·. -~~
~./.--_:
....
..
"7"
- --------
........
PLATE
. 0 +000)
"'o
<
us \
\
"'"' \I
\\
l
\
\
.
I
I
I -
I
'
\
\ I
\ /
\
'\
' S.!io-... _ _ .
SCALE . 2 000
I
\
I '
"E I'L ;.,, OF 0/S Gli!Q(
./
//:/ /'
__..//
/
/ / .,
/
/ /
/ I
I .,II'. I
I 0• I
I t.J I
I :- I
I ' I
f .."" / MAG·ASAWANG TUBIG RIVERlliRIGATON ffiDJE
I I DIVERSION WORKS
I I
I I GENERAL LAYOUTPLAN
/ I 'DE: SIGfo!EO: M-- -- ------- c~o: ----------

"' EVJilW£0: ._- - - - - - - -
ORAIIr'H: ~:.M...;~'!.!!'!,.._t;!'!..--
I ' SU Mlln£0:.--- - - - - - -
DEVELOPMENT PLAN RECaM!ii£NOEO
SCALE l. 2,000
APPROVED
AsST:- A0NjNI3nUT0R- A0WINI A

DW'PlO ___ _ SH(fT__OF.-- e.J,G[.f't<.J, _..
PLATE 2
NOTES:
I. A.LL LEVELS A.f£ IN WETER S AND OIWENSIOHS
IN CENTIMETERS.
2..LINQTH AHD HEIGHT Of THE: TRAIMIMI Wii..LLI1

TH! ~f-T1J(I AHGU: 0' TH! M'CTAKE 111UJCTUUS
A MD TH!: t..EHQ!f'~ AHD LAYOOT ~ THE QUID It
BAHKI ARE TO BE T£8iED ott TtC NODI:L,
I. NOD£L TEST IHCOLO H CARRIED OUT TO
CN:ItOC THE WIDTH l'f'OVIMD 'LOW COMOITlOIII
AND 'INIEitiY 1)4.1:$-tPATION IYITIM.
IMPORTANT NOTE !
WITH THt: AVAILAIIUTY 0, WO,.. fiELO DATA
(GRAIN IIZE ANALYStS Of THE fOlJNOA.TIOH WATERIAL,
EL.II!.CO ETC) AHD hiOM:L STUDIES, LEHGTH Of' -..T£RWAY
CONNECTED 'WORKS
..
10 20 30
I
SC,t,LE: I ; 400 WTS.
EL.112 .DO
EL.Il2.80
U1"11et.IC C1' ntl P"HU.Ir>t"UIU

NATIOfriAL IRftlGATION ADMINSTR'AT10N
FHILIA"NE MEDIUM SCALE IRRIGATICN PR:lJE
I"JtO.,..al: Clf c.aTAL WINDOtte.
~ASAWANG TUIMG RIVER IRRIGATION PROJ..ECT
DIVERSION WORKS
GENERAL PLAN
~IKIA;t);_ ________ c::K>:~: ------
GENERAL PLAN WMP
DUWIII' ; _ _ _ _ _ _ _
RIIV1rrlfta.:_ _ _ _ _ _ - ·
IU!i:llll"TU,;_ _ _ _ _ _
SCALE : 1:400 ltECOIEIWEND£0
w.vco.C»iiULiift' ;;JS.JTc'f ~ ......-.:

~
-··
PLATE
1---- I---__,
)
I le l ty,.__--i ~---i
(IOOOPSI) 'til 7 ~ Clll. GAP ltll70

IN IETWE[N I F.ILL ED WI . . A\IEL )
1 . ~.1 . ~•.80C:O.OC!It:TI: O H .t>O Clol. THI(. QJIAOEO REVt:IISE fiLTEII
LOCK III 000 I'll ) 0\lt:R
11 11
NOTES.
•o CW. QRADt:D fiLT£11 s....£.CTION A •· A
SCALE : r:roo 1. ALL L;.VELS A RE IN t.IETERS ll Dl t.IENSION I N CMS .
2 . "EFER ' RELEVANT SHEETS SHOWIN G L AY OUT PLAN

120 117.'5 311.5
AN D SECT I 0 N S .
3 . Dt S GLA CIS a APRON ARE T O BE PI\OTEC TED WIT

... EXTRA HI\RDENING MATER IALS TO GUARD
OF IRIDGE ... AGA I NST ABRAS IO N.
DETAIL "Aw
~ALl: I : 40 MTS.
4. ENERGY DISSI~ATION . ARRI.ItG£M ENT TO B E
CHECKED ON MODEL ST U DI ES
~. D E SI GN OF BR I DGE I S HO T GIVEN W 1 kEPORT .
I 0 IZ3 4 '!...Ill
El. . ll7.fS3(R!lJtooESSED ) 01 00
--== ltCALir -------~

: 100 I
-
IIJI-
- 1000 l'tl Coti~ITC '
Cot!CIIITI III'\IIUC Of'Tl11! I'HILIPI'IIIU

NATIONAL IARIGATION A OM ... I STRATI ON
PHILFP1NE MEDIUM SCALE I ~ I GAT!~ PROJI'
I",........'"
1'910W.C:C 07 ClttiiiTAL MII OOtiO
MAG-~NG Tuete ~A llilAI ••UlOfl PR OJEC

i Ill DIT ~L • A •
·~-+-- .... uo 10 0
~ -----+-----~eoo
~~---+------=to~o
~----+-
DIVERSIO N
-•no - - - ---- ----

WORKS
DllMIC 1!1,.1!_1.!'~---
1000 I'll ·~ ~~~
R ~~~~=-~~----
s E c T 1o N "s- a"
S CALI : 1: 100
RII'IIA~
-
PLATE 4
AXIS OF SUJICEWAY
NOTE:
ALL il\MENSIONS ARE IH CENTIMETRES AHO LEVELS IH METRES,
CONCRETE ~ l~m.xllSOt.'\. x Q.9Qf1111(10::0 pal)

DETAIL "B" PLACED AS SHOWN w/ 7.ei0 C<''l. G» IN BET\!IEEH
SCALE 1:2!5 M. {FILLED w/ GR..eVEI...) C*l 60 csn. -~HK. GRACED
REVERSED ALTER.
ICOCN:. THK.
II I. 75CM.VRti.E) ALTER.-~--·-'7 \
i .
. I I
l-<13~_::!?0_ ~~ J___g45~~tJ=~±~:~4=~--~-~3~ -~=~~m =:=·~~-·~·~-~~-le20Jii-:~---DE~~!:'~~"'<F'-1-"""""'--':,~L--T-ER---+'~oot-________1~0.Q ~ ___
SECTION "C-C"
SCALE : I :75 WITS.
WATER STOP
.·:: ~-- .
I
.
FILTER
•'
L50xi.!Ox.90CONCRETE SLOO<S
r--- OO::Opc!)W/ncm.ALLER ON A
DETAIL
SCA!...£
"A"
t:z!5 MTS ._::1
:~-
I
60 om.'I'HK. GRADE
'
-. -,
112.00 I
WATER~
DETAIL OF GRADED FILTER DET. OF JOINT Ar TOE
220 Rfi"U3UC Of THE I S

PHILIPPINE MEOIUM SCALE IRRIGATION PROJECT
DETAIL OF DENTATED END SILL (Sluiceway) P'ft0VINC£0f'<JHENT4L NlMDORO
MAG-ASAW~G 11JBtG RIVER IRRIGATION
OlVER SlON WORKS

OGEE SECTION 8 APPURTENANT OCTAILS
I
·--~
PLATE
12~0 3100 38!.W
1270 1830
OF BRIDGE
1170 100
118.00
SOKG.
30 CM. !5000 PSI CONCRETE BOJLDER 1~0 CM.
THICK
1.50 xl.50x 0.90 1.!50x 1.50x 0.90

CONCRETE BLOCKS OVER CONCf~ETE BLOCKS WITH 7.0 CM GAP IN
SQ CM. THICK GRAD EO 1 BET'WEEN ON A SO CM GRADED FILTER
FILTER
290 300 300 $00 949 13!50
SECTION "D- 0"

SCALE 100
NOTES:
l. ALL LEVELS ARE IN METER AND
Dltr.IENSIONS IN CENTIMETER.
2. REFER RELEVANT SHEET FOR GENERAL
LAYOUT PLAN AND SECTION.
3. DIS GLACIS AND APRON ARE TO BE
PROTECTED WITH EXTRA HARDENING
MATERIALS TO GUARD AGAINST ABRASION .
.. OF BR!DGE
1-------'•=oo_ _~t----~
600
rrt~Tl · 1
REPU8LIC 01" THE PHlL!PPlHES

PHILIPPINE MEDIUM SCALE IRRIGATION PROJECT
PROVIHCI!:OI'"OII:II!:ltTAL MlNOOII:O
MAG-ASAWANG TUBIG RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
DIVERSION WORKS
RIGHT a LEFT SLUICEWAY SHOWING TRAINING WALL
DUI$MI!:O : _. __ • ___ _
CHECK£0: - - - - - - - - - - ·
60 KGS. BOULDER :~~:~~: :. ·_-:: :: :: : :.: :

RECOMMENDED
L~Oxi.~Ox0.90
CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH 7.0 ChLOAP IN
BETWEEN ON A 60 CM. GRADED FILLER
,. WA...Co!cOirciuL.tAHT - ~Ci' ~" -ote,iit:iteKa-al'ici. iiidf.
APPROVED
SECTION "E -E"
SCALE 1:100
- As"i-iiiwiiui.,..-M- '- ic*iiuiTitAToft-
DWt..litO.-- _ aMttT-01'"_ f'MI(MO. - - -
NOTE;
PLATE
l REfER GATE DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS OF BLOCK OUT FOR GATE GROOVE AND STOP LOG GROOVE.
I
I
73S
r-oFUE.:Ol£0 I 1830 I -&omn~~"::oo ~~:tn~~~
: I j
sEc Tl oN • G -
scALE 1 125
G ~ ~.-._,_r~ -;:::-·c:::··~·=··:;:::.-i~=:-~ L-;: ~-:"-~: -;: -~=~- -:<: :-
1
;::::;.-.:z,·=--·=···:o:··
-'.
.. =···=-r·~-=--.-=·-=--=·:::=:-::2··::'1·
. --;:::-:::::··:::::"=,·=
.'7 ·:/ ··
i : ·~- :#
.
r; •.
I ,. •
-Lt
0 '
" :I
i
'I
.
' . ·.
.
.,
:;
::
"'
EL 1&1 00
Wldddu11;i 11iill 11
!
-----t- ----1
I
l----~-
EL .!16.33
8
0:o, , _.
r,
II "'
~· , ' !
~~~uu~~~~mu~!_lw~wW~~n~rr~~~~---
-+-
I . .
'. I
-,-
SECTION " GJ- GJ"
~
EL.II2.00
EL.112. 0
I',
El..112.
Ill 111111
Th' I I
I
I '
I~
REf>(JBLIC OF' THE PHILII'f>INES
I i NATIONAL IRRIGATION AOMINIS':'"RAilON
fHILIPPINE MEDIUM SCALE IRRIGATION PROJECT
I I ,-1-
PROVINCE OF ORIENTAL MINDORO
MAG·ASAWANG TUBIG RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
DIVER Sl 0 N W 0 R K S
EL.IIG 33 ~-=- RIGHT I.-rAKE STR'""'' ><
;}[SIGf./£0 . ·-------- CHECKED.------ ---
·_,_LUJ i~:~;~~· --- ~ - - -·

"'"" "
-----'--------------~···-·
~ ~~~-~~-~--~~-------~---
PLATE 7
'I
r;:,,,;;::;::. =·=~·=";±fl,, =9=

.... !
'
•
'
IJliL 430 I eJ:l

I I I I
SECTIQN'~-F~·
1-------------------
SECTIO~N 'F,)- F I
SCALI: :
-~
l: lOO IIITt.
I I
--f r---~~
o4:5~ -- -!'
T_l..
'
.
II
'
'
:'
I ~
'-1
12!.00
~
I J
2'
• I
\ .
~~
I
~ \ \ . -'..
·.-:,:_:·.' '.
\ I ~·
~·
<:',
',,
'
'
I
EL.Il3.Be EL.!l4.4~-
I,!! I,
/ ftl:f'UIIUC ott THE PHILIPPIP'I£!1
//
/ / N~AL IRRIGATION ADMINISTRATION
</ PHIUPF'I'JE MEDIUM S:::ALE IRRIGAllO'< PROJECT
P'ltCMNCE r::JF OltiEIHAL WliiOOfi.O
MAO"'J\SA~NO TUBIG RIVER IRRIOAT ION PROJECT
DIVIRSION Vltm&C!i
L EFT INTJJ(! I TRU;;C~T"U~·~·=-----J
DESIGNi-t).:... _ _ _ _ _ CHEc o:_ ______ _
., N" . NWI" FEVlEWED.:., _ _ _ _
0
0 fV"''fl ___ :.__ - - - SUBWITTE-9'----...:...
RECOM!.iEH
PLAN CJF INTAKE #2

SCALE : 1: I 00 MTS.
-Aiir-:-A'DwiiiaTJtAi"OR Aoliiiili'fttAToR
4~----------------------------------------==~----------------------------------------~~---L--------------------·-------------------------------------------------------------·------------t:~~~~D~W~·~·~O~-~~~-~~T==~~i·A2E~~:J
PLATE
OF BRIDGE
EL.l
EL.Il9.40
EL. ne.oo
""
",,
"" NOTES:
"" !, ALL LEVELS ARE IN METERS AND
EL. H
,, Olp.,jENS!ONS IN CM.
000 soo
11 11
SECTION Xo - X a
SCALE: 1:1'0
ii[]
I
I
I • : D I
~ il''
li jl .' . •I
I .. . ,... ...
_
I IHJJ
.,
D
..
:Jillllii ~
I II
( ,..,___,
0 I II
I
I'. D II II
! i
I': 'IIIIi 0 I
I I II II II II I
IiI ~~ I
( ( ( ~~ 00" I ,7 ))) ltf:MIIl.IC 01" THE 1"1-rll.II"I"IN[J
: :~ ' ;
: :' PHILIPPINE MEDIUM SCALE IRRIGATION PROJECT
"• ,,'
1: ' l"ftOVIMCI: 01" Olti!MTAL MIMOOfiiO
I '2 ~3 ~. i 7:' • WAG·ASAWANG TUBlG RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
I
I DIVERSION WORK
POSITION OF PRESSURE PIPES IN OGEE
! I
' I I t>U'ISfot[t>: • • • • • • • • • • •
pu-.·tt:_i!A_L..~~ •., . •••

CHt:CICt:P: - - - - - - - - - · - ·
ltf:VIf:WI:O: - - ___ • - - · · - ·
.UOYITTI:D __ • - - - - • ., ••
RECOMMENDED
PLAN OF OGEE SHOWING POSITION
irA.OcOic~fANT ;;.o.ii:.;T~ OtC.te**'•*""-PIPi"·
OF PRESSURE PIPES APPROVED
SCALE: 1:120
..; .. :. ;.<, •·
PLATE 9
GENERAL NOTES FOR OBSERVATION PIPES!
I. EACH STANO PIPE SHALL BE FITTED AT THE
TOP WITH SCREW CAPS.
2. ALL CONNj::CTIONS SHALL BE LEAKPRooF ,'\NO
I""'~
ALL PIPELINES SHALL BE COATED WiTH
'
~I
.-~--~-----~-~-~ ANT!-CORROSIIJ.E PAINTS.
ISO[
I 3. ALL VERTICAL PIPES SHALL BE DEAD VERTICAL
"'''' '''''"' 'I
:: I WITHOUT ANY BEND CON_TR iCTION.
'' 8
I 0
' ""
I 9 )1!0 II 4. WHERE MORE Tl-lAN ONE PRESSURE ·poiNT
IS LAID AT SOME DEPTH, THESE 3HALL NOT
,, BE Sf.>ACEO CLOSt:H. THAN 30 CM.
•:
0. FOR PRECAUTION AND !NSTAL"-ATION
PROCEDURE REFER TO RELE'/ANT MANUAL:
' -- NOTES:
l
60 KG.
BOULDER I. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN CM. AND
----· '""" -~------ ... ELEVATIONS IN METERS.
RIPRAP
---~----'-----
1-·
r-
1---
I
.-
c.i~.:---~--- ---------------------------
---·· -.;. ____:L __ -~,---,----,--.-----T-- -.--,-----,--
"-~--~-_J_----1 I ; •
- . ::.-
"""=-~-=---
I
PLAN OF SLUICEWAY ~HOWING POSITION OF

PRESSURE PIPES (LEFT SIDE)
SCALE : 120
I ...•,
r ,,,,,,
~
EL.11'!63(REToRGGRESSED)
-~- =
,, ,," ,, "•',, =
",, .,' =
" '•' = I'
I'
,' REP1.J8LIC OF THE Pl-l!liPI>IH[S
' ~-
~· NATIONAL IRRIGATION ADMINISTR:ATION
:: l:- =
= PHILJPPI'JE MEDIUM SCALE IRRIGATION PROJECT
PROVINCE'OFQ~li(IH.AL ~INOORO
MAG-ASAWANG TUB!G RIVER IRRIGATION PROJECT
I DIVERSION WORKS
~&{__
F
GRADED FIL PRESSURE OSSERVATIOt.l PIPES -LEFT SU;iCEWAY
ICHI!!~Xf'D
300-L
I o€SI.wtrD: - - _- .• - - - -- : - - - - -
eq 330 360 4"0 \
- '--------+ 360
I
I 300 i 300 600
--r-----.:c=___-----+
500
____c:_::.::_______
500 + 500 !}OO 350 /60j_
----'-'-.:______-+--_.::::;_:____1~::::_--.+::1,
DltAII .. : _f!A~~~- ·- ____
JtEVIFWrD: ___ .••
--qECOfiYOIOI!D
:JU.WITTl't>'. ___ ·
WAf..CoS Ccit..i'~A.T.\HT l>!i~icT W.-HMitPI-0-1¢: ofi_,-~ ~-Sioie-i: OUT.
SECTION ~·v _ vu APPROVED
SCALE: 100
ASsT. AOi.llHliTitAToii "'*lfiliTftATO!i-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------r=========~o~w~o-~. -~-o~~ _~at~ __ ~

PLATE 10
.r DAN. AXIS
~--·v-oCM . !SOCO PSI COS:: RETE WEARINJ SURFACE
1 40KGS. BOLLCER Rlf'RAP

' 60CM. THK ON A 30 CM
GRAVEL BED
-~ _ -··---+---~-- ~5.00________ j__3Zu____j_d_ed___ ~--~~-~--~-~~---· __ 4__~_0____ ----~~G'L __ --~4.00~.---'

_____ 15_00.
--~~--. ----- ~=~-=----~ - --~:~'-! .
s E cT I0 N II y -Y "
SCALE: I :715
~--------~--2nd STit.GE CONCRETE

~-~---- POLYTHENE PA-PER
STAGE CONCRETE
BBER SElL
DETAIL OF TRANSVERSE JOINT DE"IAIL OF CONSTRUCTION JOINT
.----------jI IIEI"!.JtUC 01" THt f"""CUI",.!J<[t:

NA.riONAL IRRIG.t...TION ADidiNISTRATION _
~ !U PP1N;R~~~, ~:~L ~~~~~!ON ~-~~~1

IM¥l-ASM'AHG TUB10 RIVER lRRK3-ATlON Pf~O.t:CT
~
DIVERSION WORKS
~~ er.~1 ~A~~~-~--=~-~--~~-~~:.1S_r~-~~~~L~~{:~ J~?J~!~r.::. - I
rtr:VIr.\r-.n . . . . . . . . . __ . ;
p.:_":_~_,_!__ rY~~':!.~ _~; :~~~~~J-~t;::;~ ~~~--:-· _ ·i
t
~i;:.CO. oo•iu_caiir '"}~~tv':~~~· ,o;r__i~< l)
,t..~tSTJ:iitMIII~M~ _ _ _ _ AOJ~H:iPTltATO!t
~ttO.-- lp;cc:L-OF--.ii"AH W0. ;..,,.-.~
~;
.. -~~"~'"""'"''"·.,;&,i,ts·.lili!!.£!l§ll!91i!!i!i!l!li@=£~£~i£!1.1£t!ll£11!![\!l_l!i£1!/!121!.1!1Z!!!.i!O!lt""""'-~v-""--- ,,,,~.,~- ...- ... . . .

,.,.,..~,...,..~
........
'

NIA Design Manual For Diversion Dams PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

NIA Design Manual For Diversion Dams PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DESIGN MANUAl

No part of this manual may be repro-

RIEPUBUC OiF THE PHIUPPUNES

DESIGN HES!':ArtCH SECT•GN

WATEI: & 1'0'"'

Para No. Description Page No.

Chapter 2 - PLANNING AND INVESTIGATION

Chapter 3 - ALIGNMENT AND LAYOUT

3.0 Function of Diversion Works 9

Chapter 4 -TYPES OF DIVERSION WEIRS

6.1 Layout of Diver~ion Works

6.4 Training Wall 52

7.1 Design Data 61

7.4 Hydraulic Design of Spillway and Sluiceway 77

7.4.1 Economic Design 77

8.1 General 115

8.9.2.1 General Requirements 129

8.9.4 Piers 132

8.9.5 Loading Combination 133

8.11 General 142

Chapter 9 - INTAKE WORK

9.5 Open Type Structure 147

Chapter 10- SILT EXCLUDER

Description Page No.

Efficiency of Silt Excluder 168

Chapter 11 ~RIVER TRAINING WORKS

11.6.1.1 Top Width 179

11.6.2 Thickness of Pitching 179

11.6.4.1 Size of Stone 181

11.7 Design of Approach Embankments 182

12.1 General 186

12.3 Instrumentation for Structures on Permeable Foundation 186

Chapter 13- DAMS ON IMPERVIOUS FOUNDATIONS

13.1 General 194

14.2 Hydro - Mechanical Installation 199

Chapter 15 - DESIGN OF DIVERSION DAM

15.1 General 206

B. Determination of afflux Elevation, Downstream

C. Length and Level of basin floor 218

a. Spillway Portion 222

15.3.3 Governing Values 241

b. Sluiceway Portion 251

15.4 Structural Design 261

Figure Description Page No.

Chapter 3- ALIGNMENT AND LAYOUT

3.1 Layout. of a Typical Diversion Works 14

4.1 V ert.ical Drop Diversion Dams 18

Chapter 6- COMPONENTS OF DIVERSION WORKS

6.1 Components of Dam 49

7.1 Discharge Coefficients for vertical faced ogee crest 73

Chapter 8 - STRUCTURAL DESIGN

Map of Philippines showing Seismic Zones 119

Chapter 9- INTAKE WORK

9.1 Layout of Canal Head Regulator 146

9.2. A & B Open Type Intake Works 153-154

9.3. A & B Barrel-Tupe Intake Works 157-158

Chapter 10- SILT EXCLUDER

10.1 Silt Excluder - Plant & Section 165

A- 2 Narora Silt Excluder 172

Chapter 11 --RIVER TRAINING WORKS

Chapter 12- INSTRUMENTATION

Chapter 16- DESIGN OF INTAKE WORK

Determination of basin level & length 303